SIM7500 SIM7600 Series AT Command Manual V2.00. Request global object identification Request TA serial number identification (IMEI) Set TE-TA control character...
SIM7500 SIM7600 Series AT Command Manual V2.00 www.simcom.com. 2 / 460. Title: SIM7500 SIM7600 Series AT Command Manual. Version:.
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_ AT Command Manual
LTE Module
SIMCom Wireless Solutions Limited
Building B, SIM Technology Building, No.633, Jinzhong Road Changning District, Shanghai P.R. China Tel: 86-21-31575100 support@simcom.com www.simcom.com
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Document Title: Version: Date: Status:
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual 2.00 2020.8.6 Released
GENERAL NOTES
SIMCOM OFFERS THIS INFORMATION AS A SERVICE TO ITS CUSTOMERS, TO SUPPORT APPLICATION AND ENGINEERING EFFORTS THAT USE THE PRODUCTS DESIGNED BY SIMCOM. THE INFORMATION PROVIDED IS BASED UPON REQUIREMENTS SPECIFICALLY PROVIDED TO SIMCOM BY THE CUSTOMERS. SIMCOM HAS NOT UNDERTAKEN ANY INDEPENDENT SEARCH FOR ADDITIONAL RELEVANT INFORMATION, INCLUDING ANY INFORMATION THAT MAY BE IN THE CUSTOMER'S POSSESSION. FURTHERMORE, SYSTEM VALIDATION OF THIS PRODUCT DESIGNED BY SIMCOM WITHIN A LARGER ELECTRONIC SYSTEM REMAINS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CUSTOMER OR THE CUSTOMER'S SYSTEM INTEGRATOR. ALL SPECIFICATIONS SUPPLIED HEREIN ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE.
COPYRIGHT
THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY TECHNICAL INFORMATION WHICH IS THE PROPERTY OF SIMCOM WIRELESS SOLUTIONS LIMITED COPYING, TO OTHERS AND USING THIS DOCUMENT, ARE FORBIDDEN WITHOUT EXPRESS AUTHORITY BY SIMCOM. OFFENDERS ARE LIABLE TO THE PAYMENT OF INDEMNIFICATIONS. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED BY SIMCOM IN THE PROPRIETARY TECHNICAL INFORMATION INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO REGISTRATION GRANTING OF A PATENT , A UTILITY MODEL OR DESIGN. ALL SPECIFICATION SUPPLIED HEREIN ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE AT ANY TIME.
SIMCom Wireless Solutions Limited Building B, SIM Technology Building, No.633 Jinzhong Road, Changning District, Shanghai P.R. China Tel: +86 21 31575100 Email: simcom@simcom.com
For more information, please visit: https://www.simcom.com/download/list-863-en.html
For technical support, or to report documentation errors, please visit: https://www.simcom.com/ask/ or email to: support@simcom.com
Copyright © 2020 SIMCom Wireless Solutions Limited All Rights Reserved. www.simcom.com
2 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Version History
Version Date V2.00 2020.8.6
Chapter
What is new New version
www.simcom.com
3 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Contents
Version History..................................................................................................................................... 3
Contents................................................................................................................................................. 4
1. Introduction.................................................................................................................................. 16
1.1
Scope of the document........................................................................................................................16
1.2
Related documents...............................................................................................................................16
1.3
Conventions and abbreviations.......................................................................................................... 16
1.4
AT Command syntax............................................................................................................................ 16
1.4.1 Basic syntax...................................................................................................................................17
1.4.2 S Parameter syntax......................................................................................................................17
1.4.3 Extended Syntax...........................................................................................................................17
1.4.4 Combining AT commands on the same Command line........................................................ 18
1.4.5 Entering successive AT commands on separate lines........................................................... 18
1.5
Supported character sets.................................................................................................................... 18
1.6
Flow control............................................................................................................................................19
1.6.1 Software flow control (XON/XOFF flow control)......................................................................19
1.6.2 Hardware flow control (RTS/CTS flow control)........................................................................19
1.7
Definitions...............................................................................................................................................20
1.7.1 Parameter Saving Mode..............................................................................................................20
1.7.2 Max Response Time.....................................................................................................................20
2. AT Commands According to V.25TER...................................................................................21
2.1
Overview of AT Commands According to V.25TER........................................................................ 21
2.2
Detailed Description of AT Commands According to V.25TER.....................................................22
2.2.1 A/ Re-issues the Last Command Given.................................................................................22
2.2.2 ATD Mobile Originated Call to Dial A Number...................................................................... 22
2.2.3 ATD><mem><n> Originate call from specified memory..................................................... 24
2.2.4 ATD><n> Originate call from active memory(1)................................................................... 25
2.2.5 ATD><str> Originate call from active memory(2).................................................................26
2.2.6 ATA Call answer......................................................................................................................... 27
2.2.7 ATH Disconnect existing call....................................................................................................28
2.2.8 ATS0 Automatic answer incoming call................................................................................... 28
2.2.9 +++ Switch from data mode to command mode.................................................................. 29
2.2.10 ATO Switch from command mode to data mode..................................................................30
2.2.11 ATI Display product identification information.......................................................................30
2.2.12 AT+IPR Set local baud rate temporarily.................................................................................31
2.2.13 AT+ICF Set control character framing....................................................................................32
2.2.14 AT+IFC Set local data flow control..........................................................................................33
2.2.15 AT&C Set DCD function mode................................................................................................ 34
2.2.16 ATE Enable command echo.................................................................................................... 35
www.simcom.com
4 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
2.2.17 2.2.18 2.2.19 2.2.20 2.2.21 2.2.22 2.2.23 2.2.24 2.2.25 2.2.26 2.2.27 2.2.28 2.2.29 2.2.30 2.2.31 2.2.32 2.2.33 2.2.34 2.2.35
AT&V Display current configuration........................................................................................35 AT&D Set DTR function mode.................................................................................................36 AT&S Set DSR function mode.................................................................................................37 ATV Set result code format mode........................................................................................... 37 AT&F Set all current parameters to manufacturer defaults................................................ 38 ATQ Set Result Code Presentation Mode.............................................................................38 ATX Set CONNECT Result Code Format............................................................................. 39 AT\V Set CONNECT Result Code Format About Protocol.................................................40 AT&E Set CONNECT Result Code Format About Speed.................................................. 41 AT&W Save the user setting to ME........................................................................................ 41 ATZ Restore the user setting from ME...................................................................................42 AT+CGMI Request manufacturer identification.................................................................... 42 AT+CGMM Request model identification...............................................................................43 AT+CGMR Request revision identification............................................................................ 44 AT+CGSN Request product serial number identification....................................................44 AT+CSCS Select TE character set......................................................................................... 45 AT+CIMI Request international mobile subscriber identity.................................................46 AT+CIMIM Request another international mobile subscriber identity...............................47 AT+GCAP Request overall capabilities..................................................................................47
3. AT Commands for Status Control.......................................................................................... 49
3.1
Overview of AT Commands for Status Control................................................................................ 49
3.2
Detailed Description of AT Commands for Status Control.............................................................49
3.2.1 AT+CFUN Set phone functionality.......................................................................................... 50
3.2.2 AT+CPIN Enter PIN................................................................................................................... 51
3.2.3 AT+CICCID Read ICCID from SIM card................................................................................52
3.2.4 AT+CSIM Generic SIM access................................................................................................53
3.2.5 AT+CRSM Restricted SIM access.......................................................................................... 54
3.2.6 AT+SPIC Times remain to input SIM PIN/PUK.................................................................... 59
3.2.7 AT+CSPN Get service provider name from SIM.................................................................. 59
3.2.8 AT+CSQ Query signal quality..................................................................................................60
3.2.9 AT+AUTOCSQ Set CSQ report...............................................................................................62
3.2.10 AT+CSQDELTA Set RSSI delta change threshold...............................................................63
3.2.11 AT+CATR Configure URC destination interface...................................................................64
3.2.12 AT+CPOF Power down the module........................................................................................65
3.2.13 AT+CRESET Reset the module.............................................................................................. 65
3.2.14 AT+CACM Accumulated call meter........................................................................................ 66
3.2.15 AT+CAMM Accumulated call meter maximum..................................................................... 67
3.2.16 AT+CPUC Price per unit and currency table.........................................................................68
3.2.17 AT+CCLK Real time clock management............................................................................... 70
3.2.18 AT+CMEE Report mobile equipment error............................................................................71
3.2.19 AT+CPAS Phone activity status.............................................................................................. 72
3.2.20 AT+SIMEI Set IMEI for the module.........................................................................................73
3.2.21 AT+SMEID RequestMobile Equipment Identifier................................................................. 74
3.2.22 AT+CSVM Voice Mail Subscriber number.............................................................................75
3.2.23 Indication of Voice Mail................................................................................................................ 76
www.simcom.com
5 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
3.3
Summary of CME ERROR codes...................................................................................................... 76
3.4
Summary of CMS ERROR codes...................................................................................................... 79
4. AT Commands for Network.................................................................................................... 81
4.1
Overview of AT Commands for Network...........................................................................................81
4.2
Detailed Description of AT Commands for Network........................................................................81
4.2.1 AT+CREG Network registration...............................................................................................81
4.2.2 AT+COPS Operator selection..................................................................................................83
4.2.3 AT+CLCK Facility lock.............................................................................................................. 85
4.2.4 AT+CPWD Change password................................................................................................. 87
4.2.5 AT+CCUG Closed user group................................................................................................. 88
4.2.6 AT+CUSD Unstructured supplementary service data......................................................... 90
4.2.7 AT+CAOC Advice of Charge....................................................................................................91
4.2.8 AT+CSSN Supplementary service notifications................................................................... 92
4.2.9 AT+CPOL Preferred operator list............................................................................................ 94
4.2.10 AT+COPN Read operator names........................................................................................... 95
4.2.11 AT+CNMP Preferred mode selection..................................................................................... 96
4.2.12 AT+CNBP Preferred band selection....................................................................................... 98
4.2.13 AT+CNAOP Acquisitions order preference......................................................................... 101
4.2.14 AT+CPSI Inquiring UE system information......................................................................... 102
4.2.15 AT+CNSMOD Show network system mode....................................................................... 106
4.2.16 AT+CEREG EPS network registration status..................................................................... 107
4.2.17 AT+CTZU Automatic time and time zone update...............................................................109
4.2.18 AT+CTZR Time and time zone reporting............................................................................. 110
5. AT Commands for Call Control............................................................................................. 113
5.1
Overview of AT Commands for Call Control...................................................................................113
5.2
Detailed Description of AT Commands for Call Control............................................................... 113
5.2.1 AT+CVHU Voice hang up control..........................................................................................113
5.2.2 AT+CHUP Hang up call.......................................................................................................... 114
5.2.3 AT+CBST Select bearer service type...................................................................................115
5.2.4 AT+CRLP Radio link protocol................................................................................................ 116
5.2.5 AT+CR Service reporting control...........................................................................................118
5.2.6 AT+CRC Cellular result codes...............................................................................................119
5.2.7 AT+CLCC List current calls....................................................................................................120
5.2.8 AT+CEER Extended error report.......................................................................................... 122
5.2.9 AT+CCWA Call waiting........................................................................................................... 122
5.2.10 AT+CHLD Call related supplementary services.................................................................124
5.2.11 AT+CCFC Call forwarding number and conditions............................................................125
5.2.12 AT+CLIP Calling line identification presentation................................................................ 127
5.2.13 AT+CLIR Calling line identification restriction.....................................................................128
5.2.14 AT+COLP Connected line identification presentation....................................................... 130
5.2.15 AT+VTS DTMF and tone generation....................................................................................131
5.2.16 AT+VTD Tone duration........................................................................................................... 132
5.2.17 AT+CSTA Select type of address..........................................................................................133
5.2.18 AT+CMOD Call mode............................................................................................................. 134
www.simcom.com
6 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
6. AT Commands for Phonebook..............................................................................................136
6.1
Overview of AT Commands for Phonebook................................................................................... 136
6.2
Detailed Description of AT Commands for Phonebook................................................................136
6.2.1 AT+CPBS Select Phonebook memory storage..................................................................136
6.2.2 AT+CPBR Read Phonebook entries.................................................................................... 138
6.2.3 AT+CPBF Find Phonebook entries...................................................................................... 139
6.2.4 AT+CPBW Write Phonebook entry.......................................................................................140
6.2.5 AT+CNUM Subscriber number..............................................................................................142
7. AT Commands for SIM Application Toolkit........................................................................143
7.1
Overview of AT Commands for SIM Application Toolkit............................................................... 143
7.2
Detailed Description of AT Commands for SIM Application Toolkit............................................143
7.2.1 AT+STIN SAT Indication.........................................................................................................143
7.2.2 AT+STGI Get SAT information.............................................................................................. 144
7.2.3 AT+STGR SAT respond......................................................................................................... 147
7.2.4 AT+STK STK switch................................................................................................................148
7.2.5 AT+STKFMT Set STK pdu format........................................................................................ 149
7.2.6 AT+STENV Original STK PDU Envelope Command........................................................ 150
7.2.7 AT+STSM Get STK Setup Menu List with PDU Mod........................................................150
8. AT Commands for GPRS........................................................................................................ 152
8.1
Overview of AT Commands for GPRS............................................................................................ 152
8.2
Detailed Description of AT Commands for GPRS.........................................................................152
8.2.1 AT+CGREG GPRS network registration status................................................................. 152
8.2.2 AT+CGATT Packet domain attach or detach......................................................................154
8.2.3 AT+CGACT GPRS network registration status.................................................................. 155
8.2.4 AT+CGDCONT Define PDP context.................................................................................... 156
8.2.5 AT+CGDSCONT Define Secondary PDP Context............................................................ 158
8.2.6 AT+CGTFT Traffic Flow Template........................................................................................ 160
8.2.7 AT+CGQREQ Quality of service profile (requested)......................................................... 163
8.2.8 AT+CGEQREQ 3G quality of service profile (requested).................................................166
8.2.9 AT+CGQMIN Quality of service profile (minimum acceptable)....................................... 170
8.2.10 AT+CGEQMIN 3G quality of service profile (minimum acceptable)............................... 173
8.2.11 AT+CGDATA Enter data state............................................................................................... 177
8.2.12 AT+CGPADDR Show PDP address..................................................................................... 178
8.2.13 AT+CGCLASS GPRS network registration status.............................................................179
8.2.14 AT+CGEREP GPRS event reporting................................................................................... 180
8.2.15 AT+CGAUTH Set type of authentication for PDP-IP connections of GPRS................. 182
9. AT Commands for SMS...........................................................................................................185
9.1
Overview of AT Commands for SMS Control.................................................................................185
9.2
Detailed Description of AT Commands for SMS Control............................................................. 185
9.2.1 AT+CSMS Select message service......................................................................................186
9.2.2 AT+CPMS Preferred message storage............................................................................... 187
9.2.3 AT+CMGF Select SMS message format.............................................................................188
9.2.4 AT+CSCA SMS service centre address.............................................................................. 189
9.2.5 AT+CSCB Select cell broadcast message indication........................................................190
www.simcom.com
7 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
9.2.6 9.2.7 9.2.8 9.2.9 9.2.10 9.2.11 9.2.12 9.2.13 9.2.14 9.2.15 9.2.16 9.2.17 9.2.18 9.2.19 9.2.20 9.2.21 9.2.22
AT+CSMP Set text mode parameters..................................................................................191 AT+CSDH Show text mode parameters..............................................................................192 AT+CNMA New message acknowledgement to ME/TA................................................... 193 AT+CNMI New message indications to TE......................................................................... 195 AT+CGSMS Select service for MO SMS messages......................................................... 197 AT+CMGL List SMS messages from preferred store........................................................198 AT+CMGR Read message.................................................................................................... 202 AT+CMGS Send message.....................................................................................................206 AT+CMSS Send message from storage............................................................................. 207 AT+CMGW Write message to memory................................................................................208 AT+CMGD Delete message.................................................................................................. 210 AT+CMGMT Change message status.................................................................................... 211 AT+CMVP Set message valid period......................................................................................212 AT+CMGRD Read and delete message................................................................................ 213 AT+CMGSEX Send message............................................................................................... 214 AT+CMSSEX Send multi messages from storage............................................................ 215 AT+CMGP Set cdma/evdo text mode parameters............................................................... 216
10. AT Commands for SSL.....................................................................................................218
10.1 Overview of AT Commands for SSL................................................................................................218
10.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for SSL.............................................................................218
10.2.1 AT+CCHSTART Start SSL service....................................................................................... 218
10.2.2 AT+CCHSTOP Stop SSL service......................................................................................... 219
10.2.3 AT+CCHOPEN Connect to SSL server............................................................................... 220
10.2.4 AT+CCHCLOSE Disconnect from SSL server................................................................... 221
10.2.5 AT+CCHSEND Send data to SSL server............................................................................ 222
10.2.6 AT+CCHRECV Read the cached data that received from the server............................223
10.2.7 AT+CCHADDR Get IPV4 address........................................................................................225
10.2.8 AT+CCHCFG Configure the client context..........................................................................225
10.2.9 AT+CCHSSLCFG Set the SSL context............................................................................... 227
10.2.10
AT+CCHMODE Configure the mode of sending and receiving data......................228
10.2.11
AT+CCHSET Configure the report mode of sending and receiving data.............. 229
10.2.12
AT+CSSLCFG Configure the SSL context..................................................................230
10.2.13
AT+CCERTDOWN Download certificate into the module........................................ 234
10.2.14
AT+CCERTLIST List certificates...................................................................................235
10.2.15
AT+CCERTDELE Delete certificates........................................................................... 236
10.3 Command result <err> codes...........................................................................................................237
10.4 Unsolicited result codes.....................................................................................................................238
11. AT Commands for TCPIP.................................................................................................239
11.1 Overview of AT Commands for TCPIP............................................................................................239 11.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for TCPIP........................................................................ 239
11.2.1 AT+NETOPEN Start TCPIP service..................................................................................... 239 11.2.2 AT+NETCLOSE Stop TCPIP service................................................................................... 241 11.2.3 AT+CIPOPEN Setup TCP/UDP client socket connection................................................ 241 11.2.4 AT+CIPCLOSE Destroy TCP/UDP client socket connection...........................................245 11.2.5 AT+CIPSEND Send TCP/UDP data.....................................................................................246
www.simcom.com
8 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
11.2.6 AT+CIPRXGET Retrieve TCP/UDP buffered data.............................................................250
11.2.7 AT+IPADDR Get IP address of PDP context...................................................................... 253
11.2.8 AT+CIPHEAD Add an IP header when receiving data......................................................253
11.2.9 AT+CIPSRIP Show remote IP address and port................................................................254
11.2.10
AT+CIPMODE Select TCP/IP application mode........................................................ 255
11.2.11
AT+CIPSENDMODE Set sending mode..................................................................... 256
11.2.12
AT+CIPTIMEOUT Set TCP/IP timeout value..............................................................257
11.2.13
AT+CIPCCFG Configure parameters of socket......................................................... 258
11.2.14
AT+SERVERSTART Startup TCP server.................................................................... 259
11.2.15
AT+SERVERSTOP Stop TCP server...........................................................................261
11.2.16
AT+CIPACK Query TCP connection data transmitting status................................. 262
11.3 DNS&PING.......................................................................................................................................... 263
11.3.1 AT+CDNSGIP Query the IP address of given domain name...........................................263
11.3.2 AT+CDNSGHNAME Query the domain name of given IP address................................264
11.3.3 AT+CIPDNSSET Set DNS query parameters.................................................................... 265
11.3.4 AT+CPING Ping destination address...................................................................................266
11.3.5 AT+CPINGSTOP Stop an ongoing ping session............................................................... 267
11.4 Information Elements related to TCP/IP......................................................................................... 268
11.5 Description of <err_info>................................................................................................................... 269
11.6 Description of <err>............................................................................................................................270
12. AT Commands for FTPS.................................................................................................. 271
12.1 Overview of AT Commands for FTPS............................................................................................. 271
12.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for FTPS..........................................................................271
12.2.1 AT+CFTPSSTART Start FTP(S) service............................................................................. 271
12.2.2 AT+CFTPSSTOP Stop FTP(S) Service...............................................................................272
12.2.3 AT+CFTPSLOGIN Login to a FTP(S) server......................................................................273
12.2.4 AT+CFTPSLOGOUT Logout FTP(S) server.......................................................................274
12.2.5 AT+CFTPSMKD Create a new directory on FTP(S) server.............................................275
12.2.6 AT+CFTPSRMD Delete a directory on FTP(S) server......................................................276
12.2.7 AT+CFTPSDELE Delete a file on FTP(S) server...............................................................277
12.2.8 AT+CFTPSCWD Change the current directory on FTP(S) server..................................277
12.2.9 AT+CFTPSPWD Get the current directory on FTPS server............................................ 278
12.2.10
AT+CFTPSTYPE Set the transfer type on FTP(S) server........................................279
12.2.11
AT+CFTPSLIST List the items in the directory on FTP(S) server...........................280
12.2.12
AT+CFTPSGETFILE Get a file from FTP(S) server to module............................... 282
12.2.13
AT+CFTPSPUTFILE Put a file from module to FTP(S) server................................283
12.2.14
AT+CFTPSGET Get a file from FTP(S) server to serial port................................... 284
12.2.15
AT+CFTPSPUT Put a file to FTP(S) server through serial port.............................. 285
12.2.16
AT+CFTPSSINGLEIP Set FTP(S) data socket address type..................................287
12.2.17
AT+CFTPSCACHERD Output cached data to MCU.................................................288
12.2.18
AT+CFTPSABORT Abort FTP(S) Operations............................................................ 288
12.2.19
AT+CFTPSSIZE Get the File Size on FTP(S) server................................................289
12.3 Summary of result codes for FTPS................................................................................................. 290
12.3.1 Summary of Command result <errcode>............................................................................... 290
12.3.2 Summary of Unsolicited Result Codes................................................................................... 291
www.simcom.com
9 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
13. AT Commands for HTTPS............................................................................................... 292
13.1 Overview of AT Commands for HTTPS.......................................................................................... 292 13.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for HTTPS.......................................................................292
13.2.1 AT+HTTPINIT Start HTTP(S) service.................................................................................. 292 13.2.2 AT+HTTPTERM Stop HTTP(S) Service..............................................................................293 13.2.3 AT+HTTPPARA Set HTTP(S) Parameters value............................................................... 293 13.2.4 AT+HTTPACTION HTTP(S) Method Action........................................................................295 13.2.5 AT+HTTPHEAD Read the HTTP(S) Header Information of Server Response............ 296 13.2.6 AT+HTTPREAD Read the Response Information of HTTP(S) Server...........................297 13.2.7 AT+HTTPDATA Input HTTP(S) Data....................................................................................298 13.2.8 AT+HTTPPOSTFILE Send HTTP Request to HTTP(S) server by File..........................299 13.2.9 AT+HTTPREADFILE Receive HTTP(S) Response Content to a file............................. 300 13.3 Summary of result codes for HTTPS.............................................................................................. 301 13.3.1 Summary of HTTP(S) Response Code.................................................................................. 301 13.3.2 Summary of HTTP(S) error Code............................................................................................303
14. AT Commands for HTP.....................................................................................................304
14.1 Overview of AT Commands for HTP............................................................................................... 304 14.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for HTP............................................................................ 304
14.2.1 AT+CHTPSERV Set HTP server info...................................................................................304 14.2.2 AT+CHTPUPDATE Updating date time using HTP protocol........................................... 305 14.2.3 Unsolicited HTP Codes............................................................................................................. 306
15. AT Commands for NTP.....................................................................................................307
15.1 Overview of AT Commands for NTP............................................................................................... 307 15.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for NTP............................................................................ 307
15.2.1 AT+CNTP Update system time............................................................................................. 307 15.2.2 Unsolicited NTP Codes............................................................................................................. 308
16. AT Commands for MQTT(S)............................................................................................309
16.1 Overview of AT Commands for MQTT(S).......................................................................................309
16.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for MQTT(S)................................................................... 309
16.2.1 AT+CMQTTSTART Start MQTT service..............................................................................309
16.2.2 AT+CMQTTSTOP STOP MQTT service............................................................................. 310
16.2.3 AT+CMQTTACCQ Acquire a client....................................................................................... 311
16.2.4 AT+CMQTTREL Release a client......................................................................................... 312
16.2.5 AT+CMQTTSSLCFG Set the SSL context..........................................................................313
16.2.6 AT+CMQTTWILLTOPIC Input the will topic........................................................................ 314
16.2.7 AT+CMQTTWILLMSG Input the will message................................................................... 315
16.2.8 AT+CMQTTDISC Disconnect from server.......................................................................... 316
16.2.9 AT+CMQTTCONNECT Connect to MQTT server............................................................. 317
16.2.10
AT+CMQTTTOPIC Input the publish message topic................................................ 319
16.2.11
AT+CMQTTPAYLOAD Input the publish message body.......................................... 320
16.2.12
AT+CMQTTPUB Publish a message to server.......................................................... 321
16.2.13
AT+CMQTTSUBTOPIC Input a subscribe message topic....................................... 322
16.2.14
AT+CMQTTSUB Subscribe a message to server..................................................... 323
16.2.15
AT+CMQTTUNSUBTOPIC Input a unsubscribe message topic.............................324
www.simcom.com
10 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
16.2.16
AT+CMQTTUNSUB Unsubscribe a message to server........................................... 325
16.2.17
AT+CMQTTCFG Configure the MQTT Context......................................................... 326
16.3 Summary of result codes for MQTT(S)...........................................................................................328
16.3.1 Summary of Command result <err> codes............................................................................328
16.3.2 Summary of Unsolicited Result Codes................................................................................... 329
17. AT Commands for GPS.................................................................................................... 331
17.1 Overview of AT Commands for GPS...............................................................................................331
17.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for GPS............................................................................331
17.2.1 AT+CGPS Start/Stop GPS session...................................................................................... 332
17.2.2 AT+CGPSINFO Get GPS fixed position information.........................................................333
17.2.3 AT+CGPSCOLD Cold Start GPS..........................................................................................334
17.2.4 AT+CGPSHOT Hot Start GPS.............................................................................................. 335
17.2.5 AT+CGPSURL Set AGPS default server URL....................................................................335
17.2.6 AT+CGPSSSL Set AGPS transport security.......................................................................336
17.2.7 AT+CGPSAUTO Start GPS automatic................................................................................ 337
17.2.8 AT+CGPSNMEA Configure NMEA sentence type.............................................................338
17.2.9 AT+CGPSNMEARATE Set NMEA output rate................................................................... 339
17.2.10
AT+CGPSMD Configure AGPS MO method.............................................................. 340
17.2.11
AT+CGPSFTM Start GPS test mode........................................................................... 340
17.2.12
AT+CGPSDEL Delete the GPS information............................................................... 341
17.2.13
AT+CGPSXE Enable/Disable GPS XTRA function................................................... 342
17.2.14
AT+CGPSXD Download XTRA assistant file..............................................................343
17.2.15
AT+CGPSXDAUTO Download XTRA assistant file automatically..........................344
17.2.16
AT+CGPSINFOCFG Download Report GPS NMEA-0183 sentence.....................344
17.2.17
AT+CGPSPMD Configure positioning mode.............................................................. 346
17.2.18
AT+CGPSMSB Configure based mode switch to standalone................................. 347
17.2.19
AT+CGPSHOR Configure positioning desired accuracy..........................................348
17.2.20
AT+CGPSNOTIFY LCS respond positioning request............................................... 349
17.2.21
AT+CGNSSINFO LCS Get GNSS fixed position information..................................349
17.2.22
AT+CGNSSMODE LCS Configure GNSS support mode........................................ 351
17.2.23
AT+CGPSIPV6 Set AGPS IPV6 Addr&Port................................................................ 352
17.2.24
AT+CGPSXTRADATA Query the validity of the current gpsOne XTRA Data....... 353
18. AT Commands for LBS.....................................................................................................354
18.1 Overview of AT Commands for LBS................................................................................................354 18.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for LBS.............................................................................354 18.3 AT Commands for Open/Close Network........................................................................................ 354
18.3.1 Overview of AT Commands for Open/Close Network.......................................................... 354 18.3.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for Open/Close Network.......................................354 18.3.3 Unsolicited Open/Close network command <err> Codes................................................... 357
19. AT Commands for Hardware.......................................................................................... 361
19.1 Overview of AT Commands for Hardware Related.......................................................................361 19.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for Hardware Related....................................................361
19.2.1 AT+CVALARM Low and high voltage Alarm....................................................................... 362 19.2.2 AT+CVAUXS Set state of the pin named VREG_AUX1................................................... 363
www.simcom.com
11 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
19.2.3 AT+CVAUXV Set voltage value of the pin named VREG_AUX1.................................... 363
19.2.4 AT+CADC Read ADC value...................................................................................................364
19.2.5 AT+CADC2 Read ADC2 value.............................................................................................. 365
19.2.6 AT+CMTE Control the module whether power shutdown when the module's
temperature upon the critical temperature............................................................................................. 366
19.2.7 AT+CPMVT Low and high voltage Power Off.....................................................................367
19.2.8 AT+CDELTA Set the module go to recovery mode............................................................368
19.2.9 AT+CRIIC Read values from register of IIC device........................................................... 368
19.2.10
AT+CWIIC Write values to register of IIC device....................................................... 369
19.2.11
AT+CBC Read the voltage value of the power supply..............................................370
19.2.12
AT+CPMUTEMP Read the temperature of the module............................................370
19.2.13
AT+CFDISK SD Card/EMMC Flash............................................................................. 371
20. AT Commands for File System...................................................................................... 373
20.1 Overview of AT Commands for File System.................................................................................. 373
20.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for File System............................................................... 374
20.2.1 AT+FSCD Select directory as current directory................................................................. 374
20.2.2 AT+FSMKDIR Make new directory in current directory.................................................... 375
20.2.3 AT+FSRMDIR Delete directory in current directory...........................................................376
20.2.4 AT+FSLS List directories/files in current directory.............................................................377
20.2.5 AT+FSDEL Delete file in current directory.......................................................................... 378
20.2.6 AT+FSRENAME Rename file in current directory............................................................. 379
20.2.7 AT+FSATTRI Request file attributes.................................................................................... 379
20.2.8 AT+FSMEM Check the size of available memory..............................................................380
20.2.9 AT+FSLOCA Select storage place....................................................................................... 381
20.2.10
AT+FSCOPY Copy an appointed file........................................................................... 382
20.2.11
AT+CFTRANRX Transfer a file to EFS........................................................................384
20.2.12
AT+CFTRANTX Transfer a file from EFS to host...................................................... 385
21. AT Commands for AUDIO................................................................................................387
21.1 Overview of AT Commands for AUDIO...........................................................................................387 21.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for AUDIO........................................................................387
21.2.1 AT+CREC Record wav audio file..........................................................................................387 21.2.2 AT+CRECAMR Record amr audio file................................................................................. 388 21.2.3 AT+CCMXPLAYWAV Play wav audio file............................................................................390 21.2.4 AT+CCMXSTOPWAV Stop playing wav audio file............................................................ 391 21.2.5 AT+CCMXPLAY Play audio file.............................................................................................392 21.2.6 AT+CCMXSTOP Stop playing audio file..............................................................................393
22. AT Commands for TTS..................................................................................................... 394
22.1 Overview of AT Commands for TTS................................................................................................394 22.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for TTS.............................................................................394
22.2.1 AT+CDTAM TTS play path, local or remote........................................................................394 22.2.2 AT+CTTS TTS operation, play or stop.................................................................................395 22.2.3 AT+CTTSPARAM TTS Parameters, set or get...................................................................397
23. AT Commands for FOTA.................................................................................................. 399
23.1 Overview of AT Commands for FOTA............................................................................................. 399
www.simcom.com
12 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
23.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for FOTA..........................................................................399 23.2.1 AT+CAPFOTA Start/Close FOTA Service........................................................................... 399 23.2.2 AT+CSCFOTA Configure parameters and download upgrade package....................... 400
24. AT Commands for UIM hotswap....................................................................................402
24.1 Overview of AT Commands for UIM hotswap................................................................................402 24.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for UIM hotswap.............................................................402
24.2.1 AT+UIMHOTSWAPON Set UIM hotswap function on...................................................... 402 24.2.2 AT+UIMHOTSWAPLEVEL Set UIM card detection level................................................. 403
25. AT Commands for HSIC_LAN.........................................................................................405
25.1 Overview of AT Commands for HAIC_LAN....................................................................................405 25.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for HSIC_LAN................................................................ 405
25.2.1 AT+CENABLELAN Enable LAN function............................................................................ 405 25.2.2 AT+CLANMODE Set LAN mode...........................................................................................406 25.2.3 AT+CLANCTRL Set LAN configure......................................................................................407 25.2.4 AT+CHSICSLEEP Allow HSIC Device Go to AutoSleep.................................................. 408
26. AT Commands for Ecall................................................................................................... 410
26.1 Overview of AT Commands for Ecall...............................................................................................410
26.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for Ecall........................................................................... 410
26.2.1 AT+CECALLS Make e-call.....................................................................................................410
26.2.2 AT+CECALLE Hang up e-call................................................................................................411
26.2.3 AT+CECALLCFG Configure e-call MSD information........................................................ 412
26.2.4 AT+CECALLPOS Set position information......................................................................... 413
26.2.5 AT+CECALLTIME Set timestamp......................................................................................... 414
26.2.6 AT+CECALLVERSION Set MSD serialize version............................................................ 415
26.2.7 AT+CECALLTOUT Set T5,T6,T7 timeout value.................................................................416
26.2.8 AT+CMSDMESSAGEID Set the initiatory message identifier of msd data Description
417
26.2.9 AT+CMSDOIDDATA Set the optional additional data....................................................... 417
26.2.10
AT+CMSD Input hex Minimum set of data..................................................................418
26.2.11
AT+CMSDCONTROL Set the control data in Minimum set of data........................419
27. AT Commands for MIFI.....................................................................................................420
27.1 Overview of AT Commands for MIFI W58...................................................................................... 420
27.2 Overview of AT Commands for MIFI W58L(RTL)......................................................................... 420
27.3 Detailed Description of AT Commands for MIFI............................................................................ 421
27.3.1 AT+CWMAP Open/Close WIFI............................................................................................. 421
27.3.2 AT+CWSSID SSID setting..................................................................................................... 422
27.3.3 AT+CWBCAST Broadcast setting.........................................................................................423
27.3.4 AT+CWAUTH Authentication setting....................................................................................423
27.3.5 AT+CWMOCH 80211 mode and channel setting.............................................................. 425
27.3.6 AT+CWISO Client isolation setting.......................................................................................426
27.3.7 AT+CWDHCP Get the current DHCP configuration.......................................................... 427
27.3.8 AT+CWNAT NAT type setting................................................................................................ 427
27.3.9 AT+CWCLICNT Get client number connected to the WIFI.............................................. 428
27.3.10
AT+CWRSTD Restore to default setting..................................................................... 429
www.simcom.com
13 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
27.3.11 27.3.12 27.3.13 27.3.14 27.3.15 27.3.16 27.3.17 27.3.18 27.3.19 27.3.20 27.3.21
AT+CWMAPCFG WIFI configuration setting.............................................................. 429 AT+CWLANSRV LAN SERVER setting...................................................................... 431 AT+CWLANMSG Send message................................................................................. 432 AT+CWLANMGET Manual get cached bytes.............................................................433 AT+CWMACADDR Get MAC address.........................................................................434 AT+CWNETCNCT Query the connection to the network......................................... 435 AT+CWSTAIP Get STA mode IP address................................................................... 435 AT+CWSTASCAN Scan WIFI network........................................................................ 436 AT+CWSTACFG STA mode configuration setting..................................................... 437 AT+CWSTAINIT STA mode setting.............................................................................. 438 AT+CWUSRINFO Auth info of wifi data call setting...................................................439
28. AT Commands for BT....................................................................................................... 441
28.1 Overview of AT Commands for BT.................................................................................................. 441
28.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for BT............................................................................... 442
28.2.1 AT+BTPOWER Open/Close BT............................................................................................442
28.2.2 AT+BTHOST Get/Set host name..........................................................................................443
28.2.3 AT+BTSCAN Scan BT devices............................................................................................. 444
28.2.4 AT+BTIOCAP IOCAP Mode Setting.....................................................................................445
28.2.5 AT+BTPAIR Pair with other BT device.................................................................................446
28.2.6 AT+BTUNPAIR Unpair with other BT device...................................................................... 447
28.2.7 AT+BTPAIRED Get paired with BT device..........................................................................448
28.2.8 AT+BTSPPSRV Active/Deactive spp server.......................................................................448
28.2.9 AT+BTSPPPROF Get remote device spp status...............................................................449
28.2.10
AT+BTSPPCONN SPP connect/disconnect............................................................... 450
28.2.11
AT+BTSPPSEND SPP send data................................................................................ 451
28.2.12
AT+BTGATTREG GATT Register.................................................................................452
28.2.13
AT+BTGATTACT GATT Active...................................................................................... 452
28.2.14
AT+BTGATTCREDB GATT Create DB........................................................................453
28.2.15
AT+BTGATTCRESRV GATT Create Service............................................................. 454
28.2.16
AT+BTGATTCRECHAR Create Service characteristic.............................................454
28.2.17
AT+BTGATTCRECHARDES Create Service characteristic description................455
28.2.18
AT+BTGATTSRVADD DB Add To GATT Server........................................................ 455
28.2.19
AT+BTGATTREADCFM Response to BTGATTREADIND.......................................456
28.2.20
AT+BTGATTWRCFM Response to BTGATTWRIND................................................457
28.2.21
AT+BTGATTNOTIFY Send Notification to client........................................................457
28.2.22
AT+BTGATTSENDIND Send Indication to client....................................................... 458
28.2.23
+BTSPPRECV SPP receive data................................................................................. 459
28.2.24
+BTGATTCONN Client connect status........................................................................459
28.2.25
+BTGATTREADIND Receive client read request......................................................459
28.2.26
+BTGATTWRIND Receive client write request..........................................................460
www.simcom.com
14 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00 THIS DOCUMENT IS A REFERENCE GUIDE TO ALL THE AT COMMANDS.
www.simcom.com
15 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
1. Introduction
1.1 Scope of the document
This document presents the AT Command Set for SIMCom SIM7500 and SIM7600 series.
1.2 Related documents
You can visit the SIMCom Website using the following link: http://www.simcom.com
1.3 Conventions and abbreviations
In this document, the GSM engines are referred to as following term: ME (Mobile Equipment); MS (Mobile Station); TA (Terminal Adapter); DCE (Data Communication Equipment) or facsimile DCE (FAX modem, FAX board);
In application, controlling device controls the GSM engine by sending AT Command via its serial interface. The controlling device at the other end of the serial line is referred to as following term: TE (Terminal Equipment); DTE (Data Terminal Equipment) or plainly "the application" which is running on an embedded system;
1.4 AT Command syntax
The "AT" or "at" or "aT" or "At" prefix must be set at the beginning of each Command line. To terminate a Command line enter <CR>.
www.simcom.com
16 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Commands are usually followed by a response that includes. "<CR><LF><response><CR><LF>" Throughout this document, only the responses are presented,<CR><LF> are omitted intentionally.
The AT Command set implemented by SIM7500&SIM7600 Series is a combination of 3GPP TS 27.005, 3GPP TS 27.007 and ITU-T recommendation V.25ter and the AT commands developed by SIMCom.
NOTE
Only enter AT Command through serial port after SIM7500&SIM7600 Series is powered on and Unsolicited Result Code "RDY" is received from serial port. If auto-bauding is enabled, the Unsolicited Result Codes "RDY" and so on are not indicated when you start up the ME, and the "AT" prefix, or "at" prefix must be set at the beginning of each command line.
All these AT commands can be split into three categories syntactically: "basic", "S parameter", and "extended". These are as follows:
1.4.1 Basic syntax
These AT commands have the format of "AT<x><n>", or "AT&<x><n>", where "<x>"is the Command, and "<n>"is/are the argument(s) for that Command. An example of this is "ATE<n>", which tells the DCE whether received characters should be echoed back to the DTE according to the value of "<n>". "<n>" is optional and a default will be used if missing.
1.4.2 S Parameter syntax
These AT commands have the format of "ATS<n>=<m>", where "<n>" is the index of the S register to set, and "<m>" is the value to assign to it. "<m>" is optional; if it is missing, then a default value is assigned.
1.4.3 Extended Syntax
These commands can operate in several modes, as in the following table:
Table 1: Types of AT commands and responses
The mobile equipment returns the list of parameters and value
Test Command
ranges set with the corresponding Write Command or by internal processes.
www.simcom.com
17 / 460
AT+<x>=? Read Command AT+<x>? Write Command AT+<x>=<...> Execution Command AT+<x>
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
This command returns the currently set value of the parameter or parameters. This command sets the user-definable parameter values. The execution command reads non-variable parameters affected by internal processes in the GSM engine.
1.4.4 Combining AT commands on the same Command line
You can enter several AT commands on the same line. In this case, you do not need to type the "AT" or "at" prefix before every command. Instead, you only need type "AT" or "at" the beginning of the command line. Please note to use a semicolon as the command delimiter after an extended command; in basic syntax or S parameter syntax, the semicolon need not enter, for example: ATE1Q0S0=1S3=13V1X4;+IFC=0,0;+IPR=115200.
The Command line buffer can accept a maximum of 559 characters (counted from the first command without "AT" or "at" prefix) or 39 AT commands. If the characters entered exceeded this number then none of the Command will executed and TA will return "ERROR".
1.4.5 Entering successive AT commands on separate lines
When you need to enter a series of AT commands on separate lines, please Note that you need to wait the final response (for example OK, CME error, CMS error) of last AT Command you entered before you enter the next AT Command.
1.5 Supported character sets
The SIM7500&SIM7600 Series AT Command interface defaults to the IRA character set. The SIM7500&SIM7600 Series supports the following character sets: GSM format UCS2 IRA The character set can be set and interrogated using the "AT+CSCS" Command (3GPP TS 27.007). The character set is defined in GSM specification 3GPP TS 27.005.
www.simcom.com
18 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
The character set affects transmission and reception of SMS and SMS Cell Broadcast messages, the entry and display of phone book entries text field and SIM Application Toolkit alpha strings.
1.6 Flow control
Flow control is very important for correct communication between the GSM engine and DTE. For in the case such as a data or fax call, the sending device is transferring data faster than the receiving side is ready to accept. When the receiving buffer reaches its capacity, the receiving device should be capable to cause the sending device to pause until it catches up.
There are basically two approaches to achieve data flow control: software flow control and hardware flow control. SIM7500&SIM7600 Series support both two kinds of flow control. In Multiplex mode, it is recommended to use the hardware flow control.
1.6.1 Software flow control (XON/XOFF flow control)
Software flow control sends different characters to stop (XOFF, decimal 19) and resume (XON, decimal 17) data flow. It is quite useful in some applications that only use three wires on the serial interface.
The default flow control approach of SIM7500&SIM7600 Series is hardware flow control (RTS/CTS flow control), to enable software flow control in the DTE interface and within GSM engine, type the following AT Command: AT+IFC=1,1
Ensure that any communications software package (e.g. Hyper terminal) uses software flow control.
NOTE
Software Flow control should not be used for data calls where binary data will be transmitted or received (e.g. TCP/IP) as the DTE interface may interpret binary data as flow control characters.
1.6.2 Hardware flow control (RTS/CTS flow control)
Hardware flow control achieves the data flow control by controlling the RTS/CTS line. When the data transfer should be suspended, the CTS line is set inactive until the transfer from the receiving buffer has completed. When the receiving buffer is ok to receive more data, CTS goes active once again.
www.simcom.com
19 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
To achieve hardware flow control, ensure that the RTS/CTS lines are present on your application platform.
1.7 Definitions
1.7.1 Parameter Saving Mode
For the purposes of the present document, the following syntactical definitions apply: NO_SAVE: The parameter of the current AT command will be lost if module is rebooted or current AT
command doesn't have parameter. AUTO_SAVE: The parameter of the current AT command will be kept in NVRAM automatically and
take in effect immediately, and it won't be lost if module is rebooted. AUTO_SAVE_REBOOT: The parameter of the current AT command will be kept in NVRAM
automatically and take in effect after reboot, and it won't be lost if module is rebooted.
1.7.2 Max Response Time
Max response time is estimated maximum time to get response, the unit is seconds.
www.simcom.com
20 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
2. AT Commands According to V.25TER
2.1 Overview of AT Commands According to V.25TER
Command
A/ ATD ATE ATH ATI ATL ATM +++ ATO ATQ ATS0 ATS3 ATS4 ATS5 ATS6 ATS7 ATS8
ATS10 ATV ATX ATZ AT&C AT&D AT&E AT+GCAP AT+GMI AT+GMM AT+GMR
www.simcom.com
Description
Re-issues the last command given Mobile originated call to dial a number Set command echo mode Disconnect existing connection Display product identification information Set monitor speaker loudness Set monitor speaker mode Switch from data mode or ppp online mode to command mode Switch from command mode to data mode Set result code presentation mode Set number of rings before automatically answering the call Set command line termination character Set response formatting character Set command line editing character Pause before blind dialling Set number of seconds to wait for connection completion Set number of seconds to wait for comma dial modifier encountered in dial string of D command Set disconnect delay after indicating the absence of data carrier TA response format Set connect result code format and monitor call progress Reset default configuration Set DCD function mode Set DTR function mode Set CONNECT Result Code Format About Speed Request complete TA capabilities list Request manufacturer identification Request TA model identification Request TA revision identification of software release
21 / 460
AT+GOI AT+GSN AT+ICF AT+IPR
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Request global object identification Request TA serial number identification (IMEI) Set TE-TA control character framing Set TE-TA fixed local rate
2.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands According to V.25TER
2.2.1 A/ Re-issues the Last Command Given
A/ Re-issues the Last Command Given
Execution Command
Response
A/ Parameter Saving Mode
Re-issues the previous Command NO_SAVE
Maximum Response Time
120000ms
Reference
Example
A/ +GCAP:+CGSM,+FCLASS,+DS OK
2.2.2 ATD Mobile Originated Call to Dial A Number
This command can be used to set up outgoing data calls. It also serves to control supplementary services.
ATD Mobile Originated Call to Dial A Number
Execution Command ATD<n>[<mgsm]
Response If error is related to ME functionality +CME ERROR: <err>
If no dial tone and (parameter setting ATX2 or ATX4) NO DIALTONE
If busy and (parameter setting ATX3 or ATX4) BUSY
www.simcom.com
22 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
Defined Values
<n>
Emergency call: <n> <mgsm>
Example
ATD10086; OK VOICE CALL:BEGIN
If a connection cannot be established NO CARRIER
If the remote station does not answer NO ANSWER
If connection successful and non-voice call. CONNECT<text> TA switches to data mode. Note: <text> output only if ATX<value> parameter setting with the <value> >0
When TA returns to command mode after call release OK NO_SAVE Timeout set with ATS7 (data call)
String of dialing digits and optionally V.25ter modifiers dialing digits: 0-9,*, #,+,A,B,C Following V.25ter modifiers are ignored: ,(comma),T,P,!,W,@
Standardized emergency number 112 (no SIM needed) String of GSM modifiers: I Actives CLIR (Disables presentation of own number to called party) i Deactivates CLIR (Enable presentation of own number to called party) G Activates Closed User Group invocation for this call only g Deactivates Closed User Group invocation for this call only
NOTE
This command may be aborted generally by receiving an ATH Command or a character during execution. The aborting is not possible during some states of connection establishment such as
www.simcom.com
23 / 460
handshaking.
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
2.2.3 ATD><mem><n> Originate call from specified memory
This command is used to originate a call using specified memory and index number.
ATD><mem><n> Originate call from specified memory
Execution Command ATD<mem><n>[;]
Response a)If originate a voice call successfaully: OK VOICE CALL:BEGIN
b) If Originate a data call successfully: CONNECT [<text>]
c) Originate a call unsuccessfully during command execution: ERROR
d)Originate a call unsuccessfully for failed connection recovery: NO CARRIER
Maximum Response Time Reference V.25ter
e)Originate a call unsuccessfully for error related to the MT: +CME ERROR: <err> Timeout set with ATS7 (data call)
Defined Values
<mem>
<n>
Phonebook storage: (For detailed description of storages see
AT+CPBS)
"DC"
ME dialed calls list
"MC" ME missed (unanswered received) calls list
"RC"
ME received calls list
"SM"
SIM phonebook
"ME"
UE phonebook
"FD"
SIM fixed dialing phonebook
"ON"
MSISDN list
"LD"
Last number dialed phonebook
"EN"
Emergency numbers
Integer type memory location in the range of locations available in the
www.simcom.com
24 / 460
<;> <text> <err>
Example
ATD>SM3 OK VOICE CALL: BEGIN
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
selected memory, i.e. the index returned by AT+CPBR. The termination character ";" is mandatory to set up voice calls. It must not be used for data and fax calls. CONNECT result code string; the string formats please refer ATX/AT\V/AT&E command. Service failure result code string; the string formats please refer +CME ERROR result code and AT+CMEE command.
//Specify the <mem>.
2.2.4 ATD><n> Originate call from active memory(1)
This command is used to originate a call to specified number. Telecom does not support this command.
ATD><n> Originate call from active memory
Execution Command ATD><n>[;]
Response a)If originate a voice call successfaully: OK VOICE CALL:BEGIN
b) If Originate a data call successfully: CONNECT [<text>]
c) Originate a call unsuccessfully during command execution: ERROR
d)Originate a call unsuccessfully for failed connection recovery: NO CARRIER
Maximum Response Time Reference V.25ter
e)Originate a call unsuccessfully for error related to the MT: +CME ERROR: <err> Timeout set with ATS7 (data call)
Defined Values
<n>
Integer type memory location in the range of locations available in the
www.simcom.com
25 / 460
<;> <text> <err>
Example
ATD>2; OK VOICE CALL: BEGIN
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
selected memory, i.e. the index returned by AT+CPBR. The termination character ";" is mandatory to set up voice calls. It must not be used for data and fax calls. CONNECT result code string; the string formats please refer ATX/AT\V/AT&E command. Service failure result code string; the string formats please refer +CME ERROR result code and AT+CMEE command.
2.2.5 ATD><str> Originate call from active memory(2)
This command is used to originate a call to specified number. Telecom does not support this command.
ATD><n> Originate call from active memory
Execution Command ATD><str>[;]
Response a)If originate a voice call successfaully: OK VOICE CALL:BEGIN
b) If Originate a data call successfully: CONNECT [<text>]
c) Originate a call unsuccessfully during command execution: ERROR
d)Originate a call unsuccessfully for failed connection recovery: NO CARRIER
Maximum Response Time Reference V.25ter
e)Originate a call unsuccessfully for error related to the MT: +CME ERROR: <err> Timeout set with ATS7 (data call)
Defined Values
<str>
String type value, which should equal to an alphanumeric field in at
www.simcom.com
26 / 460
<;> <text> <err>
Example
ATD>"kobe"; OK VOICE CALL: BEGIN
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
least one phone book entry in the searched memories. <str> formatted as current TE character set specified by AT+CSCS.<str> must be double quoted. The termination character ";" is mandatory to set up voice calls. It must not be used for data and fax calls. CONNECT result code string; the string formats please refer ATX/AT\V/AT&E command. Service failure result code string; the string formats please refer +CME ERROR result code and AT+CMEE command.
2.2.6 ATA Call answer
This command is used to make remote station to go off-hook, e.g. answer an incoming call. If there is no an incoming call and entering this command to TA, it will be return "NO CARRIER" to TA.
ATA Call answer Execution Command ATA
Response a)If originate a voice call successfaully: OK VOICE CALL:BEGIN
b)For data call, and TA switches to data mode: CONNECT
Reference V.25ter
c)No connection or no incoming call: NO CARRIER
Example
ATA VOICE CALL: BEGIN OK
www.simcom.com
27 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
2.2.7 ATH Disconnect existing call
This command is used to disconnect existing call. Before using ATH command to hang up a voice call, it must set AT+CVHU=0. Otherwise, ATH command will be ignored and "OK" response is given only. This command is also used to disconnect PS data call, and in this case it doesn't depend on the value of AT+CVHU.
ATH Disconnect existing call
Execution Command
Response
ATH
a) If AT+CVHU=0: VOICE CALL:END:<time>
OK
Reference
V.25ter
Defined Values
<time>
Voice call connection time: Format HHMMSS (HH: hour, MM: minute, SS: second)
Example
AT+CVHU=0 OK ATH VOICE CALL:END:000017 OK
2.2.8 ATS0 Automatic answer incoming call
The S-parameter command controls the automatic answering feature of the Module. If set to 000, automatic answering is disabled, otherwise it causes the Module to answer when the incoming call indication (RING) has occurred the number of times indicated by the specified value; and the setting will not be stored upon power-off, i.e. the default value will be restored after restart.
ATS0 Automatic answer incoming call
Read Command ATS0?
Response a)If succes: <n> OK
www.simcom.com
28 / 460
Write command ATS0=<n>
Reference V.25ter
Defined Values
<n>
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
b) If failed ERROR Response a)If succes: OK b)If failed ERROR
000 Automatic answering mode is disable. (default value when power-on)
001255 Enable automatic answering on the ring number specified.
NOTE
1.The S-parameter command is effective on voice call and data call. 2.If <n> is set too high, the remote party may hang up before the call can be answered automatically.
Example
ATS0? 000 OK ATS0=003 OK
2.2.9 +++ Switch from data mode to command mode
This command is only available during a connecting PS data call. The +++ character sequence causes the TA to cancel the data flow over the AT interface and switch to Command Mode. This allows to enter AT commands while maintaining the data connection to the remote device.
+++ Switch from data mode to command mode
Execution Command
Response
+++
OK
Reference
V.25ter
www.simcom.com
29 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
NOTE To prevent the +++ escape sequence from being misinterpreted as data, it must be preceded and followed by a pause of at least 1000 milliseconds, and the interval between two `+' character can't exceed 900 milliseconds.
2.2.10 ATO Switch from command mode to data mode
ATO is the corresponding command to the +++ escape sequence. When there is a PS data call connected and the TA is in Command Mode, ATO causes the TA to resume the data and takes back to Data Mode.
ATO Switch from command mode to data mode
Execution Command
Response
ATO
a) TA/DCE switches to Data Mode from Command Mode:
CONNECT [<baud rate>]
b) If connection is not successfully resumed: NO CARRIER
Reference V.25ter
ERROR
Example
ATO CONNECT 115200
2.2.11 ATI Display product identification information
This command is used to request the product information, which consists of manufacturer identification, model identification, revision identification, International Mobile station Equipment Identity (IMEI) and overall capabilities of the product.
ATI Display product identification information
Execution Command
Response
ATI
Manufacturer: <manufacturer>
www.simcom.com
30 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Model: <model> Revision: <revision> IMEI: [<sn>] +GCAP: list of <name>s
OK Reference V.25ter
Defined Values
<manufacturer> <model> <revision> <sn>
<name>
The identification of manufacturer.
The identification of model.
The revision identification of firmware.
Serial number identification, which consists of a single line containing IMEI (International Mobile station Equipment Identity) number.
List of additional capabilities:
+CGSM +FCLASS +DS +ES +CIS707-A
GSM function is supported FAX function is supported Data compression is supported Synchronous data mode is supported. CDMA data service command set
+CIS-856 EVDO data service command set
+MS
Mobile Specific command set
Example
ATI
Manufacturer:
SIMCOM
INCORPORATED
Model: SIMCOM_SIM7600C
Revision: SIM7600C _V1.0
IMEI: 351602000330570
+GCAP: +CGSM,+FCLASS,+DS
OK
2.2.12 AT+IPR Set local baud rate temporarily
This command sets the baud rate of module's serial interface temporarily, after reboot the baud rate is set to value of IPREX.
www.simcom.com
31 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+IPR Set local baud rate tmporarily
Test Command AT+IPR=?
Read Command AT+IPR?
Write Command AT+IPR=<speed>
Response +IPR: (list of supported<speed>s) OK Response +IPR: <speed> OK Response OK or
Execution Command AT+IPR=<speed>
ERROR Set the value to boot value: OK
Defined Values
<speed>
Baud rate per second: 0, 300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 230400, 460800,921600, 3000000,3200000,3686400
2.2.13 AT+ICF Set control character framing
This command sets character framing which contains data bit, stop bit and parity bit.
AT+IPR Set local baud rate tmporarily
Test Command AT+ICF=?
Read Command AT+ICF?
Write Command AT+ICF=<format>[,<parity>]
Execution Command AT+ICF Reference V.25ter
Response +ICF: (list of supported<format>s), (list of supported<parity>s) OK Response +ICF: <format>,<parity> OK Response OK or ERROR Set default value: OK
Defined Values
www.simcom.com
32 / 460
<format>
<parity>
Example
AT+ICF? +ICF: 3,3 OK AT+ICF=? +ICF: (1-6),(0-3) OK AT+ICF=3,3 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
1 data bit 8, stop bit 2 2 data bit 8, parity bit 1,stop bit 1 3 data bit 8, stop bit 1 4 data bit 7, stop bit 2 5 data bit 7, parity bit 1,stop bit 1 6 data bit 7, stop bit 1 0 Odd 1 Even 2 Space 3 none
2.2.14 AT+IFC Set local data flow control
The command sets the flow control mode of the module.
AT+IFC Set local data flow control
Test Command AT+IFC=?
Response +IFC: (list of supported<DCE>s), (list of supported<DTE>s) OK or
Read Command AT+IFC?
ERROR Response +IFC: <DCE>,<DTE> OK or
Write Command
ERROR Response
AT+IFC=<DCE>[,<DTE>] Execution Command
OK or ERROR Set default value:
www.simcom.com
33 / 460
AT+IFC Reference V.25ter
Defined Values
<DCE>
<DTE>
Example
AT+IFC? +ICF: 0,0 OK AT+IFC=? +ICF: (0,2),(0,2) OK AT+ICF=2,2 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00 OK
0 none (default) 2 RTS hardware flow control 0 none (default) 2 CTS hardware flow control
2.2.15 AT&C Set DCD function mode
This command determines how the state of DCD PIN relates to the detection of received line signal from the distant end.
AT&C Set DCD function mode
Execution Command
Response
AT&C[<value>]
OK
or
ERROR
Reference
V.25ter
Defined Values
<value>
0 DCD line shall always be on. 1 DCD line shall be on only when data carrier signal is presen t. 2 Setting winks(briefly transitions off,then back on)the DCD line when data calls end.
www.simcom.com
34 / 460
Example
AT&C1 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
2.2.16 ATE Enable command echo
This command sets whether or not the TA echoes characters.
ATE Enable command echo
Execution Command
Response
ATE[<value>]
OK
or
ERROR
Reference
V.25ter
Defined Values
<value>
0 Echo mode off 1 Echo mode on
Example
ATE1 OK
2.2.17 AT&V Display current configuration
This command returns some of the base configuration parameters settings.
AT&V Display current configuration
Execution Command
Response
AT&V
<text> OK
or
ERROR
Reference
V.25ter
www.simcom.com
35 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Defined Values
<text>
All relative configuration information.
Example
AT&V &C: 0; &D: 2; &F: 0; E: 1; L: 0; M: 0; Q: 0; V: 1; X: 0; Z: 0; S0: 0; S3: 13; S4: 10; S5: 8; S6: 2; S7: 50; S8: 2; S9: 6; S10: 14; S11: 95; +FCLASS: 0; +ICF: 3,3; +IFC: 2,2; +IPR: 115200; +DR: 0; +DS: 0,0,2048,6; +WS46: 12; +CBST: 0,0,1; ...... OK
2.2.18 AT&D Set DTR function mode
This command determines how the TA responds when DTR PIN is changed from the ON to the OFF condition during data mode.
AT&D Set DTR function mode
Execution Command
Response
AT&V[<value>]
OK
or
ERROR
Reference
V.25ter
Defined Values
<value>
0 TA ignores status on DTR. 1 ON->OFF on DTR: Change to Command mode with remainin g the connected call 2 ON->OFF on DTR: Disconnect call, change to Command mode.During state DTR = OFF is auto-answer off.
Example
AT&D1
www.simcom.com
36 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00 OK
2.2.19 AT&S Set DSR function mode
The command determines how the state of DSR pin works.
AT&D Set DSR function mode
Execution Command AT&S[<value>]
Reference V.25ter
Response OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<value>
0 DSR line shall always be on. 1 DSR line shall be on only when DTE and DCE are connected.
Example
AT&S0 OK
2.2.20 ATV Set result code format mode
This parameter setting determines the contents of the header and trailer transmitted with result codes and information responses.
ATV Set result code format mode
Write Command
Response
ATV[<value>]
If <value> =0
0 If <value> =1
OK
Reference
V.25ter
Defined Values
www.simcom.com
37 / 460
<value>
Example
ATV1 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
0 Information response: <text><CR><LF> Short result code format: <numeric code><CR> 1 Information response: <CR><LF><text><CR><LF> Long result code format: <CR><LF><verbose code><CR><LF>
2.2.21 AT&F Set all current parameters to manufacturer defaults
This command is used to set all current parameters to the manufacturer defined profile.
AT&F Set all current parameters to manufacturer defaults
Write Command
Response
AT&F[<value>]
OK
or
ERROR
Reference
V.25ter
Defined Values
<value>
0 -- Set some temporary TA parameters to manufacturer defaults. The setting after power on or reset is same as value 0.
Example
AT&F OK
2.2.22 ATQ Set Result Code Presentation Mode
Specify whether the TA transmits any result code to the TE or not. Text information transmitted in response is not affected by this setting.
ATQ Set Result Code Presentation Mode
Write Command
Response
ATQ<n>
If <n>=0:
www.simcom.com
38 / 460
ATQ
Reference V.25ter
Defined Values
<n>
Example
ATQ0 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00 OK If <n>=1: No Responses Set default value: 0 OK No Responses
0 DCE transmits result code 1 DCE not transmits result code
2.2.23 ATX Set CONNECT Result Code Format
This parameter setting determines whether the TA transmits unsolicited result codes or not. The unsolicited result codes are <CONNECT><SPEED><COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL>[<TEXT>]
ATX Set CONNECT Result Code Format
Write Command
Response
ATX<n>
OK
or
ERROR
Execution Command
Set default value: 1
ATX
OK
or
ERROR
Reference
V.25ter
Defined Values
<value>
0 CONNECT result code returned
www.simcom.com
39 / 460
Example
ATX1 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
1,2,3,4 May be transmits extern result codes according to AT&E and AT\V settings. Refer to AT&E.
2.2.24 AT\V Set CONNECT Result Code Format About Protocol
This parameter setting determines whether report the communication protocol. If PS call, it also determines wether report APN, uplink rate, downlink rate.
AT\V Set CONNECT Result Code Format About Protocol
Write Command AT\V<value>
Response OK or ERROR
Execution Command
Set default value: 0
AT\V
OK or ERROR
Reference V.25ter
Defined Values
<value>
0 Don't report
1 Report communication protocol. And report APN, uplink rate,
downlink rate if PS call. Refer to AT&E. The maybe communication
protocol
report
include
"NONE","PPPoverUD","AV32K","AV64K","PACKET". And APN in string
format while uplink rate and downlink rate in integer format with kb
unit.
Example
AT\V0 OK
www.simcom.com
40 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
2.2.25 AT&E Set CONNECT Result Code Format About Speed
This parameter setting determines to report Serial connection rate or Wireless connection speed. It is valid only ATX above 0.
AT&E Set CONNECT Result Code Format About Speed
Write Command
Response
AT&E<value>
OK
or
ERROR
Execution Command
Set default value: 1
AT&E
OK
or
ERROR
Reference
V.25ter
Defined Values
<value>
Example
AT&E0 OK
0 Wireless connection speed in integer format. 1 Serial connection rate in integer format. Such as: "115200"
2.2.26 AT&W Save the user setting to ME
This command will save the user settings to ME which set by ATE, ATQ, ATV, ATX, AT&C AT&D, AT&S, AT\V, AT+IFC and ATS0.
AT&W Save the user setting to ME
Write Command
Response
AT&W<value>
OK
or
ERROR
Execution Command
Set default value: 0
AT&W
OK
or
ERROR
www.simcom.com
41 / 460
Reference V.25ter
Defined Values
<value>
Example
AT&W0 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00 0 Save
2.2.27 ATZ Restore the user setting from ME
This command will restore the user setting from ME which set by ATE, ATQ, ATV, ATX, AT&C AT&D, AT&S, AT\Q, AT\V, and ATS0.
ATZ Restore the user setting from ME
Write Command
Response
ATZ<value>
OK
or
ERROR
Execution Command
Set default value: 0
ATZ
OK
or
ERROR
Reference
V.25ter
Defined Values
<value>
0 Restore
Example
ATZ0 OK
2.2.28 AT+CGMI Request manufacturer identification
www.simcom.com
42 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
This command is used to request the manufacturer identification text, which is intended to permit the user of the Module to identify the manufacturer.
AT+CGMI Request manufacturer identification
Test Command
Response
AT+CGMI=? Execution Command
OK Response
AT+CGMI Reference
<manufacturer> OK or ERROR
V.25ter
Defined Values
<manufacturer>
The identification of manufacturer.
Example
AT+CGMI SIMCOM INCORPORATED OK
2.2.29 AT+CGMM Request model identification
This command is used to requests model identification text, which is intended to permit the user of the Module to identify the specific model.
AT+CGMM Request model identification
Test Command AT+CGMM=? Execution Command
Response OK Response
AT+CGMM
Reference V.25ter
<model> OK or ERROR
Defined Values
www.simcom.com
43 / 460
<model>
Example
AT+CGMM SIMCOM_SIM7600C OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00 The identification of model.
2.2.30 AT+CGMR Request revision identification
This command is used to request product firmware revision identification text, which is intended to permit the user of the Module to identify the version.
AT+CGMR Request revision identification
Test Command
Response
AT+CGMR=?
OK
Execution Command
Response
AT+CGMR
+CGMR: <revision> OK
or
ERROR
Reference
V.25ter
Defined Values
<revision>
The revision identification of firmware.
Example
AT+CGMR +CGMR: LE11B01SIM7600C OK
2.2.31 AT+CGSN Request product serial number identification
This command requests product serial number identification text, which is intended to permit the user of the Module to identify the individual ME to which it is connected to.
www.simcom.com
44 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+CGSN Request product serial number identification
Test Command
Response
AT+CGSN=?
OK
Execution Command
Response
AT+CGSN
<sn>
OK
or
+CME ERROR: memory failure
Reference
V.25ter
Defined Values
<sn>
Serial number identification, which consists of a single line containing the IMEI (International Mobile station Equipment Identity) number of the MT. If in CDMA/EVDO mode ,it will show ESN(Electronic Serial Number)
Example
AT+CGSN 351602000330570 OK
2.2.32 AT+CSCS Select TE character set
Write command informs TA which character set <chest> is used by the TE. TA is then able to convert character strings correctly between TE and MT character sets. Read command shows current setting and test command displays conversion schemes implemented in the TA.
AT+CSCS Select TE character set
Test Command AT+CSCS=?
Response +CSCS: (list of supported <chset>s) OK
Read Command AT+CSCS?
Response +CSCS: <chset> OK
Write Command AT+CSCS=<chset>
Response OK
ERROR
www.simcom.com
45 / 460
Execution Command AT+CSCS Reference V.25ter
Defined Values
<chset>
Example
AT+CSCS="IRA" OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Set subparameters as default value: OK
Character set, the definition as following: "IRA" International reference alphabet. "GSM" GSM default alphabet; this setting causes easily software flow control (XON /XOFF) problems. "UCS2" 16-bit universal multiple-octet coded character set; UCS2 character strings are converted to hexadecimal numbers from 0000 to FFFF.
2.2.33 AT+CIMI Request international mobile subscriber identity
Execution command causes the TA to return <IMSI>, which is intended to permit the TE to identify the individual SIM card which is attached to MT. NOTE: If USIM card contains two apps, like China Telecom 4G card, one RUIM/CSIM app, and another USIM app; so there are two IMSI in it; AT+CIMI will return the RUIM/CSIM IMSI; AT+CIMIM will return the USIM IMSI.
AT+CIMI Request international mobile subscriber identity
Test Command
Response
AT+CIMI=?
OK
Execution Command
Response
AT+CIMI
<IMSI> OK or
+CME ERROR: memory failure
Reference
V.25ter
Defined Values
<IMSI>
International Mobile Subscriber Identity (string, without double
www.simcom.com
46 / 460
Example
AT+CIMI 460010222028133 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00 quotes).
2.2.34 AT+CIMIM Request another international mobile subscriber identity
Execution command causes the TA to return <IMSI>, which is intended to permit the TE to identify the individual SIM card which is attached to MT. NOTE: If USIM card contains two apps, like China Telecom 4G card, one RUIM/CSIM app, and another USIM app; so there are two IMSI in it; AT+CIMIM will return the USIM IMSI; AT+CIMI will return the RUIM/CSIM IMSI.
AT+CIMIM Request another international mobile subscriber identity
Test Command
Response
AT+CIMIM=?
OK
Execution Command
Response
AT+CIMIM
<IMSI>
OK
or
+CME ERROR: memory failure
Reference
V.25ter
Defined Values
<IMSI>
International Mobile Subscriber Identity (string, without double quotes).
Example
AT+CIMIM 460010222028133 OK
2.2.35 AT+GCAP Request overall capabilities
www.simcom.com
47 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Execution command causes the TA reports a list of additional capabilities.
AT+GCAP Request overall capabilities
Test Command
Response
AT+GCAP=?
OK
Execution Command
Response
AT+GCAP
+GCAP: (list of <name>s)
OK
Reference
V.25ter
Defined Values
<name>
List of additional capabilities.
+CGSM GSM function is supported
+FCLASS FAX function is supported
+DS
Data compression is supported
+ES
Synchronous data mode is supported.
+CIS707-A CDMA data service command set
+CIS-856 EVDO data service command set
+MS
Mobile Specific command set
Example
AT+GCAP +GCAP:+CGSM,+FCLASS,+DS OK
www.simcom.com
48 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
3. AT Commands for Status Control
3.1 Overview of AT Commands for Status Control
Command AT+CFUN AT+CPIN AT+CICCID AT+CSIM AT+CRSM AT+SPIC AT+CSPN AT+CSQ AT+AUTOCSQ AT+CSQDELTA AT+CATR AT+CPOF AT+CRESET AT+CACM AT+CAMM AT+CPUC AT+CCLK AT+CMEE AT+CPAS AT+SIMEI AT+SMEID AT+CSVM
Description Set phone functionality Enter PIN Read ICCID from SIM card Generic SIM access Restricted SIM access Times remain to input SIM PIN/PUK Get service provider name from SIM Query signal quality Set CSQ report Set RSSI delta change threshold Configure URC destination interface Power down the module Reset the module Accumulated call meter Accumulated call meter maximum Price per unit and currency table Real time clock management Report mobile equipment error Phone activity status Set IMEI for the module RequestMobile Equipment Identifier Voice Mail Subscriber number
3.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for Status Control
www.simcom.com
49 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
3.2.1 AT+CFUN Set phone functionality
Description
This command is used to select the level of functionality <fun> in the ME. Level "full functionality" is where the highest level of power is drawn. "Minimum functionality" is where minimum power is drawn. Level of functionality between these may also be specified by manufacturers. When supported by manufacturers, ME resetting with <rst> parameter may be utilized. NOTE: AT+CFUN=6 must be used after setting AT+CFUN=7. If module in offline mode, must execute AT+CFUN=6 or restart module to online mode.
AT+CFUN Set phone functionality
Test Command AT+CFUN=?
Response +CFUN: (list of supported <fun>s),(list of supported <rst>s)
Read Command AT+CFUN?
OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err>
Response +CFUN: <fun>
Write Command AT+CFUN=<fun>[,<rst>]
OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err>
Response OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err>
Defined values
<fun>
0 minimum functionality 1 full functionality, online mode 4 disable phone both transmit and receive RF circuits 5 Factory Test Mode
www.simcom.com
50 / 460
<rst>
Examples
AT+CFUN? +CFUN: 1 OK AT+CFUN=0 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
6 Reset 7 Offline Mode 0 do not reset the ME before setting it to <fun> power level 1 reset the ME before setting it to <fun> power level. This value only takes effect when <fun> equals 1.
3.2.2 AT+CPIN Enter PIN
Description
This command is used to send the ME a password which is necessary before it can be operated (SIM PIN, SIM PUK, PH- SIM PIN, etc.). If the PIN is to be entered twice, the TA shall automatically repeat the PIN. If no PIN request is pending, no action is taken towards MT and an error message, +CME ERROR, is returned to TE. If the PIN required is SIM PUK or SIM PUK2, the second pin is required. This second pin, <newpin>, is used to replace the old pin in the SIM.
AT+CPIN Enter PIN
Test Command AT+CPIN=? Read Command AT+CPIN?
Response OK Response +CPIN: <code>
OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err>
www.simcom.com
51 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Write Command AT+CPIN=<pin>[,<newpin>]
Response OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err>
Defined values
<pin> <newpin>
<code>
String type values.
String type values.
Values reserved by the present document:
READY
ME is not pending for any password
SIM PIN
ME is waiting SIM PIN to be given
SIM PUK ME is waiting SIM PUK to be given
PH-SIM PIN ME is waiting phone- to- SIM card password to
be given
SIM PIN2 ME is waiting SIM PIN2 to be given
SIM PUK2 ME is waiting SIM PUK2 to be given
PH-NET PIN ME is waiting network personalization
password to be given
Examples
AT+CPIN? +CPIN: SIM PUK2
OK
3.2.3 AT+CICCID Read ICCID from SIM card
Description
This command is used to Read the ICCID from SIM card
AT+CICCID Read ICCID from SIM card
Test Command AT+CICCID=?
Response OK
www.simcom.com
52 / 460
Execution Command AT+CICCID
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Response +ICCID: <ICCID>
OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err>
Defined values
<ICCID>
Integrate circuit card identity, a standard ICCID is a 20-digit serial number of the SIM card,it presents the publish state, network code, publish area, publish date, publish manufacture and press serial number of the SIM card.
Examples
AT+CICCID +ICCID: 898600700907A6019125 OK
3.2.4 AT+CSIM Generic SIM access
Description
This command is used to control the SIM card directly. Compared to restricted SIM access command AT+CRSM, AT+CSIM allows the ME to take more control over the SIM interface. For SIMME interface please refer 3GPP TS 11.11. NOTEThe SIM Application Toolkit functionality is not supported by AT+CSIM. Therefore
the following SIM commands can not be used: TERMINAL PROFILE, ENVELOPE, FETCH and TEMINAL RESPONSE.
AT+CSIM Generic SIM access
Test Command AT+CSIM=?
Response OK
www.simcom.com
53 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Write Command AT+CSIM=<length>,<comm and>
Response +CSIM: <length>,<response>
OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err>
Defined values
<length> <command> <response>
Interger type; length of characters that are sent to TE in <command>or<response> Command passed from MT to SIM card.
Response to the command passed from SIM card to MT.
Examples
AT+CSIM=? OK
3.2.5 AT+CRSM Restricted SIM access
Description
By using AT+CRSM instead of Generic SIM Access AT+CSIM, TE application has easier but more limited access to the SIM database. Write command transmits to the MT the SIM <command> and its required parameters. MT handles internally all SIM-MT interface locking and file selection routines. As response to the command, MT sends the actual SIM information parameters and response data. MT error result code +CME ERROR may be returned when the command cannot be passed to the SIM, but failure in the execution of the command in the SIM is reported in <sw1> and <sw2> parameters.
AT+CRSM Restricted SIM access
Test Command AT+CRSM=?
Response OK
www.simcom.com
54 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Write Command AT+CRSM=<command>[,<fil eID>[,<p1>,<p2>, <p3> [,<data>]]]
Response +CRSM: <sw1>,<sw2>[,<response>]
OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err>
Defined values
<command> <fileID>
www.simcom.com
Command passed on by the MT to the SIM:
176 READ BINARY
178 READ RECORD
192 GET RESPONSE
214 UPDATE BINARY
220 UPDATE RECORD
242 STATUS
203 RETRIEVE DATA
219 SET DATA
Identifier for an elementary data file on SIM, if used by
<command>.
The following list the fileID hex value, user needs to convet them
to decimal.
EFs under MF
0x2FE2
ICCID
0x2F05
Extended Language Preferences
0x2F00
EF DIR
0x2F06
Access Rule Reference
EFs under USIM ADF
0x6F05
Language Indication
0x6F07
IMSI
0x6F08
Ciphering and Integrity keys
0x6F09
C and I keys for pkt switched domain
0x6F60
User controlled PLMN selector w/Acc Tech
0x6F30
User controlled PLMN selector
0x6F31
HPLMN search period
0x6F37
ACM maximum value
0x6F38
USIM Service table
0x6F39
Accumulated Call meter
0x6F3E
Group Identifier Level
0x6F3F
Group Identifier Level 2
0x6F46
Service Provider Name
0x6F41
Price Per Unit and Currency table
55 / 460
www.simcom.com
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
0x6F45 0x6F78 0x6F7B 0x6F7E 0x6FAD 0x6F48 0x6FB7 0x6F50 0x6F73 0x6F3B 0x6F3C 0x6F40 0x6F42 0x6F43 0x6F49 0x6F4B 0x6F4C 0x6F47 0x6F80 0x6F81 0x6F82 0x6F83 0x6F4E 0x6F4F 0x6FB5 0x6FB6 0x6FC2 0x6FC3 0x6F4D 0x6F55 0x6F58 0x6F56 0x6F57 0x6F2C 0x6F32 0x6F5B 0x6F5C 0x6F61 0x6F5D 0x6F62 0x6F06 0x6F65 0x6FC4 0x6F11 0x6F12, 0x6F13
Cell Bcast Msg identifier selection Access control class Forbidden PLMNs Location information Administrative data Cell Bcast msg id for data download Emergency call codes Cell bcast msg id range selection Packet switched location information Fixed dialling numbers Short messages MSISDN SMS parameters SMS Status Service dialling numbers Extension 2 Extension 3 SMS reports Incoming call information Outgoing call information Incoming call timer Outgoing call timer Extension 5 Capability Config Parameters 2 Enh Multi Level Precedence and Pri Automatic answer for eMLPP service Group identity Key for hidden phonebook entries Barred dialling numbers Extension 4 Comparison Method information Enabled services table Access Point Name Control List De-personalization Control Keys Co-operative network list Hyperframe number Maximum value of Hyperframe number OPLMN selector with access tech OPLMN selector HPLMN selector with access technology Access Rule reference RPLMN last used access tech Network Parameters CPHS: Voice Mail Waiting Indicator CPHS: Service String Table CPHS: Call Forwarding Flag
56 / 460
www.simcom.com
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
0x6F14 0x6F15 0x6F16 0x6F17 0x6FC5 0x6FC6 0x6F9F 0x6F92 0x6F98 0x6F9B 0x4F30 0x4F22 0x4F23 0x4F24 0x4F20 0x4F52 0x4F63 0x4F64 0x4F40 0x4F41 0x4F42 0x4F43 0x6FC7 0x6FC8 0x6FC9 0x6FCA 0x6FCD 0x6FD2 0x6FD9 0x6FCB 0x6FD6 0x6FDA 0x6FD7 0x6FD8 0x6FCE 0x6FD0 0x6FD1 0x6FD2 0x6FCF 0x5031 0x5032 0x5033
0x6F3A 0x6F3B 0x6F3C
CPHS: Operator Name String CPHS: Customer Service Profile CPHS: CPHS Information CPHS: Mailbox Number PLMN Network Name Operator PLMN List Dynamic Flags Status Dynamic2 Flag Setting Customer Service Profile Line2 EF PARAMS - Welcome Message Phone book reference file Phone book synchronization center Change counter Previous Unique Identifier GSM ciphering key Kc GPRS ciphering key CPBCCH information Investigation scan MExE Service table Operator Root Public Key Administrator Root Public Key Third party Root public key Mail Box Dialing Number Extension 6 Mailbox Identifier Message Waiting Indication Status Service Provider Display Information UIM_USIM_SPT_TABLE Equivalent HPLMN Call Forwarding Indicator Status GBA Bootstrapping parameters GBA NAF List MBMS Service Key MBMS User Key MMS Notification MMS Issuer connectivity parameters MMS User Preferences MMS User connectivity parameters Extension 8 Object Directory File Token Information File Unused space Information File
EFs under Telecom DF Abbreviated Dialing Numbers Fixed dialling numbers Short messages
57 / 460
<p1><p2><p3> <data> <sw1><sw2> <response>
Examples
AT+CRSM=? OK www.simcom.com
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
0x6F3D
Capability Configuration Parameters
0x6F4F
Extended CCP
0x6F40
MSISDN
0x6F42
SMS parameters
0x6F43
SMS Status
0x6F44
Last number dialled
0x6F49
Service Dialling numbers
0x6F4A
Extension 1
0x6F4B
Extension 2
0x6F4C
Extension 3
0x6F4D
Barred Dialing Numbers
0x6F4E
Extension 4
0x6F47
SMS reports
0x6F58
Comparison Method Information
0x6F54
Setup Menu elements
0x6F06
Access Rule reference
0x4F20
Image
0x4F30
Phone book reference file
0x4F22
Phone book synchronization center
0x4F23
Change counter
0x4F24
Previous Unique Identifier
Integer type; parameters to be passed on by the Module to the
SIM.
Information which shall be written to the SIM (hexadecimal
character format, refer AT+CSCS).
Status information from the SIM about the execution of the actual
command. It is returned in both cases, on successful or failed
execution of the command.
Response data in case of a successful completion of the
previously issued command.
"STATUS" and "GET RESPONSE" commands return data, which
gives information about the currently selected elementary data
field. This information includes the type of file and its size.
After "READ BINARY" or "READ RECORD" commands the
requested data will be returned.
<response> is empty after "UPDATE BINARY" or "UPDATE
RECORD" commands.
58 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
3.2.6 AT+SPIC Times remain to input SIM PIN/PUK
Description
This command is used to inquire times remain to input SIM PIN/PUK.
AT+SPIC Times remain to input SIM PIN/PUK
Test Command
Response
AT+SPIC=?
OK
Execution Command
Response
AT+SPIC
+SPIC: <pin1>,<puk1>,<pin2>,<puk2>
OK
Defined values
<pin1> <puk1> <pin2> <puk2>
Times remain to input PIN1 code. Times remain to input PUK1 code. Times remain to input PIN2 code. Times remain to input PUK2 code.
Examples
AT+SPIC=? OK AT+SPIC +SPIC: 3,10,0,10
OK
3.2.7 AT+CSPN Get service provider name from SIM
Description
This command is used to get service provider name from SIM card.
www.simcom.com
59 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+CSPN Get service provider name from SIM
Test Command
Response
AT+CSPN=?
OK
or
ERROR
Read Command
Response
AT+CSPN?
+CSPN: <spn>,<display mode>
OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err>
Defined values
<spn> <display mode>
String type; service provider name on SIM
0 doesn't display PLMN. Already registered on PLMN. 1 display PLMN
Examples
AT+CSPN=? OK AT+CSPN? +CSPN: "CMCC",0
OK
3.2.8 AT+CSQ Query signal quality
Description
This command is used to return received signal strength indication <rssi> and channel bit error rate <ber> from the ME. Test command returns values supported by the TA as compound values.
AT+CSQ Query signal quality
www.simcom.com
60 / 460
Test Command AT+CSQ=? Execution Command AT+CSQ
Defined values
<rssi>
<ber>
Examples
AT+CSQ +CSQ: 22,0 OK www.simcom.com
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Response +CSQ: (list of supported <rssi>s),(list of supported <ber>s)
OK Response +CSQ: <rssi>,<ber>
OK or ERROR
0
- 113 dBm or less
1
- 111 dBm
2...30 - 109... - 53 dBm
31
- 51 dBm or greater
99 not known or not detectable
100
- 116 dBm or less
101 - 115 dBm
102...191 - 114... - 26dBm
191
- 25 dBm or greater
199
not known or not detectable
100...199 expand to TDSCDMA, indicate RSCP received
(in percent)
0 <0.01%
1 0.01% --- 0.1%
2 0.1% --- 0.5%
3 0.5% --- 1.0%
4 1.0% --- 2.0%
5 2.0% --- 4.0%
6 4.0% --- 8.0%
7 >=8.0%
99 not known or not detectable
61 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
3.2.9 AT+AUTOCSQ Set CSQ report
Description
This command is used to enable or disable automatic report CSQ information, when automatic report enabled, the module reports CSQ information every five seconds or only after <rssi>or<ber> is changed, the format of automatic report is "+CSQ: <rssi>,<ber>".
AT+AUTOCSQ Set CSQ report
Test Command
Response
AT+AUTOCSQ=?
+AUTOCSQ: (list of supported<auto>s),(list of supported<mod
e>s)
Read Command AT+AUTOCSQ?
OK Response +AUTOCSQ: <auto>,<mode>
Write Command AT+AUTOCSQ=<auto>[,<mo de>]
OK Response OK or ERROR
Defined values
<auto> <mode>
0 disable automatic report 1 enable automatic report 0 CSQ automatic report every five seconds 1 CSQ automatic report only after <rssi>or<ber>is changed NOTE: If the parameter of <mode> is omitted when executing write command, <mode> will be set to default value.
Examples
AT+AUTOCSQ=? +AUTOCSQ: (0-1),(0-1) OK AT+AUTOCSQ?
www.simcom.com
62 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
+AUTOCSQ: 1,1
OK AT+AUTOCSQ=1,1 OK
+CSQ: 23,0 (when <rssi>or<ber>changing)
3.2.10 AT+CSQDELTA Set RSSI delta change threshold
Description
This command is used to set RSSI delta threshold for signal strength reporting.
AT+CSQDELTA Set RSSI delta change threshold
Test Command
Response
AT+CSQDELTA=?
+CSQDELTA: (list of supported <delta>s)
Read Command AT+CSQDELTA?
OK Response +CSQDELTA: <delta>
Write Command AT+CSQDELTA=<delta>
Execution Command AT+CSQDELTA
OK or ERROR Response OK or ERROR Response Set default value<delta>=5: OK
Defined values
<delta>
Range: from 0 to 5.
Examples
www.simcom.com
63 / 460
AT+CSQDELTA? +CSQDELTA: 5
OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
3.2.11 AT+CATR Configure URC destination interface
Description
This command is used to configure the serial port which will be used to output URCs. We recommend configure a destination port for receiving URC in the system initialization phase, in particular, in the case that transmitting large amounts of data, e.g. use TCP/UDP and MT SMS related AT command.
AT+CATR Configure URC destination interface
Test Command
Response
AT+CATR=?
+CATR: (list of supported <port>s)
Read Command AT+CATR?
OK Response +CATR: <port>
Write Command AT+CATR=<port>
OK Response OK or ERROR
Defined values
<port>
0 all ports 1 use UART port to output URCs 2 use MODEM port to output URCs 3 use ATCOM port to output URCs 4 use cmux virtual port1 to output URCs 5 use cmux virtual port2 to output URCs 6 use cmux virtual port3 to output URCs 7 use cmux virtual port4 to output URCs
www.simcom.com
64 / 460
Examples
AT+CATR=1 OK AT+CATR? +CATR: 1
OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
3.2.12 AT+CPOF Power down the module
Description
This command is used to power off the module. Once the AT+CPOF command is executed, The module will store user data and deactivate from network, and then shutdown.
AT+CPOF Power down the module
Test Command
Response
AT+CPOF=? Execution Command
OK Response
AT+CPOF
OK
Examples
AT+CPOF OK
3.2.13 AT+CRESET Reset the module
Description
This command is used to reset the module.
AT+CRESET Reset the module
Test Command AT+CRESET=?
Response OK
www.simcom.com
65 / 460
Execution Command AT+CRESET
Examples
AT+CRESET=? OK AT+CRESET OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Response OK
3.2.14 AT+CACM Accumulated call meter
Description
This command is used to reset the Advice of Charge related accumulated call meter value in SIM file EFACM.
AT+CACM Accumulated call meter
Test Command
Response
AT+CACM=?
OK
or
ERROR
Read Command
Response
AT+CACM?
+CACM: <acm>
Write Command AT+CACM=<passwd>
OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err> Response OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err>
www.simcom.com
66 / 460
Execution Command AT+CACM
Defined values
<passwd> <acm>
Examples
AT+CACM? +CACM: "000000" OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Response OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err>
String type, SIM PIN2. String type, accumulated call meter value similarly coded as <ccm> under +CAOC.
3.2.15 AT+CAMM Accumulated call meter maximum
Description
This command is used to set the Advice of Charge related accumulated call meter maximum value in SIM file EFACMmax.
AT+CAMM Accumulated call meter maximum
Test Command
Response
AT+CAMM=?
OK
or
ERROR
www.simcom.com
67 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Read Command AT+CAMM?
Response +CAMM: <acmmax>
Write Command AT+CAMM=<acmmax>[,<pa sswd>]
Execution Command AT+CAMM
OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err> Response OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err> Response OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err>
Defined values
<acmmax> <passwd>
String type, accumulated call meter maximum value similarly coded as <ccm> under AT+CAOC, value zero disables ACMmax feature. String type, SIM PIN2.
Examples
AT+CAMM? +CAMM: "000000" OK
3.2.16 AT+CPUC Price per unit and currency table Description
www.simcom.com
68 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
This command is used to set the parameters of Advice of Charge related price per unit and currency table in SIM file EFPUCT..
AT+CPUC Price per unit and currency table
Test Command
Response
AT+CPUC=?
OK
or
ERROR
Read Command
Response
AT+CPUC?
+CPUC: [<currency>,<ppu>]
Write Command AT+CPUC=<currency>,<ppu >[,<passwd>]
OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err> Response OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err>
Defined values
<currency>
<ppu> <passwd>
String type, three-character currency code (e.g. "GBP", "DEM"), character set as specified by command Select TE Character Set AT+CSCS. String type, price per unit, dot is used as a decimal separator. (e.g. "2.66"). String type, SIM PIN2.
Examples
AT+CPUC? +CPUC: "GBP" , "2.66" OK
www.simcom.com
69 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
3.2.17 AT+CCLK Real time clock management
Description
This command is used to manage Real Time Clock of the module.
AT+CCLK Real time clock management
Test Command
Response
AT+CCLK=?
OK
Read Command
Response
AT+CCLK?
+CCLK: <time>
Write Command AT+CCLK=<time>
OK Response OK or ERROR
Defined values
<time>
String type value; format is "yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss±zz", where characters indicate year (two last digits), month, day, hour, minutes, seconds and time zone (indicates the difference, expressed in quarters of an hour, between the local time and GMT; three last digits are mandatory, range -47...+48). E.g. 6thof May 2008, 14:28:10 GMT+8 equals to "08/05/06,14:28:10+32". NOTE: 1. Time zone is nonvolatile, and the factory value is invalid time zone. 2. Command +CCLK? will return time zone when time zone is valid, and if time zone is 00, command +CCLK? will return "+00", but not "-00".
Examples
AT+CCLK="08/11/28,12:30:33+32" OK AT+CCLK? +CCLK: "08/11/28,12:30:35+32"
www.simcom.com
70 / 460
OK AT+CCLK="08/11/26,10:15:00" OK AT+CCLK? +CCLK: "08/11/26,10:15:02+32"
OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
3.2.18 AT+CMEE Report mobile equipment error
Description
This command is used to disable or enable the use of result code "+CME ERROR: <err>" or "+CMS ERROR: <err>" as an indication of an error relating to the functionality of ME; when enabled, the format of <err> can be set to numeric or verbose string.
AT+CMEE Report mobile equipment error
Test Command
Response
AT+CMEE=?
+CMEE: (list of supported <n>s)
Read Command AT+CMEE?
OK Response +CMEE: <n>
Write Command AT+CMEE=<n>
Execution Command AT+CMEE
OK Response OK or ERROR Response Set default value: OK
Defined values
<n>
0 Disable result code,i.e. only "ERROR" will be displayed. 1 Enable error result code with numeric values. 2 Enable error result code with string values.
www.simcom.com
71 / 460
Examples
AT+CMEE? +CMEE: 2
OK AT+CPIN="1234","1234" +CME ERROR: incorrect password AT+CMEE=0
OK AT+CPIN="1234","1234" ERROR AT+CMEE=1 OK AT+CPIN="1234","1234" +CME ERROR: 16
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
3.2.19 AT+CPAS Phone activity status
Description
This command is used to return the activity status <pas> of the ME. It can be used to interrogate the ME before requesting action from the phone. NOTE: This command is same as AT+CLCC, but AT+CLCC is more commonly used. So AT+CLCC is recommended to use.
AT+CPAS Phone activity status
Test Command
Response
AT+CPAS=?
+CPAS: (list of supported <pas>s)
Execution Command AT+CPAS
OK Response +CPAS: <pas>
OK
Defined values
www.simcom.com
72 / 460
<pas>
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
0 ready (ME allows commands from TA/TE) 3 ringing (ME is ready for commands from TA/TE, but the ringer is active) 4 call in progress (ME is ready for commands from TA/TE, but a call is in progress)
Examples
RING (with incoming call) AT+CPAS +CPAS: 3
OK AT+CPAS=? +CPAS: (0,3,4)
OK
3.2.20 AT+SIMEI Set IMEI for the module
Description
This command is used to set the module's IMEI value.
AT+SIMEI Set IMEI for the module
Test Command
Response
AT+SIMEI=?
OK
Read Command
Response
AT+SIMEI?
+SIMEI: <imei>
Write Command AT+SIMEI=<imei>
OK or ERROR Response OK or ERROR
Defined values
www.simcom.com
73 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<imei>
The 15-digit IMEI value.
Examples
AT+SIMEI=357396012183170 OK AT+SIMEI? +SIMEI:357396012183170
OK AT+SIMEI=? OK
3.2.21 AT+SMEID RequestMobile Equipment Identifier
Description
Only task effect in 7600CE
AT+SMEID RequestMobile Equipment Identifier
Read Command
Responses
AT+SMEID?
+SMEID: <MEID>
OK or ERROR
Defined values
<MEID>
Mobile Equipment Identifier (string, without double quotes).
Examples
AT+SMEID? +SMEID: A1000021A5906F
www.simcom.com
74 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00 OK
3.2.22 AT+CSVM Voice Mail Subscriber number
Description
Execution command returns the voice mail number related to the subscriber.
AT+CSVM Voice Mail Subscriber number
Test Command
Response
AT+CSVM=?
+CSVM: (0-1), "(0-9,+)", (128-255)
Read Command AT+CSVM?
OK or ERROR Response
+CSVM: <valid>, "<number>",<type>
Write Command AT+CSVM=<valid>, "<number>",<type>
OK or ERROR
Response OK or ERROR
Defined values
<valid> <number> <type>
Whether voice mail number is valid: 0 Voice mail number is invalid. 1 Voice mail number is valid. String type phone number of format specified by <type>.
Type of address octet in integer format. see also AT+CPBR <type>
Examples
www.simcom.com
75 / 460
AT+CSVM? +CSVM: 1 ,"13697252277",129
OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
3.2.23 Indication of Voice Mail
This module supports voice mail function; the subscriber number is configured by AT+CSVM command, the following table shows the URC related Voice Mail.
Indication of Voice Mail Box Empty +VOICEMAIL: EMPTY
Description This indication means the voice mail box is empty
New Message +VOICEMAIL: NEW MSG
Description This indication means there is a new voice mail message notification received. This is for CPHS.
Voice Mail Status Updated +VOICEMAIL: WAITING, <count>
Description This indication means that there are <count> number of messages that needs to be got.
voice mail
Defined values
<count>
Count of voice mail message that waits to be got.
Examples
+VOICEMAIL: WAITING, <count> +VOICEMAIL: WAITING, 5
3.3 Summary of CME ERROR codes
This result code is similar to the regular ERROR result code. The format of <err> can be ethier numeric or verbose string, by setting AT+CMEE command.
<err> of numeric format
<err> of verbose format
www.simcom.com
76 / 460
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 30 31 32 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 100 103 106 107 111
www.simcom.com
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Phone failure no connection to phone phone adaptor link reserved operation not allowed operation not supported PH-SIM PIN required PH-FSIM PIN required PH-FSIM PUK required SIM not inserted SIM PIN required SIM PUK required SIM failure SIM busy SIM wrong incorrect password SIM PIN2 required SIM PUK2 required memory full invalid index not found memory failure text string too long invalid characters in text string dial string too long invalid characters in dial string no network service network timeout network not allowed emergency calls only network personalization PIN required network personalization PUK required network subset personalization PIN required network subset personalization PUK required service provider personalization PIN required service provider personalization PUK required corporate personalization PIN required corporate personalization PUK required Unknown Illegal message Illegal ME GPRS services not allowed PLMN not allowed
77 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
112 113 132 133 134 148 149 150 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 273 274 275
"CME ERROR" codes of FTP
201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214
Location area not allowed Roaming not allowed in this location area service option not supported requested service option not subscribed service option temporarily out of order unspecified GPRS error PDP authentication failure invalid mobile class network rejected request retry operation invalid deflected to number deflected to own number unknown subscriber service not available unknown class specified unknown network message minimum TFTS per PDP address violated TFT precedence index not unique invaild parameter combination
Unknown error for FTP FTP task is busy Failed to resolve server address FTP timeout Failed to read file Failed to write file It's not allowed in current state Failed to login Failed to logout Failed to transfer data FTP command rejected by server Memory error Invalid parameter Network error
Example
AT+CPIN="1234","1234" www.simcom.com
78 / 460
+CME ERROR: incorrect password
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
3.4 Summary of CMS ERROR codes
Final result code +CMS ERROR: <err> indicates an error related to mobile equipment or network. The operation is simialer to ERROR result code. None of the following commands in the same command line is executed. Neither ERROR nor OK result code shall be returned. ERROR is returned normally when error is related to syntax or invalid parameters. The format of <err> can be either numeric or verbose. This is set with command AT+CMEE.
<err> of numeric format 300 301 302 303 304 305 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 320 321 322 330 331 332 340 341 342 500
<err> of verbose format ME failure SMS service of ME reserved Operation not allowed Operation not supported Invalid PDU mode parameter Invalid text mode parameter SIM not inserted SIM PIN required PH-SIM PIN required SIM failure SIM busy SIM wrong SIM PUK required SIM PIN2 required SIM PUK2 required Memory failure Invalid memory index Memory full SMSC address unknown No network service Network timeout NO +CNMA ACK EXPECTED Buffer overflow SMS size more than expected Unknown error
Example
www.simcom.com
79 / 460
AT+CMGS=02112345678 +CMS ERROR: 304
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
www.simcom.com
80 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
4. AT Commands for Network
4.1 Overview of AT Commands for Network
Command AT+CREG AT+COPS AT+CLCK AT+CPWD AT+CCUG AT+CUSD AT+CAOC AT+CSSN AT+CPOL AT+COPN AT+CNMP AT+CNBP AT+CNAOP AT+CPSI AT+CNSMOD AT+CEREG AT+CTZU AT+CTZR
Description Network Registration Operator selection Facility lock Change password Closed User Group Unstructured supplementary service data Advice of Charge Supplementary service notifications Preferred mode selection Read operator names Preferred mode selection Preferred band selection Acquisition order preference Inquiring UE system information Show network system mode EPS network registration status Automatic time and time zone update Time and time zone reporting
4.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for Network
4.2.1 AT+CREG Network registration
This command is used to control the presentation of an unsolicited result code +CREG: <stat> when <n>=1 and there is a change in the ME network registration status, or code +CREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>] when <n>=2 and there is a change of the network cell.
www.simcom.com
81 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Read command returns the status of result code presentation and an integer <stat> which shows whether the network has currently indicated the registration of the ME. Location information elements <lac> and <ci> are returned only when <n>=2 and ME is registered in the network.
AT+CREG Network registration
Test Command AT+CREG=?
Response +CREG: (list of supported <n>s)
Read Command AT+CREG?
OK Response +CREG: <n>,<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]
Write Command AT+CREG=<n>
Execution Command AT+CREG
OK or ERROR If error is related to ME functionality: +CME ERROR: <err> Response OK or ERROR If error is related to ME functionality: +CME ERROR: <err> Response (Set default value "<n>=0"): OK
Defined Values
<n> <stat>
<lac>
0 disable network registration unsolicited result code 1 enable network registration unsolicited result code +CREG: <stat> 2 enable network registration and location information unsolicited result code +CREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>] 0 not registered, ME is not currently searching a new operator to register to 1 registered, home network 2 not registered, but ME is currently searching a new operator to register to 3 registration denied 4 unknown 5 registered, roaming Two byte location area code in hexadecimal format(e.g."00C3" equals 193 in decimal).
<ci>
NOTE: The <lac> not supported in CDMA/HDR mode Cell Identify in hexadecimal format.
www.simcom.com
82 / 460
Example
AT+CREG? +CREG: 0,1
OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
GSM : Maximum is two byte WCDMA : Maximum is four byte TDS-CDMA : Maximum is four byte
NOTE: The <ci> not supported in CDMA/HDR mode
NOTE
Location information elements <lac> and <ci> are returned only when <n>=2 and ME is registered in the network
4.2.2 AT+COPS Operator selection
Write command forces an attempt to select and register the GSM/UMTS network operator. <mode> is used to select whether the selection is done automatically by the ME or is forced by this command to operator <oper> (it shall be given in format <format>). If the selected operator is not available, no other operator shall be selected (except <mode>=4). The selected operator name format shall apply to further read commands (AT+COPS?) also. <mode>=2 forces an attempt to deregister from the network. The selected mode affects to all further network registration (e.g. after <mode>=2, ME shall be unregistered until <mode>=0 or 1 is selected). Read command returns the current mode and the currently selected operator. If no operator is selected, <format> and <oper> are omitted. Test command returns a list of quadruplets, each representing an operator present in the network. Quadruplet consists of an integer indicating the availability of the operator <stat>, long and short alphanumeric format of the name of the operator, and numeric format representation of the operator. Any of the formats may be unavailable and should then be an empty field. The list of operators shall be in order: home network, networks referenced in SIM, and other networks. It is recommended (although optional) that after the operator list TA returns lists of supported <mode>s and <format>s. These lists shall be delimited from the operator list by two commas. When executing AT+COPS=? , any input from serial port will stop this command.
AT+COPS Operator selection
Test Command
Response
www.simcom.com
83 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+COPS=?
[+COPS: [list of supported (<stat>,long alphanumeric <oper> ,short alphanumeric <oper>,numeric <oper>[,< AcT>])s] [,,(list of supported <mode>s),(list of supported <format>s)]]
Read Command AT+COPS?
OK or ERROR If error is related to ME functionality: +CME ERROR: <err> Response +COPS: <mode>[,<format>,<oper>[,< AcT>]]
Write Command AT+COPS=<mode>[,<format >[,<oper>[,< AcT>]]]
Execution Command AT+COPS
OK or ERROR If error is related to ME functionality: +CME ERROR: <err> Response OK or ERROR If error is related to ME functionality: +CME ERROR: <err> Response OK
Defined Values
<mode>
0 automatic 1 manual 2 force deregister 3 set only <format> 4 manual/automatic 5 manual,but do not modify the GSM,WCDMA) after module resets.
network
selection
mode(e.g
<format>
<oper> <stat>
NOTE: if <mode> is set to 1, 4, 5 in write command, the <oper> is needed. 0 long format alphanumeric <oper> 1 short format alphanumeric <oper> 2 numeric <oper> string type, <format> indicates if the format is alphanumeric or numeric. 0 unknown 1 available
www.simcom.com
84 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<AcT>
2 current 3 forbidden Access technology selected 0 GSM 1 GSM Compact 2 UTRAN 7 EUTRAN 8 CDMA/HDR
NOTE: the value 8 do not follow the 3gpp spec, we add this value to distinguish cdma/hdr.
Example
AT+COPS? + COPS: 0,0,"China Mobile Com",0
OK
AT+COPS=? + COPS: (2,"China Unicom","Unicom","46001",0),(3,"China Mobile Com","DGTMPT", "46000",0),,(0,1,2,3,4,5),(0,1,2)
OK
NOTE When executing AT+COPS=? , any input from serial port will stop this command.
4.2.3 AT+CLCK Facility lock
This command is used to lock, unlock or interrogate a ME or a network facility <fac>. Password is normally needed to do such actions. When querying the status of a network service (<mode>=2) the response line for 'not active' case (<status>=0) should be returned only if service is not active for any <class>.
AT+CLCK Facility lock Test Command AT+CLCK=?
Response +CLCK: (list of supported <fac>s)
OK
www.simcom.com
85 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Write Command AT+CLCK=<fac>,<mode>[,< passwd>[,<class>]]
or ERROR If error is related to ME functionality: +CME ERROR: <err> Response (When <mode>=2 and command successful:) [+CLCK:<status>[,<class1>[<CR><LF> +CLCK: <status>,<class2> [...]]
OK or ERROR If error is related to ME functionality: +CME ERROR: <err>
Defined Values
<fac>
<mode> <status> <passwd> <classX>
"PF" lock Phone to the very First inserted SIM card or USIM card "SC" lock SIM card or USIM card "AO" Barr All Outgoing Calls "OI" Barr Outgoing International Calls "OX" Barr Outgoing International Calls except to Home Country "AI" Barr All Incoming Calls "IR" Barr Incoming Calls when roaming outside the home country "AB" All Barring services (only for <mode>=0) "AG" All outGoing barring services (only for <mode>=0) "AC" All inComing barring services (only for <mode>=0) "FD" SIM fixed dialing memory feature "PN" Network Personalization "PU" network subset Personalization "PP" service Provider Personalization "PC" Corporate Personalization 0 unlock 1 lock 2 query status 0 not active 1 active Password. string type; shall be the same as password specified for the facility from the ME user interface or with command Change Password +CPWD It is a sum of integers each representing a class of information (default 7): 1 voice (telephony) 2 data (refers to all bearer services)
www.simcom.com
86 / 460
<nlength> <tlength>
Example
AT+CLCK="SC",2 +CLCK: 0
OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
4 fax (facsimile services) 8 short message service 16 data circuit sync 32 data circuit async 64 dedicated packet access 128 dedicated PAD access 255 The value 255 covers all classes Integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <number> Integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <text>.
NOTE
When querying the status of a network service (<mode>=2) the response line for 'not active' case (<status>=0) should be returned only if service is not active for any <class>.
4.2.4 AT+CPWD Change password
Write command sets a new password for the facility lock function defined by command Facility Lock AT+CLCK. Test command returns a list of pairs which present the available facilities and the maximum length of their password.
AT+CPWD Change password
Test Command
Response
AT+CPWD=?
+CPWD: (list of supported (<fac>,<pwdlength>)s)
Write Command AT+CPWD=<fac>,<oldpwd>,
OK or ERROR If error is related to ME functionality: +CME ERROR: <err> Response OK
www.simcom.com
87 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<newpwd>
or ERROR If error is related to ME functionality: +CME ERROR: <err>
Defined Values
<fac>
<oldpwd> <newpwd> <pwdlength
Refer Facility Lock +CLCK for other values: "SC" SIM or USIM PIN1 "P2" SIM or USIM PIN2 "AB" All Barring services "AC" All inComing barring services (only for <mode>=0) "AG" All outGoing barring services (only for <mode>=0) "AI" Barr All Incoming Calls "AO" Barr All Outgoing Calls "IR" Barr Incoming Calls when roaming outside the home country "OI" Barr Outgoing International Calls "OX" Barr Outgoing International Calls except to Home Country String type, it shall be the same as password specified for the facility from the ME user interface or with command Change Password AT+CPWD. String type, it is the new password; maximum length of password can be determined with <pwdlength>. Integer type, max length of password.
Example
AT+CPWD=? +CPWD: ("AB",4),("AC",4),("AG",4),("AI",4),("AO",4),("IR",4),("OI",4),("OX",4),( "SC",8),("P2",8)
OK
4.2.5 AT+CCUG Closed user group
This command allows control of the Closed User Group supplementary service. Set command enables the served subscriber to select a CUG index, to suppress the Outgoing Access (OA), and to suppress the preferential CUG.
AT+CCUG Closed user group
Test Command AT+CCUG=?
Response OK
www.simcom.com
88 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Read Command AT+CCUG?
or ERROR Response +CCUG: <n>,<index>,<info>
Write Command AT+CCUG=<n>[,<index>[,<i nfo>]]
Execution Command AT+CCUG
OK or ERROR If error is related to ME functionality: +CME ERROR: <err> Response OK or ERROR If error is related to ME functionality: +CME ERROR: <err> Response (Set default value): OK
Defined Values
<n> <index> <info>
0 disable CUG temporary mode 1 enable CUG temporary mode 0...9 CUG index 10 no index (preferred CUG taken from subscriber data) 0 no information 1 suppress OA 2 suppress preferential CUG 3 suppress OA and preferential CUG
Example
AT+CCUG? +CCUG: 0,0
OK
NOTE This command not supported in CDMA/HDR mode
www.simcom.com
89 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
4.2.6 AT+CUSD Unstructured supplementary service data
This command allows control of the Unstructured Supplementary Service Data (USSD). Both network and mobile initiated operations are supported. Parameter <n> is used to disable/enable the presentation of an unsolicited result code (USSD response from the network, or network initiated operation) +CUSD: <m>[,<str>,<dcs>] to the TE. In addition, value <n>=2 is used to cancel an ongoing USSD session.
AT+CUSD Unstructured supplementary service data
Test Command
Response
AT+CUSD=?
+CUSD: (list of supported <n>s)
Read Command AT+CUSD?
OK Response +CUSD: <n>
Write Command AT+CUSD=<n>[,<str>[,<dcs >]]
Execution Command AT+CUSD
OK Response OK or ERROR If error is related to ME functionality: +CME ERROR: <err> Response (Set default value): OK
Defined Values
<n>
<str> <dcs> <m>
0 disable the result code presentation in the TA 1 enable the result code presentation in the TA 2 cancel session (not applicable to read command response) String type USSD string. Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format (default 0).
0 no further user action required (network initiated USSD Notify, or no further information needed after mobile initiated operation) 1 further user action required (network initiated USSD Request, or further information needed after mobile initiated operation) 2 USSD terminated by network 4 operation not supported 5 network time out
Example
AT+CUSD? + CUSD: 1
www.simcom.com
90 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
OK AT+CUSD=0 OK
NOTE This command not supported in CDMA/HDR mode
4.2.7 AT+CAOC Advice of Charge
This command refers to Advice of Charge supplementary service that enables subscriber to get information about the cost of calls. With <mode>=0, the execute command returns the current call meter value from the ME. This command also includes the possibility to enable an unsolicited event reporting of the CCM information. The unsolicited result code +CCCM: <ccm> is sent when the CCM value changes, but not more that every 10 seconds. Deactivation of the unsolicited event reporting is made with the same command.
AT+CAOC Advice of Charge
Test Command AT+CAOC=?
Response +CAOC: (list of supported <mode>s)
Read Command AT+CAOC?
OK Response +CUSD: <mode>
Write Command AT+CAOC=<mode>
OK or ERROR If error is related to ME functionality: +CME ERROR: <err> Response + CAOC: <ccm>
OK or ERROR If error is related to ME functionality: +CME ERROR: <err>
www.simcom.com
91 / 460
Execution Command AT+CAOC
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Response (Set default value): OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<mode>
ccm>
Example
AT+CAOC=0 +CAOC: "000000" OK
0 query CCM value 1 deactivate the unsolicited reporting of CCM value 2 activate the unsolicited reporting of CCM value String type, three bytes of the current call meter value in hexadecimal format (e.g. "00001E" indicates decimal value 30), value is in home units and bytes are similarly coded as ACMmax value in the SIM.
NOTE This command not supported in CDMA/HDR mode
4.2.8 AT+CSSN Supplementary service notifications
This command refers to supplementary service related network initiated notifications. The set command enables/disables the presentation of notification result codes from TA to TE. When <n>=1 and a supplementary service notification is received after a mobile originated call setup, intermediate result code +CSSI: <code1>[,<index>] is sent to TE before any other MO call setup result codes presented in the present document. When several different <code1>s are received from the network, each of them shall have its own +CSSI result code. When <m>=1 and a supplementary service notification is received during a mobile terminated call setup or during a call, or when a forward check supplementary service notification is received, unsolicited result code +CSSU: <code2>[,<index>[,<number>,<type>[,<subaddr>,<satype>]]] is sent to TE. In case of MT call setup, result code is sent after every +CLIP result code (refer command "Calling line identification presentation +CLIP") and when several different <code2>s are received from the network, each of them shall have its own +CSSU result code.
www.simcom.com
92 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+CSSN Supplementary service notifications
Test Command
Response
AT+CSSN?
+CSSN: (list of supported <n>s),(list of supported <m>s)
Execution Command AT+CSSN=<value>
OK Response +CSSN: <n>,<m>
Write Command AT+CSSN=<n>[,<m>]
OK or ERROR Response OK or ERROR If error is related to ME functionality: +CME ERROR: <err>
Defined Values
<n>
<m>
<code1>
<index> <code2>
<number> <type> <subaddr> <satype>
Parameter sets/shows the +CSSI result code presentation status in the TA: 0 disable 1 enable Parameter sets/shows the +CSSU result code presentation status in the TA: 0 disable 1 enable 0 unconditional call forwarding is active 1 some of the conditional call forwarding are active 2 call has been forwarded 3 call is waiting 5 outgoing calls are barred Refer "Closed user group +CCUG".
0 this is a forwarded call (MT call setup) 2 call has been put on hold (during a voice call) 3 call has been retrieved (during a voice call) 5 call on hold has been released (this is not a SS notification) (during a voice call) String type phone number of format specified by <type>.
Type of address octet in integer format; default 145 when dialing string includes international access code character "+", otherwise 129. String type sub address of format specified by <satype>.
Type of sub address octet in integer format, default 128.
www.simcom.com
93 / 460
Example
AT+CSSN=1 OK
AT+CSSN? +CSSN: 1,1
OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
NOTE This command not supported in CDMA/HDR mode
4.2.9 AT+CPOL Preferred operator list
This command is used to edit the SIM preferred list of networks.
AT+CPOL Preferred operator list
Test Command
Response
AT+CPOL
+CPOL: (list of supported <index>s), (list of supported <format>s)
Read Command AT+CPOL?
OK Response [+CPOL:<index1>,<format>,<oper1>[<GSM_AcT1>,<GSM_Compa ct_AcT1>,<UTRAN_AcT1>,<LTE_AcT1>][<CR><LF> +CPOL: <index2>,<format>,<oper2>[,<GSM_AcT1>,<GSM_Compact_AcT 1>,<UTRAN_AcT1>,<LTE_AcT1>] [...]]]
Write Command AT+CPOL=<index>[,<format >[,<oper>][,<GSM_AcT1>,< GSM_Compact_AcT1>,<UT RAN_AcT1>,<LTE_AcT1> ]] NOTE: If using USIM card, the
OK or ERROR Response OK or ERROR If error is related to ME functionality: +CME ERROR: <err>
www.simcom.com
94 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
last four parameters must set.
Defined Values
<index>
<format> <operX> <GSM_AcTn> <GSM_Compact_AcTn> <UTRA_AcTn> <LTE_AcTn>
Integer type, the order number of operator in the SIM preferred operator list. If only input <index>, command will delete the value indicate by <index>. 0 long format alphanumeric <oper> 1 short format alphanumeric <oper> 2 numeric <oper> String type.
GSM access technology: 0 access technology not selected 1 access technology selected GSM access technology: 0 access technology not selected 1 access technology selected UTRA access technology: 0 access technology not selected 1 access technology selected LTE access technology: 0 access technology not selected 1 access technology selected
Example
AT+CPOL? +CPOL: 1,2,"46001",0,0,1,0
OK
AT+CPOL=? +CPOL: (1-8),(0-2)
OK
4.2.10 AT+COPN Read operator names
This command is used to return the list of operator names from the ME. Each operator code <numericX> that has an alphanumeric equivalent <alphaX> in the ME memory shall be returned.
www.simcom.com
95 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+COPN Read operator names
Test Command
Response
AT+COPN=?
OK
or
ERROR
Write Command
Response
AT+COPN
[+COPN:<numeric1>,<alpha1>[<CR><LF>
+COPN: <numeric2>,<alpha2>
[...]]
OK or If error is related to ME functionality: +CME ERROR: <err>
Defined Values
<numericX> <alphaX>
String type, operator in numeric format (see AT+COPS). String type, operator in long alphanumeric format (see AT+COPS).
Example
AT+COPN +COPN: "46000","China Mobile Com" +COPN: "46001"," China Unicom"
......
OK
4.2.11 AT+CNMP Preferred mode selection
This command is used to select or set the state of the mode preference.
AT+CNMP Preferred mode selection
Test Command
Response
AT+CNMP=?
+CNMP: (list of supported <mode>s)
Read Command AT+CNMP?
OK Response +CNMP: <mode>
www.simcom.com
96 / 460
Write Command AT+CNMP=<mode>
Defined Values
<mode>
Example
AT+CNMP=13 OK AT+CNMP? +CNMP: 13 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
OK Response OK or (If <mode> not supported by module, this command will return ERROR.) ERROR
2 Automatic 13 GSM Only 14 WCDMA Only 38 LTE Only 59 TDS-CDMA Only 9 CDMA Only 10 EVDO Only 19 GSM+WCDMA Only 22 CDMA+EVDO Only 48 Any but LTE 60 GSM+TDSCDMA Only 63 GSM+WCDMA+TDSCDMA Only 67 CDMA+EVDO+GSM+WCDMA+TDSCDMA Only 39 GSM+WCDMA+LTE Only 51 GSM+LTE Only 54 WCDMA+LTE Only
NOTE
The set value in Write Command will take efficient immediately; The set value will retain after module reset
The response will be returned immediately for Test Command and Read Command; The maximum response time for Write Command is 10 seconds
www.simcom.com
97 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
4.2.12 AT+CNBP Preferred band selection
This command is used to select or set the state of the band preference.
AT+CNBP Preferred band selection
Test Command
Response
AT+CNBP?
+CNBP: <mode>[,<lte_mode>][,<tds_mode>]
Read Command AT+CNBP=<mode>[,<lte_m ode>][,<tds_mode>]
OK Response OK Or ERROR
Defined Values
<mode> <pos>
<lte_mode>
64 bit number, the value is "1" << "<pos>", then or by bit.
Some special mode value declared below:
0x40000000
BAND_PREF_NO_CHANGE
Value:
0xFFFFFFFF7FFFFFFF
Any (any value)
7
GSM_DCS_1800
8
GSM_EGSM_900
9
GSM_PGSM_900
16
GSM_450
17
GSM_480
18
GSM_750
19
GSM_850
20
GSM_RGSM_900
21
GSM_PCS_1900
22
WCDMA_IMT_2000
23
WCDMA_PCS_1900
24
WCDMA_III_1700
25
WCDMA_IV_1700
26
WCDMA_850
27
WCDMA_800
48
WCDMA_VII_2600
49
WCDMA_VIII_900
50
WCDMA_IX_1700
64/256 bit number, the value is "1" << "<lte_pos>", then or by bit.
NOTE: FDD(band1 ~ band32, band66 , band252, and band255),
www.simcom.com
98 / 460
<lte_pos> www.simcom.com
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
TDD(band33 ~ band42)
Value:
0x48000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000200000
7FF3FDF3FFF
Any (any value)
0
EUTRAN_BAND1(UL:1920-1980;
DL:2110-2170)
1
EUTRAN_BAND2(UL:1850-1910;
DL:1930-1990)
2
EUTRAN_BAND3(UL:1710-1785;
DL:1805-1880)
3
EUTRAN_BAND4(UL:1710-1755;
DL:2110-2155)
4
EUTRAN_BAND5(UL: 824-849; DL:
869-894)
5
EUTRAN_BAND6(UL: 830-840; DL:
875-885)
6
EUTRAN_BAND7(UL:2500-2570;
DL:2620-2690)
7
EUTRAN_BAND8(UL: 880-915; DL:
925-960)
8
EUTRAN_BAND9(UL:1749.9-1784.9;
DL:1844.9-1879.9)
9
EUTRAN_BAND10(UL:1710-1770;
DL:2110-2170)
10
EUTRAN_BAND11(UL:1427.9-1452.9;
DL:1475.9-1500.9)
11
EUTRAN_BAND12(UL:698-716;
DL:728-746)
12
EUTRAN_BAND13(UL: 777-787; DL:
746-756)
13
EUTRAN_BAND14(UL: 788-798; DL:
758-768)
16
EUTRAN_BAND17(UL: 704-716; DL:
734-746)
17
EUTRAN_BAND18(UL: 815-830; DL:
860-875)
18
EUTRAN_BAND19(UL: 830-845; DL:
875-890)
19
EUTRAN_BAND20(UL: 832-862; DL:
791-821)
20
EUTRAN_BAND21(UL: 1447.9-1462.9;
DL: 1495.9-1510.9)
22
EUTRAN_BAND23(UL: 2000-2020; DL:
2180-2200)
23
EUTRAN_BAND24(UL: 1626.5-1660.5;
99 / 460
<tds_mode> <tds_pos>
www.simcom.com
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
DL: 1525 -1559)
24
EUTRAN_BAND25(UL: 1850-1915; DL:
1930 -1995)
25
EUTRAN_BAND26(UL: 814-849; DL: 859
-894)
26
EUTRAN_BAND27(UL: 807.5-824; DL:
852 -869)
27
EUTRAN_BAND28(703-748; DL: 758-803)
28
EUTRAN_BAND29(UL:1850-1910
or
1710-1755; DL:716-728)
29
EUTRAN_BAND30(UL: 2305-2315 ; DL:
2350 - 2360)
32
EUTRAN_BAND33(UL: 1900-1920; DL:
1900-1920)
33
EUTRAN_BAND34(UL: 2010-2025; DL:
2010-2025)
34
EUTRAN_BAND35(UL: 1850-1910; DL:
1850-1910)
35
EUTRAN_BAND36(UL: 1930-1990; DL:
1930-1990)
36
EUTRAN_BAND37(UL: 1910-1930; DL:
1910-1930)
37
EUTRAN_BAND38(UL: 2570-2620; DL:
2570-2620)
38
EUTRAN_BAND39(UL: 1880-1920; DL:
1880-1920)
39
EUTRAN_BAND40(UL: 2300-2400; DL:
2300-2400)
40
EUTRAN_BAND41(UL: 2496-2690; DL:
2496-2690)
41
EUTRAN_BAND42(UL: 3400-3600; DL:
3400-3600)
42
EUTRAN_BAND43(UL: 3600-3800; DL:
3600-3800)
65
EUTRAN_BAND66(UL: 1710-1780; DL:
2110-2200)
70
EUTRAN_BAND71(UL: 663-698; DL:
617-652)
251
EUTRAN_BAND252(DL: 5150-5250)
254
EUTRAN_BAND255(DL: 5725-5850)
64bit number, the value is "1" << "<tds_pos>", then or by bit.
Value:
0x000000000000003F
Any (any value)
0
TDS Band A (1900-1920 MHz, 2010-2020
MHz)
100 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<term_mode>
1
TDS Band B (1850-1910 MHz, 1930-1990
MHz)
2
TDS Band C (1910-1930 MHz)
3
TDS Band D (2570-2620 MHz)
4
TDS Band E (2300-2400 MHz)
5
TDS Band F (1880-1920 MHz)
0 term permanent
1 term until a power cycle
Example
AT+CNBP=,0x0000000000000095 OK
AT+CNBP? +CNBP: 0x0002000004FF0387,0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 000095,0x000000000000003F
OK
AT+CNBP=,0x4800000000000000000000000000000000000000000000020000000000000095 OK
AT+CNUM: "","13697252277",129 + CNBP: 0x0002000004FF0387,0x4800000000000000000000000000000000000000000000020000000000 000095,0x000000000000003F
OK
4.2.13 AT+CNAOP Acquisitions order preference
This command is used to reset the state of acquisitions order preference.
AT+CNAOP Acquisitions order preference
Read Command
Response
AT+CNAOP?
+CNAOP: <mode>[,<sys_mode1>,[<sys_mode2>[,<sys_mode3>[,<sys_mod e4>[,<sys_mode5>[,<sys_mode6>]]]]]]
www.simcom.com
101 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Write Command AT+CNAOP=<mode>[,<sys_ mode1>[,<sys_mode2>[,<sy s_mode3>[,<sys_mode4>[,< sys_mode5>[,<sys_mode6>] ]]]]]
OK Response OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<mode> <sys_mode>
7 Acquistion by priority order list <sys_moden>s.
sys_mode values: 2 CDMA 3 GSM 4 HDR 5 WCDMA 9 LTE 11 TDSCDMA
Example
AT+CNAOP=7,9,5,3,11,2,4 OK
AT+CNAOP? + CNAOP: 7,9,5,3,11,2,4
OK
4.2.14 AT+CPSI Inquiring UE system information
This command is used to return the UE system information.
AT+CPSI Inquiring UE system information
Test Command
Response
AT+CPSI=?
+CPSI: (scope of <time>)
Read Command AT+CPSI?
OK Response If camping on a cdma/evdo cell: +CPSI: CDMA,<Operation Mode>[,<MCC>-<MNC>,<CDMA ch num>,<CDMA pilot PN>,<CDMA RX Chain 0 AGC>,<CDMA RX
www.simcom.com
102 / 460
www.simcom.com
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Chain 1 AGC>,<CDMA Chain 0 LNA>,<CDMA Chain 1 LNA>,<CDMA TX AGC>,<SID>,<NID>,<CDMA EC/IO>,<BID>] +CPSI: EVDO,<Operation Mode>[,<MCC>-<MNC>,<EVDO ch num>,<EVDO RX Chain 0 AGC>,<EVDO RX Chain 1 AGC>,< EVDO TX AGC>,<EVDO Serving PN>,<EVDO Rel0 SCI>,<EVDO RelA SCI>,<EVDO EC/IO>]
OK If camping on a gsm cell: +CPSI:<System Mode>,<MCC>-<MNC>,<LAC>,<Cell Num>,<RxLev>, <Track LO Adjust>,<C1-C2>
Mode>,<Operation ID>,<Absolute RF Ch
OK
If camping on a wcdma cell:
+CPSI:
<System
Mode>,<Operation
Mode>,<MCC>-<MNC>,<LAC>,<Cell
ID>,<Frequency
Band>,<PSC>,<Freq>,<SSC>,<EC/IO>,<RSCP>,<Qual>,<RxLev>,
<TXPWR>
OK
If camping on a tds-cdma cell:
+CPSI:
<System
Mode>,<MCC>-<MNC>,<LAC>,<Cell
Band>,<Uarfcn>,<Cpid>
Mode>,<Operation ID>,<Frequency
OK
If camping on a lte cell:
+CPSI:
<System
Mode>,<Operation
Mode>[,<MCC>-<MNC>,<TAC>,<SCellID>,<PCellID>,<Frequency
Band>,<earfcn>,<dlbw>,<ulbw>,<RSRQ>,<RSRP>,<RSSI>,<RSSN
R>]
OK If camping on a cdma/evdo cell: +CPSI: CDMA,<Operation Mode>[,<MCC>-<MNC>,<CDMA ch num>,<CDMA pilot PN>,<CDMA RX Chain 0 AGC>,<CDMA RX Chain 1 AGC>,<CDMA Chain 0 LNA>,<CDMA Chain 1 LNA>,<CDMA TX AGC>,<SID>,<NID>,<CDMA EC/IO>,<BID>] +CPSI: EVDO,<Operation Mode>[,<MCC>-<MNC>,<EVDO ch num>,<EVDO RX Chain 0 AGC>,<EVDO RX Chain 1 AGC>,< EVDO TX AGC>,<EVDO Serving PN>,<EVDO Rel0 SCI>,<EVDO RelA SCI>,<EVDO EC/IO>]
OK 103 / 460
Write Command AT+CPSI=<time>
Defined Values
<time> <System mode>
<Operation mode> <MCC> www.simcom.com
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
If camping on a cdma/ehrpd cell: +CPSI: CDMA,<Operation Mode>[,<MCC>-<MNC>,<CDMA ch num>,<CDMA pilot PN>,<CDMA RX Chain 0 AGC>,<CDMA RX Chain 1 AGC>,<CDMA Chain 0 LNA>,<CDMA Chain 1 LNA>,<CDMA TX AGC>,<SID>,<NID>,<CDMA EC/IO>,<BID>] +CPSI: eHRPD,<Operation Mode>[,<MCC>-<MNC>,<EVDO ch num>,<EVDO RX Chain 0 AGC>,<EVDO RX Chain 1 AGC>,< EVDO TX AGC>,<EVDO Serving PN>,<EVDO Rel0 SCI>,<EVDO RelA SCI>,<EVDO EC/IO>]
OK
If camping on 1xlte cell:
+CPSI: CDMA,<Operation Mode>[,<MCC>-<MNC>,<CDMA ch
num>,<CDMA pilot PN>,<CDMA RX Chain 0 AGC>,<CDMA RX
Chain 1 AGC>,<CDMA Chain 0 LNA>,<CDMA Chain 1
LNA>,<CDMA TX AGC>,<SID>,<NID>,<CDMA EC/IO>,<BID>]
+CPSI:
LTE,<Operation
Mode>[,<MCC>-<MNC>,<TAC>,<SCellID>,<PCellID>,<Frequency
Band>,<earfcn>,<dlbw>,<ulbw>,<RSRQ>,<RSRP>,<RSSI>,<RSSN
R>]
OK If no service: +CPSI: NO SERVICE, Online
OK or ERROR Response OK or ERROR
The range is 0-255, unit is second, after set <time> will report the system information every the seconds. System mode, values: "NO SERVICE", "GSM", "WCDMA", "LTE", "TDS"... If module in LIMITED SERVICE state and +CNLSA command is set to 1, the system mode will display as "GSM-LIMITED", "WCDMA-LIMITED"... UE operation mode, values: "Unknown", "Online", "Offline", "Factory Test Mode", "Reset", "Low Power Mode". Mobile Country Code (first part of the PLMN code)
104 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<MNC> <LAC> <Cell ID> <Absolute RF Ch Number> <Track LO Adjust> <C1> <C2> <Frequency Band> <PSC> <Freq> <SSC> <EC/IO> <RSCP> <Qual> <RxLev> <TXPWR> <Cpi> <TAC> <PCellID> <earfcn>
<dlbw>
<ulbw> <RSRP>
<RSRQ> <RSSNR> <BID>
Mobile Network Code (second part of the PLMN code) Location Area Code (hexadecimal digits) Service-cell Identify. AFRCN for service-cell. Track LO Adjust Coefficient for base station selection Coefficient for Cell re-selection Frequency Band of active set Primary synchronization code of active set. Downlink frequency of active set. Secondary synchronization code of active set Ec/Io value Received Signal Code Power Received Signal Code Power Quality value for base station selection RX level value for base station selection UE TX power in dBm. If no TX, the value is 500. Cell Parameter ID Tracing Area Code Physical Cell ID E-UTRA absolute radio frequency channel number for searching LTE cells Transmission bandwidth configuration of the serving cell on the downlink Transmission bandwidth configuration of the serving cell on the uplink Current reference signal received power in -1/10 dBm. Available for LTE Current reference signal receive quality as measured by L1. Average reference signal signal-to-noise ratio of the serving cell Base ID
Example
AT+CPSI? +CPSI: GSM,Online,460-00,0x182d,12401,27 EGSM 900,-64,2110,42-42
OK
AT+CPSI? +CPSI: WCDMA,Online,460-01,0xA809,11122855,WCDMA IMT 2000,279,10663,0,1.5,62,33, 52,500
OK
www.simcom.com
105 / 460
AT+CPSI=? +CPSI: (0-255)
OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
4.2.15 AT+CNSMOD Show network system mode
This command is used to return the current network system mode.
AT+CNSMOD Show network system mode
Test Command
Response
AT+CNSMOD=?
+CNSMOD: (list of supported <n>s)
Read Command AT+CNSMOD=?
OK Response +CNSMOD: <n>,<stat>
Write Command AT+CNSMOD=<n>
OK or ERROR If error is related to ME functionality: +CME ERROR: <err> Response OK or ERROR If error is related to ME functionality: +CME ERROR: <err>
Defined Values
<n>
<stat>
0 disable auto report the network system mode information 1 auto report the network system mode information, command: +CNSMOD:<stat> 0 no service 1 GSM 2 GPRS 3 EGPRS (EDGE) 4 WCDMA 5 HSDPA only(WCDMA) 6 HSUPA only(WCDMA) 7 HSPA (HSDPA and HSUPA, WCDMA)
www.simcom.com
106 / 460
<type>
Example
AT+CNSMOD? +CNSMOD: 0,2 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
8 LTE 9 TDS-CDMA 10 TDS-HSDPA only 11 TDS- HSUPA only 12 TDS- HSPA (HSDPA and HSUPA) 13 CDMA 14 EVDO 15 HYBRID (CDMA and EVDO) 16 1XLTE(CDMA and LTE) 23 eHRPD 24 HYBRID(CDMA and eHRPD) Type of address octet in integer format.see also AT+CPBR <type>
4.2.16 AT+CEREG EPS network registration status
The set command controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code +CEREG: <stat> when <n>=1 and there is a change in the MT's EPS network registration status in E-UTRAN, or unsolicited result code +CEREG: <stat>[,<tac>,<ci>[,<AcT>]] when <n>=2 and there is a change of the network cell in E-UTRAN; in this latest case <AcT>, <tac> and <ci> are sent only if available. NOTE 1: If the EPS MT in GERAN/UTRAN/E-UTRAN also supports circuit mode services and/or GPRS services, the +CREG command and +CREG: result codes and/or the +CGREG command and +CGREG: result codes apply to the registration status and location information for those services. The read command returns the status of result code presentation and an integer <stat> which shows whether the network has currently indicated the registration of the MT. Location information elements <tac>, <ci> and <AcT>, if available, are returned only when <n>=2 and MT is registered in the network.
AT+CEREG EPS network registration status
Test Command
Response
AT+CEREG=?
+CEREG: (list of supported <n>s)
Read Command AT+CEREG?
OK or ERROR Response +CEREG: <n>,<stat>[,<tac>,<ci>[,<AcT>]]
www.simcom.com
107 / 460
Write Command AT+CEREG[=<n>] Execution Command AT+CEREG
Defined Values
<n> <stat>
<tac> <ci> <AcT>
www.simcom.com
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
OK or ERROR Response OK or ERROR If error is related to ME functionality: +CME ERROR: <err> Response (Set default value(<n>=0) OK or ERROR
0 disable network registration unsolicited result code 1 enable network registration unsolicited result code +CEREG: <stat> 2 enable network registration and location information unsolicited result code +CEREG: <stat>[,<tac>,<ci>[,<AcT>]] 0 not registered, MT is not currently searching an operator to register to 1 registered, home network 2 not registered, but MT is currently trying to attach or searching an operator to register to 3 registration denied 4 unknown (e.g. out of E-UTRAN coverage) 5 registered, roaming 6 registered for "SMS only", home network (not applicable) 7 registered for "SMS only", roaming (not applicable) 8 attached for emergency bearer services only (See NOTE 2) string type; two byte tracking area code in hexadecimal format (e.g. "00C3" equals 195 in decimal) string type; four byte E-UTRAN cell identify in hexadecimal format A numberic parameter that indicates the access technology of serving cell 0 GSM (not applicable) 1 GSM Compact (not applicable) 2 UTRAN (not applicable) 3 GSM w/EGPRS (see NOTE 3) (not applicable) 4 UTRAN w/HSDPA (see NOTE 4) (not applicable) 5 UTRAN w/HSUPA (see NOTE 4) (not applicable) 6 UTRAN w/HSDPA and HSUPA (see NOTE 4) (not applicable)
108 / 460
Example
AT+CEREG? +CEREG: 0,4
OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00 7 E-UTRAN
NOTE
If the EPS MT in GERAN/UTRAN/E-UTRAN also supports circuit mode services and/or GPRS services, the +CREG command and +CREG: result codes and/or the +CGREG command and +CGREG: result codes apply to the registration status and location information for those services.
4.2.17 AT+CTZU Automatic time and time zone update
This command is used to enable and disable automatic time and time zone update via NITZ.
AT+CTZU Automatic time and time zone update
Test Command AT+CTZU=?
Response + CTZU: (list of supported <on/off>s)
Execution Command AT+CTZU?
OK Response +CTZU: <on/off >
Write Command AT+CTZU=<on/off>
OK or If error is related to ME functionality: +CME ERROR: <err> Response OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<on/off>
Integer type value indicating:
www.simcom.com
109 / 460
<number> <type>
Example
AT+CTZU? + CTZU: 0
OK
AT+CTZU=1 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
0 Disable automatic time zone update via NITZ (default). 1 Enable automatic time zone update via NITZ. NOTE: 1. The value of < on/off > is nonvolatile, and factory value is 0. 2. For automatic time and time zone update is enabled (+CTZU=1): If time zone is only received from network and it isn't equal to local time zone (AT+CCLK), time zone is updated automatically, and real time clock is updated based on local time and the difference between time zone from network and local time zone (Local time zone must be valid). If Universal Time and time zone are received from network, both time zone and real time clock is updated automatically, and real time clock is based on Universal Time and time zone from network. String type phone number of format specified by <type>. Type of address octet in integer format.see also AT+CPBR <type>
4.2.18 AT+CTZR Time and time zone reporting
This command is used to enable and disable the time zone change event reporting. If the reporting is enabled the MT returns the unsolicited result code +CTZV: <tz>[,<time>][,<dst>]whenever the time zone is changed.
AT+CTZR Time and time zone reporting
Test Command
Response
AT+CTZR=?
+CTZR: (list of supported <on/off>s)
Read Command AT+CTZR
OK Response +CTZR: <on/off>
Write Command AT+CTZR=<on/off>
OK Response OK
www.simcom.com
110 / 460
Execution Command AT+CTZR
Defined Values
<on/off> +CTZV: <tz>[,<time>][,<dst>]
Example
AT+CTZR? +CTZR: 0 OK AT+CTZR=1 OK NOTE www.simcom.com
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
or ERROR Response (Set default value) OK
Integer type value indicating: 0 Disable time zone change event reporting (default). 1 Enable time zone change event reporting. Unsolicited result code when time zone received from network isn't equal to local time zone, and if the informations from network don't include date and time, time zone will be only reported, and if network daylight saving time is present, it is also reported. For example: +CTZV: 32 (Only report time zone) +CTZV: 32,1 (Report time zone and network daylight saving time) +CTZV: 32,08/12/09,17:00:00 (Report time and time zone) +CTZV: 32,08/12/09,17:00:00,1 (Report time, time zone and daylight saving time) For more detailed informations about time and time zone, please refer 3GPP TS 24.008. <tz> Local time zone received from network. <time> Universal time received from network, and the format is "yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss", where characters indicate year (two last digits), month, day, hour, minutes and seconds. <dst> Network daylight saving time, and if it is received from network, it indicates the value that has been used to adjust the local time zone. The values as following:
0 No adjustment for Daylight Saving Time. 1 +1 hour adjustment for Daylight Saving Time. 2 +2 hours adjustment for Daylight Saving Time. NOTE: Herein, <time> is Universal Time or NITZ time, but not local time.
111 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00 The time zone reporting is not affected by the Automatic Time and Time Zone command AT+CTZU.
www.simcom.com
112 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
5. AT Commands for Call Control
5.1 Overview of AT Commands for Call Control
Command AT+CVHU AT+CHUP AT+CBST AT+CRLP AT+CR AT+CRC AT+CLCC AT+CEER AT+CCWA AT+CHLD AT+CCFC AT+CLIP AT+CLIR AT+COLP AT+VTS AT+VTD AT+CSTA AT+CMOD
Description Voice hang up control Hang up call Select bearer service type Radio link protocol Service reporting control Cellular result codes List current calls Extended error report Call waiting Call related supplementary services Call forwarding number and conditions Calling line identification presentation Calling line identification restriction Connected line identification presentation DTMF and tone generation Tone duration Select type of address Call mode
5.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for Call Control
5.2.1 AT+CVHU Voice hang up control
Write command selects whether ATH or "drop DTR" shall cause a voice connection to be disconnected or not. By voice connection is also meant alternating mode calls that are currently in voice mode.
www.simcom.com
113 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+CVHU Voice hang up control
Test Command AT+CVHU=?
Read Command AT+CVHU?
Write Command AT+CVHU=<mode>
Response +CVHU: (list of supported <mode>s) OK Response +CVHU: <mode> OK Response a)If successfully: OK b)If failed:
Execution Command
ERROR Response
AT+CVHU
OK
Maximum Response Time
120000ms
Defined Values
<mode>
0 "Drop DTR" ignored but OK response given. ATH disconnects. 1 "Drop DTR" and ATH ignored but OK response given.
Examples
AT+CVHU=0 OK
AT+CVHU? +CVHU: 0 OK
5.2.2 AT+CHUP Hang up call
This command is used to cancel voice calls. If there is no call, it will do nothing but OK response is given. After running AT+CHUP, multiple "VOICE CALL END: " may be reported which relies on how many calls exist before calling this command.
AT+CHUP Hang up call Test Command AT+CHUP=?
Response OK
www.simcom.com
114 / 460
Execution Command AT+CHUP
Maximum Response Time Defined Values
<time>
Examples AT+CHUP VOICE CALL:END: 000017 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Response VOICE CALL: END: <time> [... VOICE CALL: END: <time>] OK No call: OK 120000ms
Voice call connection time. Format HHMMSS (HH: hour, MM: minute, SS: second)
5.2.3 AT+CBST Select bearer service type
Write command selects the bearer service <name> with data rate <speed>, and the connection element <ce> to be used when data calls are originated. Values may also be used during mobile terminated data call setup, especially in case of single numbering scheme calls.
AT+CBST Select bearer service type
Test Command AT+CBST=?
Read Command AT+CBST?
Write Command AT+CBST=<speed>[,<name>[<c e>]]
Execution Command AT+CBST
Response +CBST: (list of supported <speed>s), (list of supported <name>s), (list of supported <ce>s) OK Response +CBST: <speed>,<name>,<ce> OK Response a)If successfully: OK b)If failed: ERROR Response OK
www.simcom.com
115 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Maximum Response Time
120000ms
Defined Values
<speed>
0
autobauding(automatic selection of the speed; this
setting is possible in case of 3.1 kHz modem and non-transparent
service)
7 9600 bps (V.32)
12 9600 bps (V.34)
14 14400 bps(V.34)
16 28800 bps(V.34)
17 33600 bps(V.34)
39 9600 bps(V.120)
43 14400 bps(V.120)
48 28800 bps(V.120)
51 56000 bps(V.120)
71 9600 bps(V.110)
75 14400 bps(V.110)
80 28800 bps(V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing)
81 38400 bps(V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing)
83 56000 bps(V.110 or X.31 flag stuffing)
84 64000 bps(X.31 flag stuffing)
116 64000 bps(bit transparent)
134 64000 bps(multimedia)
<name>
0 Asynchronous modem
1 Synchronous modem
4 data circuit asynchronous (RDI)
<ce>
0 transparent
1 non-transparent
NOTE: If <speed> is set to 116 or 134, it is necessary that <name> is equal to 1 and <ce> is equal to 0.
Examples
AT+CBST=0,0,1 OK
AT+CBST? +CBST: 0,0,1 OK
5.2.4 AT+CRLP Radio link protocol
www.simcom.com
116 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Radio Link Protocol(RLP) parameters used when non-transparent data calls are originated may be altered with write command. Read command returns current settings for each supported RLP version <verX>. Only RLP parameters applicable to the corresponding <verX> are returned. Test command returns values supported by the TA as a compound value. If ME/TA supports several RLP versions <verX>, the RLP parameter value ranges for each <verX> are returned in a separate line.
AT+CRLP Radio link protocol
Test Command AT+CRLP=?
Read Command AT+CRLP?
Write Command AT+CRLP=<iws> [,<mws>[,<T1>[,<N2> [,<ver>[,<T4>]]]]] Execution Command AT+CRLP Maximum Response Time
Response +CRLP: (list of supported <iws>s), (list of supported <mws>s), (list of supported <T1>s), (list of supported <N2>s) [,<ver1> [,(list of supported <T4>s)]][<CR><LF> +CRLP: (list of supported <iws>s), (list of supported <mws>s), (list of supported <T1>s), (list of supported <N2>s) [,<ver2> [,(list of supported <T4>s)]] [...]] OK Response +CRLP: <iws>, <mws>, <T1>, <N2> [,<ver1> [, <T4>]][<CR><LF> +CRLP:<iws>,<mws>,<T1>,<N2>[,<ver2>[,<T4>]] [...]] OK Response a)If successfully: OK b)If failed: ERROR Response OK 120000ms
Defined Values
<ver>,<verX>
RLP version number in integer format, and it can be 0, 1 or 2; when version indication is not present it shall equal 1.
<iws>
IWF to MS window size.
<mws>
MS to IWF window size.
<T1>
Acknowledgement timer.
<N2>
Retransmission attempts.
<T4>
Re-sequencing period in integer format.
NOTE: <T1> and <T4> are in units of 10 ms.
Examples
www.simcom.com
117 / 460
AT+CRLP=0 +CRLP:61,61,48,6,0 +CRLP:61,61,48,6,1 +CRLP:240,240,52,6,2 OKs
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
5.2.5 AT+CR Service reporting control
Write command controls whether or not intermediate result code "+CR: <serv>" is returned from the TA to the TE. If enabled, the intermediate result code is transmitted at the point during connect negotiation at which the TA has determined which speed and quality of service will be used, before any error control or data compression reports are transmitted, and before the intermediate result code CONNECT is transmitted.
AT+CR Service reporting control
Test Command AT+CR=?
Read Command AT+CR?
Write Command AT+CR=<mode>
Execution Command AT+CR
Response +CR: (list of supported <mode>s) OK Response +CR: <mode> OK Response a)If successfully: OK b)If failed: ERROR Response OK
Maximum Response Time
120000ms
Defined Values <mode> <serv>
0 disables reporting
1 enables reporting
ASYNC
asynchronous transparent
SYNC
synchronous transparent
REL ASYNC asynchronous non-transparent
REL sync
synchronous non-transparent
GPRS [<L2P>] GPRS
The optional <L2P> proposes a layer 2 protocol to use between
the MT and the TE.s
www.simcom.com
118 / 460
Examples
AT+CR=1 OK
AT+CR? +CR: 1 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
5.2.6 AT+CRC Cellular result codes
Write command controls whether or not the extended format of incoming call indication or GPRS network request for PDP context activation is used. When enabled, an incoming call is indicated to the TE with unsolicited result code "+CRING: <type>" instead of the normal RING. Test command returns values supported by the TA as a compound value.
AT+CRC Cellular result codes Test Command AT+CRC=?
Read Command AT+CRC?
Write Command AT+CRC=<mode>
Execution Command AT+CRC Maximum Response Time
Response +CRC: (list of supported <mode>s) OK Response +CRC: <mode> OK Response a)If successfully: OK b)If failed: ERROR Response OK 120000ms
Defined Values <mode> <type>
0 disable extended format
1 enable extended format
ASYNC
asynchronous transparent
SYNC
synchronous transparent
REL ASYNC
asynchronous non-transparent
REL SYNC
synchronous non-transparent
FAX
facsimile
VOICE
normal voice
www.simcom.com
119 / 460
Examples
AT+CRC=1 OK
AT+CRC? +CRC: 1 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
VOICE/XXX voice followed by data(XXX is ASYNC, SYNC, REL
ASYNC or REL SYNC)
ALT VOICE/XXX alternating voice/data, voice first
ALT XXX/VOICE alternating voice/data, data first
ALT FAX/VOICE alternating voice/fax, fax first
GPRS
GPRS network request for PDP context
activation
5.2.7 AT+CLCC List current calls
This command issued to return list of current calls of ME. If command succeeds but no calls are available, no information response is sent to TE.
AT+CLCC List current calls Test Command AT+CLCC=? Read Command AT+CLCC?
Write Command AT+CLCC=<n>
Execution Command AT+CLCC
Maximum Response Time
Response +CLCC: (list of supported <n>s) OK Response +CLCC: <n> OK Response a)If successfully: OK b)If failed: ERROR Response +CLCC:<id1>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>[,<number>,<type> [,<alpha>]][<CR><LF> +CLCC:<id2>,<dir>,<stat>,<mode>,<mpty>[,<number>,<type> [,<alpha>]] [...]] OK 120000ms
www.simcom.com
120 / 460
Defined Values <n> <idX> <dir> <stat>
<mode>
<mpty> <number> <type>
<alpha>
Examples ATD10011; OK
www.simcom.com
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
0 Don't report a list of current calls of ME automatically when the current call status changes. 1 Report a list of current calls of ME automatically when the current call status changes. Integer type, call identification number, this number can be used in +CHLD command operations. 0 mobile originated (MO) call 1 mobile terminated (MT) call State of the call:
0 active 1 held 2 dialing (MO call) 3 alerting (MO call) 4 incoming (MT call) 5 waiting (MT call) 6 disconnect bearer/teleservice: 0 voice 1 data 2 fax 9 unknown 0 call is not one of multiparty (conference) call parties 1 call is one of multiparty (conference) call parties String type phone number in format specified by <type>. Type of address octet in integer format; 128 Restricted number type includes unknown type and format 145 International number type 161 national number.The network support for this type is optional 177 network specific number,ISDN format 129 Otherwise String type alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding to the entry found in phonebook; used character set should be the one selected with command Select TE Character Set AT+CSCS.
121 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+CLCC +CLCC: 1,0,0,0,0,"10011",129,"sm" OK
RING (with incoming call)
AT+CLCC +CLCC: 1,1,4,0,0,"02152063113",128,"gongsi" OK
5.2.8 AT+CEER Extended error report
Execution command causes the TA to return the information text <report>, which should offer the user of the TA an extended report of the reason for:
1 The failure in the last unsuccessful call setup(originating or answering) or in-call modification. 2 The last call release. 3 The last unsuccessful GPRS attach or unsuccessful PDP context activation. The last GPRS detach or PDP context deactivation.
AT+CEER Extended error report
Test Command
Response
AT+CEER=?
OK
Execution Command AT+CEER
Response +CEER:<report> OK
Maximum Response Time
120000ms
Defined Values <report>
Wrong information which is possibly occurred.
Examples
AT+CEER +CEER: Invalid/incomplete number OK
5.2.9 AT+CCWA Call waiting
www.simcom.com
122 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
This command allows control of the Call Waiting supplementary service. Activation, deactivation and status query are supported. When querying the status of a network service (<mode>=2) the response line for 'not active' case (<status>=0) should be returned only if service is not active for any <class>. Parameter <n> is used to disable/enable the presentation of an unsolicited result code +CCWA: <number>,<type>,<class> to the TE when call waiting service is enabled. Command should be abortable when network is interrogated.
AT+CCWA Call waiting Test Command AT+CCWA=?
Read Command AT+CCWA?
Write Command AT+CCWA=<n>[,<mode>[,<clas s>]]
Execution Command AT+CCWA Maximum Response Time
Response +CCWA: (list of supported <n>s) OK Response +CCWA: <n> OK Response a)If successfully: When <mode>=2 and command successful: +CCWA:<status>,<class>[<CR><LF> +CCWA: <status>, <class>[...]] OK b)If failed: ERROR Response OK 120000ms
Defined Values
<n> <mode> <class>
Sets/shows the result code presentation status in the TA 0 disable 1 enable When <mode> parameter is not given, network is not interrogated:
0 disable 1 enable 2 query status It is a sum of integers each representing a class of information (default 7) 1 voice (telephony) 2 data (refers to all bearer services) 4 fax (facsimile services) 7 voice,data and fax(1+2+4) 8 short message service 16 data circuit sync 32 data circuit async 64 dedicated packet access 128 dedicated PAD access
www.simcom.com
123 / 460
<status> <number> <type>
Examples AT+CCWA=? +CCWA:(0-1) OK AT+CCWA? +CCWA: 0 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
255 The value 255 covers all classes 0 not active 1 active String type phone number of calling address in format specified by <type>. Type of address octet in integer format;
128 Restricted number type includes unknown type and format
145 International number type 129 Otherwise
5.2.10 AT+CHLD Call related supplementary services
This command allows the control the following call related services: 1. A call can be temporarily disconnected from the ME but the connection is retained by the network. 2. Multiparty conversation (conference calls). 3. The served subscriber who has two calls (one held and the other either active or alerting) can connect the other parties and release the served subscriber's own connection. Calls can be put on hold, recovered, released, added to conversation, and transferred. This is based on the GSM/UMTS supplementary services.
AT+CHLD Call related supplementary services
Test Command
Response
AT+CHLD=?
OK
Write Command
Response
AT+CHLD=<n>
OK
or
ERROR
Execution Command
Response
AT+CHLD
OK
Default to <n>=2.
or ERROR
www.simcom.com
124 / 460
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
Defined Values
<n>
Example
AT+CHLD=? +CHLD: (0,1,1x,2,2x,3,4) OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
or +CME ERROR: <err> NO_SAVE -
0 Terminate all held calls; or set User Determined User Busy for a waiting call 1 Terminate all active calls and accept the other call (waiting call or held call) 1X Terminate a specific call X 2 Place all active calls on hold and accept the other call (waiting call or held call) as the active call 2X Place all active calls except call X on hold 3 Add the held call to the active calls 4 Connect two calls and cut off the connection between users and them simultaneously
5.2.11 AT+CCFC Call forwarding number and conditions
This command allows control of the call forwarding supplementary service. Registration, erasure, activation, deactivation, and status query are supported.
AT+CCFC Call forwarding number and conditions
Test Command AT+CCFC=?
Write Command AT+CCFC=<reason>,<mode >[,<number>[,<type>[,<clas s>[,<subaddr>[,<satype>[,<t ime> ]]]]]]
Response +CCFC: (list of supported <reason>s) OK Response When <mode>=2 and command successful: +CCFC: <status>,<class1>[,<number>,<type> [,<subaddr>,<satype>[,<time>]]][<CR><LF> +CCFC: <status>,<class2>[,<number>,<type> [,<subaddr>,<satype>[,<time>]]][...]] OK
www.simcom.com
125 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
Defined Values
<reason>
<mode>
<number> <type>
<subaddr> <satype> <classX>
<time> www.simcom.com
When <mode>!=2 and command successful: OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR:<err> NO_SAVE -
0 unconditional 1 mobile busy 2 no reply 3 not reachable 4 all call forwarding 5 all conditional call forwarding 0 disable 1 enable 2 query status 3 registration 4 erasure String type phone number of forwarding address in format specified by <type>. Type of address octet in integer format: 145 dialing string <number> includes international access code character `+' 129 otherwise String type sub address of format specified by <satype>. Subaddr length is 0-19. Type of sub address octet in integer format, default 128. It is a sum of integers each representing a class of information (default 7): 1 voice (telephony) 2 data (refers to all bearer services) 4 fax (facsimile services) 16 data circuit sync 32 data circuit async 64 dedicated packet access 128 dedicated PAD access 255 The value 255 covers all classes 1...30 when "no reply" is enabled or queried, this gives the time in seconds to wait before call is forwarded, default value 20.
126 / 460
<status>
Example
AT+CCFC=? +CCFC: (0,1,2,3,4,5) OK AT+CCFC=0,2 +CCFC: 0,255 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
0 not active 1 active
5.2.12 AT+CLIP Calling line identification presentation
This command refers to the GSM/UMTS supplementary service CLIP (Calling Line Identification Presentation) that enables a called subscriber to get the calling line identity (CLI) of the calling party when receiving a mobile terminated call. Write command enables or disables the presentation of the CLI at the TE. It has no effect on the execution of the supplementary service CLIP in the network. When the presentation of the CLI at the TE is enabled (and calling subscriber allows), +CLIP: <number>,<type>,,[,[<alpha>][,<CLI validity>]] response is returned after every RING (or +CRING: <type>; refer sub clause "Cellular result codes +CRC") result code sent from TA to TE. It is manufacturer specific if this response is used when normal voice call is answered.
AT+CLIP Calling line identification presentation
Test Command AT+CLIP=? Read Command AT+CLIP?
Write Command AT+CLIP=<n>
Execution Command AT+CLIP
Response +CLIP: (list of supported <n>s) OK Response +CLIP: <n>,<m> OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err> Response OK or ERROR Response Set default value(<n>=0): OK
www.simcom.com
127 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
NO_SAVE -
Defined Values
<n> <m> <number> <type>
<alpha> <CLI validity>
Parameter sets/shows the result code presentation status in the TA: 0 disable 1 enable 0 CLIP not provisioned 1 CLIP provisioned 2 unknown (e.g. no network, etc.) String type phone number of calling address in format specified by <type> Type of address octet in integer format; 128 Restricted number type includes unknown type and format 145 International number type 161 national number.The network support for this type is optional 177 network specific number,ISDN format 129 Otherwise String type alphanumeric representation of <number> corresponding to the entry found in phone book. 0 CLI valid 1 CLI has been withheld by the originator 2 CLI is not available due to interworking problems or limitations of originating network
Example
AT+CLIP=1 OK RING (with incoming call) +CLIP: "02152063113",128,,,"gongsi",0
5.2.13 AT+CLIR Calling line identification restriction
This command refers to CLIR service that allows a calling subscriber to enable or disable the presentation of the CLI to the called party when originating a call. Write command overrides the CLIR subscription (default is restricted or allowed) when temporary mode is provisioned as a default adjustment for all following outgoing calls. This adjustment can be revoked by using the opposite command.. If this command is used by a subscriber without provision of CLIR in permanent mode the network will act.
www.simcom.com
128 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Read command gives the default adjustment for all outgoing calls (given in <n>), and also triggers an interrogation of the provision status of the CLIR service (given in <m>). Test command returns values supported as a compound value.
AT+CLIR Calling line identification restriction
Test Command AT+CLIR=? Read Command AT+CLIR?
Write Command AT+CLIR=<n>
Parameter Saving Mode
Response +CLIR: (list of supported <n>s) OK Response +CLIR <n>,<m> OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err> Response OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err> NO_SAVE
Maximum Response Time
-
Reference
Defined Values
<n> <m>
0 presentation indicator is used according to the subscription of the CLIR service 1 CLIR invocation 2 CLIR suppression 0 CLIR not provisioned 1 CLIR provisioned in permanent mode 2 unknown (e.g. no network, etc.) 3 CLIR temporary mode presentation restricted 4 CLIR temporary mode presentation allowed
Example
AT+CLIR=? +CLIR:(0-2) OK
www.simcom.com
129 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
5.2.14 AT+COLP Connected line identification presentation
This command refers to the GSM/UMTS supplementary service COLP(Connected Line Identification Presentation) that enables a calling subscriber to get the connected line identity (COL) of the called party after setting up a mobile originated call. The command enables or disables the presentation of the COL at the TE. It has no effect on the execution of the supplementary service COLR in the network. When enabled (and called subscriber allows), +COLP:<number>, <type> [,<subaddr>, <satype> [,<alpha>]] intermediate result code is returned from TA to TE before any +CR responses. It is manufacturer specific if this response is used when normal voice call is established. When the AT+COLP=1 is set, any data input immediately after the launching of "ATDXXX;" will stop the execution of the ATD command, which may cancel the establishing of the call.
AT+COLP Connected line identification presentation
Test Command AT+COLP=? Read Command AT+COLP?
Write Command AT+COLP =<n>
Execution Command AT+COLP Parameter Saving Mode
Response +COLP: (list of supported <n>s) OK Response +COLP: <n>,<m> OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err> Response OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err> Response Set default value(<n>=0, <m>=0): OK NO_SAVE
Maximum Response Time
-
Reference
Defined Values
<n>
<m>
Parameter sets/shows the result code presentation status in the TA: 0 disable 1 enable 0 COLP not provisioned 1 COLP provisioned 2 unknown (e.g. no network, etc.)
www.simcom.com
130 / 460
Example
AT+COLP? +COLP: 1,0 OK ATD10086; VOICE CALL: BEGIN
+COLP: "10086",129,,,
OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
5.2.15 AT+VTS DTMF and tone generation
This command allows the transmission of DTMF tones and arbitrary tones which cause the Mobile Switching Center (MSC) to transmit tones to a remote subscriber. The command can only be used in voice mode of operation (active voice call). NOTE: The END event of voice call will terminate the transmission of tones, and as an operator option, the tone may be ceased after a pre-determined time whether or not tone duration has been reached.
AT+VTS DTMF and tone generation
Test Command AT+VTS=?
Write Command AT+VTS=<dtmf> [,<duration>]
AT+VTS=<dtmf-string> Parameter Saving Mode
Response +VTS: (list of supported<dtmf>s) OK Response OK or ERROR
NO_SAVE
Maximum Response Time
-
Reference
Defined Values
<dtmf> <duration>
<dtmf-string>
A single ASCII character in the set 0-9, *, #, A, B, C, D.
Tone duration in 1/10 seconds, from 0 to 255. This is interpreted as a DTMF tone of different duration from that mandated by the AT+VTD command, otherwise, the duration which be set the AT+VTD command will be used for the tone (<duration> is omitted). A sequence of ASCII character in the set 0-9, *, #, A, B, C, D, and
www.simcom.com
131 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
maximal length of the string is 29. The string must be enclosed in double quotes (""), and separated by commas between the ASCII characters (e.g. "1,3,5,7,9,*"). Each of the tones with a duration which is set by the AT+VTD command.
NOTE
The value of <mode> shall be set to zero after a successfully completed alternating mode call. It shall be set to zero also after a failed answering. The power-on, factory and user resets shall also set the value to zero. This reduces the possibility that alternating mode calls are originated or answered accidentally.
Example
AT+VTS=1 OK AT+VTS=1,20 OK AT+VTS="1,3,5" OK AT+VTS=? +VTS: (0-9,*,#,A,B,C,D) OK
5.2.16 AT+VTD Tone duration
This refers to an integer <n> that defines the length of tones emitted as a result of the AT+VTS command. A value different than zero causes a tone of duration <n>/10 seconds.
AT+VTD Tone duration Test Command AT+VTD=?
Read Command AT+VTD?
Write Command AT+VTD=<n> Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time
Response +VTD: (list of supported <n>s) OK Response +VTD: <n> OK Response OK NO_SAVE
-
www.simcom.com
132 / 460
Reference
Defined Values
<n>
Example
AT+VTD=? +VTD: (0-255) OK AT+VTD? +VTD: 0 OK AT+VTD=5 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Tone duration in integer format, from 0 to 255, and 0 is factory value.
0
Tone duration of every single tone is dependent on the
network.
1...255 one duration of every single tone in 1/10 seconds.
5.2.17 AT+CSTA Select type of address
Write command is used to select the type of number for further dialing commands (ATD) according to GSM/UMTS specifications. Read command returns the current type of number. Test command returns values supported by the Module as a compound value.
AT+CSTA Select type of address
Test Command AT+CSTA=?
Read Command AT+CSTA?
Write Command AT+CSTA=<type>
Execution Command AT+CSTA Parameter Saving Mode
Response +CSTA:(list of supported <type>s) OK Response +CSTA:<type> OK Response OK or ERROR Response OK NO_SAVE
Maximum Response Time
-
www.simcom.com
133 / 460
Reference
Defined Values
<type>
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Type of address octet in integer format: 145 when dialling string includes international access code character "+" 161 national number.The network support for this type is optional 177 network specific number,ISDN format 129 otherwise
NOTE
Because the type of address is automatically detected on the dial string of dialing command, command AT+CSTA has really no effect.
Example
AT+CSTA? +CSTA: 129 OK AT+CSTA=145 OK
5.2.18 AT+CMOD Call mode
Write command is used to select the type of number for further dialing commands (ATD) according to GSM/UMTS specifications. Read command returns the current type of number. Test command returns values supported by the Module as a compound value.
AT+CMOD Call mode Test Command AT+CMOD=?
Read Command AT+CMOD?
Write Command AT+CMOD=<mode>
Response +CMOD: (list of supported <mode>s) OK Response +CMOD: <mode> OK Response OK or
www.simcom.com
134 / 460
Execution Command AT+CMOD
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
Defined Values
<mode>
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
ERROR Response Set default value: OK NO_SAVE -
0 single mode(only supported)
NOTE
NOTE: The value of <mode> shall be set to zero after a successfully completed alternating mode call. It shall be set to zero also after a failed answering. The power-on, factory and user resets shall also set the value to zero. This reduces the possibility that alternating mode calls are originated or answered accidentally.
Example
AT+CMOD? +CMOD: 0 OK AT+CMOD=0 OK
www.simcom.com
135 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
6. AT Commands for Phonebook
6.1 Overview of AT Commands for Phonebook
Command AT+CPBS AT+CPBR AT+CPBF AT+CPBW AT+CNUM
Description Select Phonebook memory storage Read Phonebook entries Find Phonebook entries Write Phonebook entry Subscriber number
6.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for Phonebook
6.2.1 AT+CPBS Select Phonebook memory storage
AT+CPBS Select Phonebook memory entries
Test Command
Response
AT+CPBS=?
+CPBS: (list of supported <storage>s)
Read Command AT+CPBS?
OK Response +CPBS: <storage>[,<used>,<total>]
Write Command AT+CPBS=<storage>
Execution Command AT+CPBS
OK Response OK or ERROR If error is related to ME functionality: +CME ERROR: <err> Response (Set default value "SM") OK
www.simcom.com
136 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Defined Values
<storage>
<used> <total>
Values reserved by the present document:
"DC"
ME dialed calls list
Capacity: max. 100 entries
AT+CPBW command is not applicable to this storage.
"MC" ME missed (unanswered received) calls list
Capacity: max. 100 entries
AT+CPBW command is not applicable to this storage.
"RC"
ME received calls list
Capacity: max. 100 entries
AT+CPBW command is not applicable to this storage.
"SM"
SIM phonebook
Capacity: depending on SIM card
"ME"
Mobile Equipment phonebook
Capacity: max. 500 entries
"FD"
SIM fixdialling-phonebook
Capacity:depending on SIM card
"ON"
MSISDN list
Capacity:depending on SIM card
"LD"
Last number dialed phonebook
Capacity: depending on SIM card
AT+CPBW command is not applicable to this storage
"EN"
Emergency numbers
Capacity: depending on SIM card
AT+CPBW command is not applicable to this storage.
Integer type value indicating the number of used locations in selected
memory.
Integer type value indicating the total number of locations in selected
memory.
Example
AT+CPBS=? +CPBS: ("SM","DC","FD","LD","MC","ME","RC","EN" ,"ON")
OK AT+CPBS="SM" OK
AT+CPBS? +CPBS: "SM",1,200
www.simcom.com
137 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00 OK
NOTE Select the active phonebook storage,i.e.the phonebook storage that all subsequent phonebook
commands will be operating on
6.2.2 AT+CPBR Read Phonebook entries
AT+CPBR Read Phonebook entries
Test Command
Response
AT+CPBR=?
+CPBR: (<minIndex>-<maxIndex>), [<nlength>], [<tlength>]
Write Command AT+CPBR=<index1>[,<index 2>]
OK or If error is related to ME functionality: +CME ERROR: <err> Response [+CPBR: <index1>,<number>,<type>,<text>[<CR><LF> +CPBR: <index2>,<number>,<type>,<text>[...]]]
OK or ERROR If error is related to ME functionality: +CME ERROR: <err>
Defined Values
<index1>
<index2>
<index> <minIndex> <maxIndex> <number>
<type>
Integer type value in the range of location numbers of phonebook memory. Integer type value in the range of location numbers of phonebook memory. Integer type. the current position number of the Phonebook index. Integer type the minimum <index> number. Integer type the maximum <index> number. String type, phone number of format <type>, the maximum length is <nlength>. Type of phone number octet in integer format, default 145 when dialing string includes international access code character "+",
www.simcom.com
138 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<text>
<nlength> <tlength>
otherwise 129. String type field of maximum length <tlength>; often this value is set as name. Integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <number> Integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <text>.
Example
AT+CPBS? +CPBS: "SM",2,200
OK
AT+CPBS=1,10 +CPBR: 1,"1234567890",129,"James" +CPBR: 2,"0987654321",129,"Kevin"
OK
NOTE
If the storage is selected as "SM" then the command will return the record in SIM phonebook, the same to others.
6.2.3 AT+CPBF Find Phonebook entries
AT+CPBF Find Phonebook entries
Test Command AT+CPBF=?
Response +CPBF: [<nlength>],[<tlength>]
Write Command AT+CPBF=[<findtext>]
OK Response [+CPBF: <index1>,<number>,<type>,<text>[<CR><LF> +CPBF: <indexN>,<number>,<type>,<text>[...]]]
OK or ERROR If error is related to ME functionality: +CME ERROR: <err>
www.simcom.com
139 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Defined Values
<findtext> <index> <number> <type>
<text> <nlength> <tlength>
String type, this value is used to find the record. Character set should be the one selected with command AT+CSCS. Integer type. the current position number of the Phonebook index.
String type, phone number of format <type>, the maximum length is <nlength>. Type of phone number octet in integer format, default 145 when dialing string includes international access code character "+", otherwise 129. String type field of maximum length <tlength>; often this value is set as name. Integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <number>
Integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <text>.
Example
AT+CPBF="James" +CPBF: 1,"1234567890",129,"James"
OK
NOTE If <findtext> is null, it will lists all the entries.
6.2.4 AT+CPBW Write Phonebook entry
AT+CPBW Write Phonebook entry
Test Command AT+CPBW=?
Response +CPBW:(list of supported <index>s),[<nlength>], (list of supported <type>s),[<tlength>]
Write Command
OK or ERROR If error is related to ME functionality: +CME ERROR: <err> Response
www.simcom.com
140 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+CPBW=[<index>][,<num ber>[,<type>[,<text>]]]
OK or ERROR If error is related to ME functionality: +CME ERROR: <err>
Defined Values
<index>
<number> <type>
Integer type values in the range of location numbers of phonebook memory.If <index> is not given, the first free entry will be used. If <index> is given as the only parameter, the phonebook entry specified by <index> is deleted.If record number <index> already exists, it will be overwritten. String type, phone number of format <type>, the maximum length is <nlength>. It must be an non-empty string. Type of address octet in integer format, The range of value is from 129 to 255. If <number> contains a leading "+" <type> = 145 (international) is used.Supported value are: 145 when dialling string includes international access code character "+" 161 national number.The network support for this type is optional 177 network specific number,ISDN format 129 otherwise
<text>
<nlength> <tlength>
NOTE: Other value refer TS 24.008 [8] subclause 10.5.4.7. String type field of maximum length <tlength>; character set as specified by command Select TE Character Set AT+CSCS. Integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <number>. Integer type value indicating the maximum length of field <text>.
Example
AT+CPBW=3,"88888888",129,"John" OK
AT+CPBW=,"6666666",129,"mary" OK
AT+CPBW=1 OK
NOTE NOTE: If the parameters of <type> and <text> are omitted and the first character of <number> is
www.simcom.com
141 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00 `+'it will specify <type> as 145(129 if the first character isn't `+') and <text> as NULL.
6.2.5 AT+CNUM Subscriber number
AT+CNUM Subscriber number
Test Command
Response
AT+CNUM=?
OK
Execution Command
Response
AT+CNUM
[+CNUM: <alpha>,<number>,<type>[<CR><LF>
+CNUM: <alpha>, <number>,<type> [...]]]
OK or If error is related to ME functionality: +CME ERROR: <err>
Defined Values
<alpha>
<number> <type>
Optional alphanumeric string associated with <number>, used character set should be the one selected with command Select TE Character Set AT+CSCS. String type phone number of format specified by <type>. Type of address octet in integer format.see also AT+CPBR <type>
Example
AT+CNUM +CNUM: "","13697252277",129
OK
NOTE
If subscriber has different MSISDN for different services, each MSISDN is returned in a separate line
www.simcom.com
142 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
7. AT Commands for SIM Application Toolkit
7.1 Overview of AT Commands for SIM Application Toolkit
Command AT+STIN AT+STGI AT+STGR AT+STK AT+STKFMT AT+STENV AT+STSM
Description SAT Indication Get SAT information SAT respond STK switch Set STK pdu format Original STK PDU Envelope Command Get STK Setup Menu List with PDU Mode
7.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for SIM Application Toolkit
7.2.1 AT+STIN SAT Indication
AT+STIN SAT Indication
Test Command AT+STIN=? Read Command AT+STIN?
Response OK +STIN: <cmd_id>
OK
Unsolicited Result Codes
<cmd_id>
Proactive Command notification 21 Display text 22 Get inkey 23 Get input
www.simcom.com
143 / 460
+STIN: 25
Defined Values
<cmd_id>
<time>
Example
AT+STIN? +STIN: 24 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
24 Select item Notification that SIM Application has returned to main menu. If user doesn't do any action in 2 minutes, application will return to main menu automatically.
21 Display text 22 Get inkey 23 Get input 24 Select item 25 Set up menu 81 Session end (pdu mode only) 0 None command Service time
NOTE
Every time the SIM Application issues a Proactive Command, via the ME, the TA will receive an indication. This indicates the type of Proactive Command issued.
7.2.2 AT+STGI Get SAT information
AT+STGI Get SAT information
Test Command
Response
AT+STGI=? Write Command AT+STGI=<cmd_id>
AT+STGI=<cmd_id>
OK Response (PDU format) +STGI: <cmd_id>,<tag>,<pdu_len>,<pdu_value> OK Response (NOT PDU format, listed below) If <cmd_id>=10: OK If <cmd_id>=21:
www.simcom.com
144 / 460
Defined Values
<cmd_id>
<prio>
<clear_mode> <text_len> <rsp_format>
<help> <max_len> <min_len> <show> www.simcom.com
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
+STGI: 21,<prio>,<clear_mode>,<text_len>,<text> OK If <cmd_id>=22: +STGI: 22,< rsp_format>,< help>,<text_len>,<text> OK If <cmd_id>=23: +STGI: 23,<rsp_format>,<max_len>,<min_len>,<help>,<show>,<text_len >,<text> OK If <cmd_id>=24: +STGI: 24,<help>,<softkey>,<present>,<title_len>,<title>,<item_num> +STGI: 24,<item_id>,<item_len>,<item_data> [...] OK If <cmd_id>=25: +STGI: 25,<help>,<softkey>,<title_len>,<title>,<item_num> +STGI: 25,<item_id>,<item_len>,<item_data> [...] OK
Proactive Command notification 21 Display text 22 Get inkey 23 Get input 24 Select item 25 Set up menu Priority of display text 0 Normal priority 1 High priority 0 Clear after a delay 1 Clear by user Length of text
0 SMS default alphabet 1 YES or NO 2 numerical only 3 UCS2 0 Help unavailable 1 Help available Maximum length of input
Minimum length of input 0 Hide input text
145 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<softkey>
<present>
<title_len> <item_num> <item_id> <item_len> <title> <item_data> <text> <tag> <pdu_len> <pdu_val>
1 Display input text 0 No softkey preferred 1 Softkey preferred Menu presentation format available for select item 0 Presentation not specified 1 Data value presentation 2 Navigation presentation Length of title Number of items in the menu Identifier of item Length of item Title in ucs2 format Content of the item in ucs2 format Text in ucs2 format. Not used now. Integer type, pdu string length String type, the pdu string.
Example
AT+STGI=25 (NOT PDU format) +STGI: 25,0,0,10,"795E5DDE884C59295730",15 +STGI: 25,1,8,"8F7B677E95EE5019" +STGI: 25,2,8,"77ED4FE17FA453D1" +STGI: 25,3,8,"4F1860E05FEB8BAF" +STGI: 25,4,8,"4E1A52A17CBE9009" +STGI: 25,5,8,"8D448D3963A88350" +STGI: 25,6,8,"81EA52A9670D52A1" +STGI: 25,7,8,"8F7B677E5F6994C3" +STGI: 25,8,8,"8BED97F367425FD7" +STGI: 25,9,10,"97F34E506392884C699C" +STGI: 25,10,8,"65B095FB59296C14" +STGI: 25,11,8,"94C358F056FE7247" +STGI: 25,12,8,"804A59294EA453CB" +STGI: 25,13,8,"5F005FC34F1195F2" +STGI: 25,14,8,"751F6D3B5E388BC6" +STGI: 25,21,12,"00530049004D53614FE1606F"
OK
AT+STGI=24 (PDU format) +STGI:
www.simcom.com
146 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
24,0,48,"D02E81030124008202818285098070 ED70B963A883508F0A018053057F574E078C 618F0C02809177917777ED6D88606F" OK
7.2.3 AT+STGR SAT respond
AT+STGR SAT respond
Test Command AT+STGR=? Write Command AT+STGR=<cmd_id>[,<data >] AT+STGR=<pdu_len>,<pdu _value>
Response OK Response (NOT PDU format) OK
Response (PDU format) OK
Defined Values
<cmd_id> <data>
Proactive Command notification 21 Display text 22 Get inkey 23 Get input 24 Select item 25 Set up menu 81 Session end 83 Session end by user 84 Go backward If <cmd_id>=22: Input a character If <cmd_id>=23: Input a string. If <rsp_format> is YES or NO, input of a character in case of ANSI character set requests one byte, e.g. "Y". If <rsp_format> is numerical only, input the characters in decimal number, e.g. "123" If <rsp_faomat> is UCS2, requests a 4 byte string, e.g. "0031" <rsp_faomat> refer to the response by AT+STGI=23 If <cmd_id>=24: Input the identifier of the item selected by user If <cmd_id>=25: Input the identifier of the item selected by user If <cmd_id>=83:
www.simcom.com
147 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<pdu_len> <pdu_value>
<data> ignore Note: It could return main menu during Proactive Command id is not 22 or 23 If <cmd_id>= 84: <data> ignore Integer type, pdu string length
String type, the pdu string.
Example
AT+STGR=25,1 OK +STIN: 24
(NOT PDU format)
AT+STGR=30,"8103012400020282818301009 00101" (PDU format) OK
NOTE After selected an item, different SIM/USIM cards will report different +STIN: command.
7.2.4 AT+STK STK switch
AT+STK STK switch Test Command AT+STK=?
Read Command AT+STK?
Write Command AT+STK=<value>
Execution Command AT+STK
Response +STK: (list of supported <value>s)
OK Response +STK: <value>
OK Response OK or ERROR Response OK
www.simcom.com
148 / 460
Defined Values
<value>
Example
AT+STK=1 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
0 Disable STK 1 Enable STK
NOTE Module should reboot to take effective
7.2.5 AT+STKFMT Set STK pdu format
AT+STKFMT Set STK pdu format
Read Command
Response
AT+STKFMT?
+STKFMT: <value>
Write Command AT+STKFMT=<value>
OK Response OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<value>
0 Disable STK pdu format, decoded command mode. 1 Enable STK pdu format
Example
AT+STKFMT=1 OK
NOTE Module should reboot to take effective www.simcom.com
149 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
7.2.6 AT+STENV Original STK PDU Envelope Command
AT+STENV Original STK PDU Envelope Command
Test Command
Response
AT+STENV=? Write Command
OK Response
AT+STENV=<len>,<pdu>
OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<len> <pdu>
Integer type, pdu string length String type, pdu value
Example
AT+STENV=18,"D30782020181900101" OK
NOTE Module should reboot to take effective
7.2.7 AT+STSM Get STK Setup Menu List with PDU Mod
AT+STSM Get STK Setup Menu List with PDU Mod
Test Command
Response
AT+STSM=? Read Command
OK Response
AT+STSM?
+STSM: <cmd_id>,<tag>,<pdu_len>, <pdu_value> OK or ERROR
www.simcom.com
150 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Defined Values
<cmd_id> <tag> <pdu_len> <pdu_value>
Integer type, please refer to AT+STIN Not used now. Integer type, pdu string length String type, the pdu string.
Example
AT+STSM? +STSM: 25,0,120,"D0768103012500820281828507806 5B052BF529B8F0A018070ED70B963A883508 F06028070AB94C38F0A03806D41884C77ED4 FE18F0A048081EA52A9670D52A18F0A05806 24B673A97F34E508F0606808D854FE18F0A0 7805A314E50753162118F0A0880767E53D875 1F6D3B8F0A09806D596C5F98919053"
OK
NOTE Setup main menu info got first before envelope command sent.
www.simcom.com
151 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
8. AT Commands for GPRS
8.1 Overview of AT Commands for GPRS
Command AT+CGREG AT+CGATT AT+CGACT AT+CGDCONT AT+CGDSCONT AT+CGTFT AT+CGQREQ AT+CGEQREQ AT+CGQMIN AT+CGEQMIN AT+CGDATA AT+CGPADDR AT+CGCLASS AT+CGEREP AT+CGAUTH
Description GPRS network registration status Packet domain attach or detach PDP context activate or deactivate Define PDP context Define Secondary PDP Context Traffic Flow Template Quality of service profile (requested) 3G quality of service profile (requested) Quality of service profile (minimum acceptable) 3G quality of service profile (minimum acceptable) Enter data state Show PDP address GPRS mobile station class GPRS event reporting Set type of authentication for PDP-IP connections of GPRS
8.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for GPRS
8.2.1 AT+CGREG GPRS network registration status
This command controls the presentation of an unsolicited result code "+CGREG: <stat>" when <n>=1 and there is a change in the MT's GPRS network registration status.
The read command returns the status of result code presentation and an integer <stat> which shows whether the network has currently indicated the registration of the MT.
www.simcom.com
152 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+CGREG GPRS network registration status
Test Command
Response
AT+CGREG=?
+CGREG: (list of supported <n>s)
Read Command AT+CGREG?
OK Response +CGREG: <n>,<stat>[,<lac>,<ci>]
Write Command AT+CGREG=<n>
OK Response OK
Execution Command Set default value: AT+CGREG
Response OK
Defined Values
<n> <stat>
<lac> <ci>
0 disable network registration unsolicited result code 1 enable network registration unsolicited result code +CGREG: <stat> 2 there is a change in the ME network registration status or a change of the network cell:
+CGREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>] 0 not registered, ME is not currently searching an operator to register to 1 registered, home network 2 not registered, but ME is currently trying to attach or searching an
operator to register to 3 registration denied 4 unknown 5 registered, roaming Two bytes location area code in hexadecimal format (e.g."00C3" equals 193 in decimal). Cell ID in hexadecimal format. GSM : Maximum is two byte WCDMA : Maximum is four byte TDS-CDMA : Maximum is four byte
NOTE
The <lac> not supported in CDMA/HDR mode The <ci> not supported in CDMA/HDR mode
www.simcom.com
153 / 460
Example
AT+CGREG=? +CGREG: (0-1)
OK AT+CGREG? +CGREG: 0,0
OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
8.2.2 AT+CGATT Packet domain attach or detach
The write command is used to attach the MT to, or detach the MT from, the Packet Domain service. The read command returns the current Packet Domain service state.
AT+CGATT Packet domain attach or detach
Test Command
Response
AT+CGATT=?
+CGATT: (list of supported <state>s)
Read Command AT+CGATT?
OK Response +CGATT: <state>
Write Command AT+CGATT=<state>
OK Response OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err>
Defined Values
<state>
Indicates the state of Packet Domain attachment: 0 detached 1 attached
Example
AT+CGATT? +CGATT: 0
www.simcom.com
154 / 460
OK AT+CGATT=1 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
8.2.3 AT+CGACT GPRS network registration status
The write command is used to activate or deactivate the specified PDP context (s).
AT+CGACT GPRS network registration status
Test Command
Response
AT+CGACT=?
+ CGACT: (list of supported <state>s)
Read Command AT+CGACT?
OK Response +CGACT: [<cid>, <state> [<CR><LF> +CGACT: <cid>, <state> [...]]]
Write Command AT+CGACT=<state>[,<cid>]
OK Response OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err>
Defined Values
<state> <cid>
Indicates the state of PDP context activation: 0 deactivated 1 activated A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see AT+CGDCONT command). 1...16
Example
AT+CGACT=? +CGACT: (0,1)
OK
www.simcom.com
155 / 460
AT+CGACT? +CGACT: 1,1
OK AT+CGACT=0,1 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
8.2.4 AT+CGDCONT Define PDP context
The set command specifies PDP context parameter values for a PDP context identified by the (local) context identification parameter <cid>. The number of PDP contexts that may be in a defined state at the same time is given by the range returned by the test command. A special form of the write command (AT+CGDCONT=<cid>) causes the values for context <cid> to become undefined.
AT+CGDCONT Define PDP context
Test Command
Response
AT+CGDCONT=?
+CGDCONT: (range of supported<cid>s),<PDP_type>,,,(list of supported <d_comp>s),(list of supported <h_comp>s) (list of <ipv4_ctrl>s),(list of <emergency_flag>s)
Read Command AT+CGDCONT?
OK or ERROR Response +CGDCONT: [<cid>, <PDP_type>,<APN>,<PDP_addr>,<d_comp>, <h_comp><ipv4_ctrl>,<emergency_flag>[<CR><LF> +CGDCONT: <cid>, <PDP_type>, <APN>,<PDP_addr>, <d_comp>, <h_comp>< ipv4_ctrl>,<emergency_flag>[...]]]
Write Command AT+CGDCONT=<cid>[,<PDP _type>[,<APN>[,<PDP_addr >[,<d_comp>[,<h_comp>[,<i pv4_ctrl>[,<emergency_flag >]]]]]] Execution Command Set default value: AT+CGDCONT
OK or ERROR Response OK or ERROR
Response OK or
www.simcom.com
156 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
ERROR
Defined Values
<cid> <PDP_type>
<APN> <PDP_addr> <d_comp> <h_comp>
(PDP Context Identifier) a numeric parameter which specifies a particular
PDP context definition. The parameter is local to the TE-MT interface and is
used in other PDP context-related commands. The range of permitted
values (minimum value = 1) is returned by the test form of the command.
1...16,100...179
(Packet Data Protocol type) a string parameter which specifies the type of
packet data protocol.
IP Internet Protocol
PPP
Point to Point Protocol
IPV6 Internet Protocol Version 6
IPV4V6 Dual PDN Stack
(Access Point Name) a string parameter which is a logical name that is used
to select the GGSN or the external packet data network.
A string parameter that identifies the MT in the address space applicable to
the PDP.
Read command will continue to return the null string even if an address has
been allocated during the PDP startup procedure. The allocated address
may be read using command AT+CGPADDR.
A numeric parameter that controls PDP data compression, this value may
depend on platform:
0 off (default if value is omitted)
1 on
2 V.42bis
A numeric parameter that controls PDP header compression, this value may
depend on platform:
0 off (default if value is omitted)
1 on
2 RFC1144
3 RFC2507
4 RFC3095
Example
AT+CGDCONT =? +CGDCONT: (1-24,100-179),"IP",,,(0-2),(0-4),(0-1),(0-1) +CGDCONT: (1-24,100-179),"PPP",,,(0-2),(0-4),(0-1),(0-1) +CGDCONT: (1-24,100-179),"IPV6",,,(0-2),(0-4),(0-1),(0-1) +CGDCONT:
www.simcom.com
157 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
(1-24,100-179),"IPV4V6",,,(0-2),(0-4),(0-1),(0-1)
OK AT+ CGDCONT? +CGDCONT: 1,"IP","","0.0.0.0",0,0
OK
8.2.5 AT+CGDSCONT Define Secondary PDP Context
The set command specifies PDP context parameter values for a Secondary PDP context identified by the (local) context identification parameter, <cid>. The number of PDP contexts that may be in a defined state at the same time is given by the range returned by the test command. A special form of the set command, AT+CGDSCONT=<cid> causes the values for context number <cid> to become undefined.
AT+CGDSCONT Define Secondary PDP Context
Test Command
Response
AT+CGDSCONT=?
+CGDSCONT: (range of supported <cid>s),(list of <p_cid>s for
active primary contexts), <PDP_type>,,,(list of supported
<d_comp>s),(list of supported <h_comp>s)
Read Command AT+CGDSCONT?
OK or ERROR Response +CGDSCONT: [<cid>,<p_cid>,<d_comp>,<h_comp> [<CR><LF>+CGDSCONT: <cid>,<p_cid>,<d_comp>,<h_comp> [...]]]
Write Command AT+CGDSCONT=<cid>[,<p_ cid>[,<d_comp>[,<h_comp> ]]]
OK or ERROR Response OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<cid>
www.simcom.com
a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition. The parameter is local to the TE-MT interface and is used in other PDP
158 / 460
<p_cid> <PDP_type> <d_comp> <h_comp>
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
context-related commands. The range of permitted values (minimum value =
1) is returned by the test form of the command.
a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition
which has been specified by use of the +CGDCONT command. The
parameter is local to the TE-MT interface. The list of permitted values is
returned by the test form of the command.
(Packet Data Protocol type) a string parameter which specifies the type of
packet data protocol.
IP Internet Protocol
PPP
Point to Point Protocol
IPV6 Internet Protocol Version 6
IPV4V6 Dual PDN Stack
a numeric parameter that controls PDP data compression (applicable for
SNDCPonly) (refer 3GPP TS 44.065 [61])
0 off
1 on (manufacturer preferred compression)
2 V.42bis
Other values are reserved.
a numeric parameter that controls PDP header compression (refer 3GPP TS
44.065 [61] and 3GPP TS 25.323 [62])
0 off
1 on (manufacturer preferred compression)
2 RFC1144 (applicable for SNDCP only)
3 RFC2507
4 RFC3095 (applicable for PDCP only)
Other values are reserved.
NOTE
The <cid>s for network-initiated PDP contexts will have values outside the ranges indicated for the <cid> in the test form of the commands +CGDCONT and +CGDSCONT.
Example
AT+CGDSCONT=? +CGDSCONT: (1-24,100-179),(),"IP",(0-2),(0-4) +CGDSCONT: (1-24,100-179),(),"PPP",(0-2),(0-4) +CGDSCONT: (1-24,100-179),(),"IPV6",(0-2),(0-4) +CGDSCONT: (1-24,100-179),(),"IPV4V6",(0-2),(0-4)
www.simcom.com
159 / 460
OK AT+CGDSCONT? +CGDSCONT: 2,1,0,0
OK AT+CGDSCONT=2,1 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
8.2.6 AT+CGTFT Traffic Flow Template
This command allows the TE to specify a Packet Filter - PF for a Traffic Flow Template - TFT that is used in the GGSN in UMTS/GPRS and Packet GW in EPS for routing of packets onto different QoS flows towards the TE. The concept is further described in the 3GPP TS 23.060 [47]. A TFT consists of from one and up to 16 Packet Filters, each identified by a unique <packet filter identifier>. A Packet Filter also has an <evaluation precedence index> that is unique within all TFTs associated with all PDP contexts that are associated with the same PDP address.
AT+CGTFT Traffic Flow Template
Test Command
Response
AT+CGTFT=?
+CGTFT: <PDP_type>,(list of supported <packet filter
identifier>s),(list of supported <evaluation precedence
index>s),(list of supported <source address and subnet mask>s),(list of supported <protocol number (ipv4) / next header (ipv6)>s),(list of supported <destination port range>s),(list of
supported <source port range>s),(list of supported <ipsec
security parameter index (spi)>s),(list of supported <type of
service (tos) (ipv4) and mask / traffic class (ipv6) and
mask>s),(list of supported <flow label (ipv6)>s),(list of supported
<direction>s) [<CR><LF>+CGTFT: <PDP_type>,(list of supported <packet filter identifier>s),(list of supported <evaluation precedence
index>s),(list of supported <source address and subnet
mask>s),(list of supported <protocol number (ipv4) / next header
(ipv6)>s),(list of supported <destination port range>s),(list of
supported <source port range>s),(list of supported <ipsec
security parameter index (spi)>s),(list of supported <type of service (tos) (ipv4) and mask / traffic class (ipv6) and mask>s),(list of supported <flow label (ipv6)>s),(list of supported
<direction>s)
[...]]
OK
www.simcom.com
160 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Read Command AT+CGTFT?
or ERROR Response +CGTFT: [<cid>,<packet filter identifier>,<evaluation precedence index>,<source address and subnet mask>,<protocol number (ipv4) / next header (ipv6)>,<destination port range>,<source port range>,<ipsec security parameter index (spi)>,<type of service (tos) (ipv4) and mask / traffic class (ipv6) and mask>,<flow label (ipv6)>,<direction> [<CR><LF>+CGTFT: <cid>,<packet filter identifier>,<evaluation precedence index>,<source address and subnet mask>,<protocol number (ipv4) / next header (ipv6)>,<destination port range>,<source port range>,<ipsec security parameter index (spi)>,<type of service (tos) (ipv4) and mask / traffic class (ipv6) and mask>,<flow label (ipv6)>,<direction> [...]]]
Write Command
AT+CGTFT=<cid>[,[<packet
filter identifier>,<evaluation
precedence
index>[,<source address
and
subnet
mask>[,<protocol number
(ipv4) / next header
(ipv6)>[,<destination port
range>[,<source
port
range>[,<ipsec
security
parameter
index
(spi)>[,<type of service (tos)
(ipv4) and mask / traffic
class
(ipv6)
and
mask>[,<flow
label
(ipv6)>[,<direction>]]]]]]]]]]
OK or ERROR Response OK or ERROR
Execution Command AT+CGTFT
Response OK or ERROR
Defined Values
www.simcom.com
161 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<cid>
a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition
(see the AT+CGDCONT and AT+CGDSCONT commands).
<PDP_type>
(Packet Data Protocol type) a string parameter which specifies the type of
packet data protocol.
IP Internet Protocol
PPP
Point to Point Protocol
IPV6 Internet Protocol Version 6
IPV4V6 Dual PDN Stack
<packet filter identifier> a numeric parameter, value range from 1 to 16.
<evaluation precedence a numeric parameter. The value range is from 0 to 255.
index>
<source address and string type The string is given as dot-separated numeric (0-255)
subnet mask>
parameters on the form:
"a1.a2.a3.a4.m1.m2.m3.m4" for IPv4 or
"a1.a2.a3.a4.a5.a6.a7.a8.a9.a10.a11.a12.a13.a14.a15.a16.m1.m2.m3.m
4.m5.m6.m7.m8.m9.m10.m11.m12.m13.m14.m15.m16", for IPv6.
<protocol number (ipv4) / a numeric parameter, value range from 0 to 255.
next header (ipv6)>
<destination port range> string type. The string is given as dot-separated numeric (0-65535)
parameters on the form "f.t".
<source port range>
string type. The string is given as dot-separated numeric (0-65535)
parameters on the form "f.t".
<ipsec
security numeric value in hexadecimal format. The value range is from 00000000
parameter index (spi)> to FFFFFFFF.
<type of service (tos) string type. The string is given as dot-separated numeric (0-255)
(ipv4) and mask / traffic parameters on the form "t.m".
class (ipv6) and mask>
<flow label (ipv6)>
numeric value in hexadecimal format. The value range is from 00000 to
FFFFF. Valid for IPv6 only.
<direction>
a numeric parameter which specifies the transmission direction in which
the packet filter shall be applied.
0 Pre-Release 7 TFT filter (see 3GPP TS 24.008 [8], table 10.5.162)
1 Uplink
2
Downlink
3
Birectional (Up & Downlink)
Example
AT+CGTFT=? +CGTFT: "IP",(1-16),(0-255),,(0-255),(0-65535.0-65535),(0-65535.0-65535),(0-FFFFFFFF),(0-255.0-255),(0-FF FFF) +CGTFT: "PPP",(1-16),(0-255),,(0-255),(0-65535.0-65535),(0-65535.0-65535),(0-FFFFFFFF),(0-255.0-255),(0FFFFF)
www.simcom.com
162 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
+CGTFT: "IPV6",(1-16),(0-255),,(0-255),(0-65535.0-65535),(0-65535.0-65535),(0-FFFFFFFF),(0-255.0-255),(0FFFFF) +CGTFT: "IPV4V6",(1-16),(0-255),,(0-255),(0-65535.0-65535),(0-65535.0-65535),(0-FFFFFFFF),(0-255.0-255),( 0-FFFFF)
OK AT+CGTFT? +CGTFT: 2,1,0,"74.125.71.99.255.255.255.255",0,0.0,0.0,0,0.0,0
OK AT+CGTFT=2,1,0,"74.125.71.99.255.255.255.255"
OK
8.2.7 AT+CGQREQ Quality of service profile (requested)
This command allows the TE to specify a Quality of Service Profile that is used when the MT sends an Activate PDP Context Request message to the network. A special form of the set command (AT+CGQREQ=<cid>) causes the requested profile for context number <cid> to become undefined.
AT+CGQREQ Quality of service profile (requested)
Test Command AT+CGQREQ=?
Response +CGQREQ: <PDP_type>, (list of supported <precedence>s), (list of supported <delay>s), (list of supported <reliability>s) , (list of supported <peak>s), (list of supported <mean>s) [<CR><LF> +CGQREQ: <PDP_type>, (list of supported <precedence>s), (list of supported <delay>s), (list of supported <reliability>s) , (list of supported <peak>s), (list of supported <mean>s) [...]]
Read Command AT+CGQREQ?
OK or ERROR Response +CGQREQ: [<cid>, <precedence >, <delay>, <reliability>, <peak>, <mean>[<CR><LF> +CGQREQ: <cid>, <precedence >, <delay>, <reliability.>, <peak>, <mean>[...]]] OK or
www.simcom.com
163 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Write Command AT+CGQREQ=<cid>[,<prece dence>[,<delay>[,<reliability >[,<peak> [,<mean>]]]]] Execution Command AT+CGQREQ
ERROR Response OK or ERROR Response OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<cid> <PDP_type> <precedence> <delay> <reliability>
<peak>
A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see
AT+CGDCONT command). The range is from 1 to 42,100 to 179.
(Packet Data Protocol type) a string parameter which specifies the type of
packet data protocol.
IP Internet Protocol
PPP
Point to Point Protocol
IPV6 Internet Protocol Version 6
IPV4V6 Dual PDN Stack
A numeric parameter which specifies the precedence class:
0 network subscribed value
1 high priority
2 normal priority
3 low priority
A numeric parameter which specifies the delay class:
0 network subscribed value
1 delay class 1
2 delay class 2
3 delay class 3
4 delay class 4
A numeric parameter which specifies the reliability class:
0 network subscribed value
1 Non real-time traffic,error-sensitive application that cannot cope with
data loss
2 Non real-time traffic,error-sensitive application that can cope with
infrequent data loss
3 Non real-time traffic,error-sensitive application that can cope with
data loss, GMM/-
SM,and SMS
4 Real-time traffic,error-sensitive application that can cope with data
loss
5 Real-time traffic error non-sensitive application that can cope with
data loss
A numeric parameter which specifies the peak throughput class:
www.simcom.com
164 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<mean>
0 network subscribed value 1 Up to 1000 (8 kbit/s) 2 Up to 2000 (16 kbit/s) 3 Up to 4000 (32 kbit/s) 4 Up to 8000 (64 kbit/s) 5 Up to 16000 (128 kbit/s) 6 Up to 32000 (256 kbit/s) 7 Up to 64000 (512 kbit/s) 8 Up to 128000 (1024 kbit/s) 9 Up to 256000 (2048 kbit/s) A numeric parameter which specifies the mean throughput class: 0 network subscribed value 1 100 (~0.22 bit/s) 2 200 (~0.44 bit/s) 3 500 (~1.11 bit/s) 4 1000 (~2.2 bit/s) 5 2000 (~4.4 bit/s) 6 5000 (~11.1 bit/s) 7 10000 (~22 bit/s) 8 20000 (~44 bit/s) 9 50000 (~111 bit/s) 10 100000 (~0.22 kbit/s) 11 200000 (~0.44 kbit/s) 12 500000 (~1.11 kbit/s) 13 1000000 (~2.2 kbit/s) 14 2000000 (~4.4 kbit/s) 15 5000000 (~11.1 kbit/s) 16 10000000 (~22 kbit/s) 17 20000000 (~44 kbit/s) 18 50000000 (~111 kbit/s) 31 optimization
Example
AT+CGQREQ=? +CGQREQ: "IP",(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-18,31) +CGQREQ: "PPP",(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-18,31) +CGQREQ: "IPV6",(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-18,31) +CGQREQ: "IPV4V6",(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-18,31) OK AT+CGREG? +CGQREQ:
OK
www.simcom.com
165 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
8.2.8 AT+CGEQREQ 3G quality of service profile (requested)
The test command returns values supported as a compound value.
The read command returns the current settings for each defined context for which a QOS was explicitly specified.
The write command allows the TE to specify a Quality of Service Profile for the context identified by the context identification parameter <cid> which is used when the MT sends an Activate PDP Context Request message to the network.
A special form of the write command, AT+CGEQREQ=<cid> causes the requested profile for context number <cid> to become undefined.
AT+CGEQREQ 3G quality of service profile (requested)
Test Command AT+CGEQREQ=?
Response +CGEQREQ: <PDP_type>,(list of supported <Traffic class>s),(list of supported <Maximum bitrate UL>s),(list of supported <Maxim um bitrate DL>s),(list of supported <Guaranteed bitrate UL>s,(list of supported <Guaranteed bitrate DL>s),(list of supported <Deliv ery order>s),(list of supported <Maximum SDU size>s),(list of supported <SDU error ratio>s),(list of supported <Residual bit error Ratio>s),(list of supported <Delivery of erroneous SDUs>s),(list of Supported <Transfer delay>s),(list of supported <Traffic handling priority>s)
Read Command AT+CGEQREQ?
www.simcom.com
OK or ERROR Response +CGEQREQ: [<cid>,<Traffic class>,<Maximum bitrate UL>,<Ma ximum bitrate DL>,<Guaranteed bitrate UL>,<Guaranteed bitrate DL>,<Delivery order>,<Maximum SDU size>,<SDU error ratio>, <Residual bit error ratio>,<Delivery of erroneous SDUs>,<Transfer Delay>,<Traffic handling priority>][<CR><LF> +CGEQREQ: <cid>,<Traffic class>,<Maximum bitrate UL>,<Ma ximum bitrate DL>,<Guaranteed bitrate UL>,<Guaranteed bitrate DL>,<Delivery order>,<Maximum SDU size>,<SDU error ratio>, <Residual bit error ratio>,<Delivery of erroneous SDUs>,<Transfer
166 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Delay>,<Traffic handling priority>[...]]
Write Command
AT+CGEQREQ=<cid>[,<Traf
fic
class>[,<Maximum
bitrate
UL>[,<Maximum
bitrate DL>[,<Guaranteed
bitrateUL>[,<Guaranteed
bitrate
DL>[,<Delivery
order>[,<Maximum SDU
size>[,<SDU
error ratio>[,<Residual bit
error ratio>[,<Delivery of
erroneous
SDUs>[,<Transfer
delay>[,<Traffic handling
priority>]]]]]]]]]]]]
Execution Command
AT+ CGEQREQ
OK or ERROR Response OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err>
Response OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<cid> <Traffic class> <Maximum bitrate UL> <Maximum bitrate DL>
Parameter specifies a particular PDP context definition.The parameter is also used in other PDP context-related commands. The range is from 1 to 24,100 to 179. 0 conversational 1 streaming 2 interactive 3 background 4 subscribed value This parameter indicates the maximum number of kbits/s delivered to UMTS(up-link traffic)at a SAP. As an example a bitrate of 32kbit/s would be specified as 32(e.g. AT+CGEQREQ=...,32,...). The range is from 0 to 8460. The default value is 0. If the parameter is set to '0' the subscribed value will be requested. This parameter indicates the maximum number of kbits/s delivered to UMTS(down-link traffic)at a SAP.As an example a bitrate of 32kbit/s would be specified as 32(e.g. AT+CGEQREQ=...,32,...). The range is from 0 to 8460. The default value is 0. If the parameter is set to '0' the subscribed value will be requested.
www.simcom.com
167 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<Guaranteed bitrate UL>
<Guaranteed bitrate DL>
<Delivery order>
<Maximum SDU size> <SDU error ratio>
This parameter indicates the guaranteed number of kbit/s delivered to UMTS(up-link traffic)at a SAP(provided that there is data to deliver).As an example a bitrate of 32kbit/s would be specified as 32(e.g.AT+CGEQREQ=...,32,...). The range is from 0 to 8460. The default value is 0. If the parameter is set to '0' the subscribed value will be requested. This parameter indicates the guaranteed number of kbit/s delivered to UMTS(down-link traffic)at a SAP(provided that there is data to deliver).As an example a bitrate of 32kbit/s would be specified as 32(e.g.AT+CGEQREQ=...,32,...). The range is from 0 to 8460. The default value is 0. If the parameter is set to '0' the subscribed value will be requested. This parameter indicates whether the UMTS bearer shall provide in-sequence SDU delivery or not. 0 no 1 yes 2 subscribed value This parameter indicates the maximum allowed SDU size in octets. The range is from 0 to 1520. The default value is 0. If the parameter is set to '0' the subscribed value will be requested. This parameter indicates the target value for the fraction of SDUs lost or detected as erroneous.SDU error ratio is defined only for conforming traffic.As an example a target SDU error ratio of 5*10-3 would be specified as "5E3"(e.g.AT+CGEQREQ=..,"5E3",...).
"0E0" subscribed value
"1E2"
"7E3"
"1E3"
"1E4"
"1E5"
"1E6"
"1E1"
<Residual bit error This parameter indicates the target value for the undetected bit error ratio in
ratio>
the delivered SDUs. If no error detection is requested,Residual bit error ratio
indicates the bit error ratio in the delivered SDUs.As an example a target
residual bit error ratio of 5*10-3 would be specified as "5E3"(e.g.
AT+CGEQREQ=...,"5E3",..).
www.simcom.com
168 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
"0E0" subscribed value "5E2"
"1E2"
"5E3"
"4E3"
"1E3"
"1E4"
"1E5"
"1E6"
"6E8"
<Delivery
of
erroneous SDUs>
<Transfer delay>
<Traffic priority>
handling
<PDP_type>
This parameter indicates whether SDUs detected as erroneous shall be
delivered or not.
0 no
1 yes
2 no detect
3 subscribed value
This parameter indicates the targeted time between request to transfer an
SDU at one SAP to its delivery at the other SAP,in milliseconds.
The range is from 0 to 4000. The default value is 0. If the parameter is set to
'0' the subscribed value will be requested.
This parameter specifies the relative importance for handling of all SDUs
belonging to the UMTS
Bearer compared to the SDUs of the other bearers.
The range is from 0 to 3. The default value is 0. If the parameter is set to '0'
the subscribed value will be requested.
(Packet Data Protocol type) a string parameter which specifies the type of
packet data protocol.
IP Internet Protocol
PPP
Point to Point Protocol
IPV6 Internet Protocol Version 6
IPV4V6 Dual PDN Stack
Example
AT+CGEQREQ=? +CGEQREQ: "IP",(0-4),(0-384),(0-7168),(0-384),(0-7168),(0-2),(0-1520),("0E0","1E
www.simcom.com
169 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
1","1E2","7E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6"),("0E0","5E2","1E2","5E3","4E3","1E3","1E 4","1E5","1E6","6E8"),(0-3),(0-4000),(0-3) ,(0,1),(0,1) +CGEQREQ: "PPP",(0-4),(0-384),(0-7168),(0-384),(0-7168),(0-2),(0-1520),("0E0","1 E1","1E2","7E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6"),("0E0","5E2","1E2","5E3","4E3","1E3","1 E4","1E5","1E6","6E8"),(0-3),(0-4000),(0-3) ,(0,1),(0,1) +CGEQREQ: "IPV6",(0-4),(0-384),(0-7168),(0-384),(0-7168),(0-2),(0-1520),("0E0"," 1E1","1E2","7E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6"),("0E0","5E2","1E2","5E3","4E3","1E3"," 1E4","1E5","1E6","6E8"),(0-3),(0-4000),(0-3) ,(0,1),(0,1) +CGEQREQ:"IPV4V6",(0-4),(0-5760),(0-14000),(0-5760),(0-14000),(0-2),(0-1520),("0E0","1E1","1E 2","7E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6"),("0E0","5E2","1E2","5E3","4E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6","6 E8"),(0-3),(0-4000),(0-3),(0,1),(0,1)
OK AT+CGEQREQ? +CGEQREQ:
OK
8.2.9 AT+CGQMIN Quality of service profile (minimum acceptable)
This command allows the TE to specify a minimum acceptable profile which is checked by the MT against the negotiated profile returned in the Activate PDP Context Accept message. A special form of the set command. AT+CGQMIN=<cid> causes the minimum acceptable profile for context number <cid> to become undefined.
AT+CGQMIN Quality of service profile (minimum acceptable)
Test Command
Response
AT+CGQMIN=?
+CGQMIN: <PDP_type>, (list of supported <precedence>s), (list of supported <delay>s), (list of supported <reliability>s) , (list of supported <peak>s), (list of supported <mean>s) [<CR><LF> +CGQMIN: <PDP_type>, (list of supported <precedence>s), (list of supported <delay>s), (list of supported <reliability>s) , (list of supported <peak>s), (list of supported <mean>s)[...]]
Read Command AT+CGQMIN?
OK or ERROR Response +CGQMIN: [<cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability>,<peak>, <mean>[<CR><LF> +CGQMIN: <cid>,<precedence>,<delay>,<reliability.>,<peak>, <mean>
www.simcom.com
170 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
[...]]]
Write Command AT+CGQMIN=<cid>[,<prece dence>[,<delay>[,<reliability >[,<peak> [,<mean>]]]]] Execution Command AT+CGQMIN
OK or ERROR Response OK or ERROR Response OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<cid> <PDP_type>
<precedence> <delay>
<reliability>
A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see
AT+CGDCONT command). The range is from 1 to 24,100 to 179.
(Packet Data Protocol type) a string parameter which specifies the type of
packet data protocol.
IP Internet Protocol
PPP
Point to Point Protocol
IPV6 Internet Protocol Version 6
IPV4V6 Dual PDN Stack
A numeric parameter which specifies the precedence class:
0 network subscribed value
1 high priority
2 normal priority
3 low priority
A numeric parameter which specifies the delay class:
0 network subscribed value
1 delay class 1
2 delay class 2
3 delay class 3
4 delay class 4
A numeric parameter which specifies the reliability class:
0 network subscribed value
1 Non real-time traffic,error-sensitive application that cannot cope with
data loss
2 Non real-time traffic,error-sensitive application that can cope with
infrequent data loss
3 Non real-time traffic,error-sensitive application that can cope with
data loss, GMM/-
SM,and SMS
4 Real-time traffic,error-sensitive application that can cope with data
www.simcom.com
171 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<peak> <mean>
loss 5 Real-time traffic error non-sensitive application that can cope with data loss A numeric parameter which specifies the peak throughput class: 0 network subscribed value 1 Up to 1000 (8 kbit/s) 2 Up to 2000 (16 kbit/s) 3 Up to 4000 (32 kbit/s) 4 Up to 8000 (64 kbit/s) 5 Up to 16000 (128 kbit/s) 6 Up to 32000 (256 kbit/s) 7 Up to 64000 (512 kbit/s) 8 Up to 128000 (1024 kbit/s) 9 Up to 256000 (2048 kbit/s) A numeric parameter which specifies the mean throughput class: 0 network subscribed value 1 100 (~0.22 bit/s) 2 200 (~0.44 bit/s) 3 500 (~1.11 bit/s) 4 1000 (~2.2 bit/s) 5 2000 (~4.4 bit/s) 6 5000 (~11.1 bit/s) 7 10000 (~22 bit/s) 8 20000 (~44 bit/s) 9 50000 (~111 bit/s) 10 100000 (~0.22 kbit/s) 11 200000 (~0.44 kbit/s) 12 500000 (~1.11 kbit/s) 13 1000000 (~2.2 kbit/s) 14 2000000 (~4.4 kbit/s) 15 5000000 (~11.1 kbit/s) 16 10000000 (~22 kbit/s) 17 20000000 (~44 kbit/s) 18 50000000 (~111 kbit/s) 31 optimization
Example
AT+CGQMIN=? +CGQMIN: "IP",(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-18,31) +CGQMIN: "PPP",(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-18,31) +CGQMIN: "IPV6",(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-18,31) +CGQMIN: "IPV4V6",(0-3),(0-4),(0-5),(0-9),(0-18,31)
www.simcom.com
172 / 460
OK AT+CGQMIN? +CGQMIN:
OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
8.2.10 AT+CGEQMIN 3G quality of service profile (minimum acceptable)
The test command returns values supported as a compound value.
The read command returns the current settings for each defined context for which a QOS was explicitly specified.
AT+CGEQMIN 3G quality of service profile (minimum acceptable)
Test Command AT+CGEQMIN=?
Response +CGEQMIN: <PDP_type>,(list of supported <Traffic class>s),(list of supported <Maximum bitrate UL>s),(list of supported <Maxim um bitrate DL>s),(list of supported <Guaranteed bitrate UL>s,(list of supported <Guaranteed bitrate DL>s),(list of supported <Deliv ery order>s),(list of supported <Maximum SDU size>s),(list of supported <SDU error ratio>s),(list of supported <Residual bit error Ratio>s),(list of supported <Delivery of erroneous SDUs>s),(list of Supported <Transfer delay>s),(list of supported <Traffic handling priority>s)
Read Command AT+CGEQMIN?
OK or ERROR Response +CGEQMIN: [<cid>,<Traffic class>,<Maximum bitrate UL>,<Ma ximum bitrate DL>,<Guaranteed bitrate UL>,<Guaranteed bitrate DL>,<Delivery order>,<Maximum SDU size>,<SDU error ratio>, <Residual bit error ratio>,<Delivery of erroneous SDUs>,<Transfer Delay>,<Traffic handling priority>][<CR><LF> +CGEQMIN: <cid>,<Traffic class>,<Maximum bitrate UL>,<Ma ximum bitrate DL>,<Guaranteed bitrate UL>,<Guaranteed bitrate DL>,<Delivery order>,<Maximum SDU size>,<SDU error ratio>, <Residual bit error ratio>,<Delivery of erroneous SDUs>,<Transfer
www.simcom.com
173 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Delay>,<Traffic handling priority>[...]]
Write Command
AT+CGEQMIN=<cid>[,<Traff
ic class>[,<Maximum bitrate
UL>[,<Maximum
bitrate
DL>[,<Guaranteed
bitrateUL>[,<Guaranteed
bitrate
DL>[,<Delivery
order>[,<Maximum SDU
size>[,<SDU
error ratio>[,<Residual bit
error ratio>[,<Delivery of
erroneous
SDUs>[,<Transfer
delay>[,<Traffic handling
priority>]]]]]]]]]]]]
Execution Command
AT+ CGEQMIN
OK or ERROR Response OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err>
Response OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<cid> <Traffic class> <Maximum bitrate UL> <Maximum bitrate DL>
Parameter specifies a particular PDP context definition.The parameter is also used in other PDP context-related commands. The range is from 1 to 24,100 to 179. 0 conversational 1 streaming 2 interactive 3 background 4 subscribed value This parameter indicates the maximum number of kbits/s delivered to UMTS(up-link traffic)at a SAP.As an example a bitrate of 32kbit/s would be specified as 32(e.g. AT+CGEQMIN=...,32,...). The range is from 0 to 8460. The default value is 0. If the parameter is set to '0' the subscribed value will be requested. This parameter indicates the maximum number of kbits/s delivered to UMTS(down-link traffic)at a SAP.As an example a bitrate of 32kbit/s would be specified as 32(e.g. AT+CGEQMIN=...,32,...). The range is from 0 to 8460. The default value is 0. If the parameter is set to '0' the subscribed value will be requested.
www.simcom.com
174 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<Guaranteed bitrate UL>
<Guaranteed bitrate DL>
<Delivery order>
<Maximum SDU size> <SDU error ratio>
This parameter indicates the guaranteed number of kbit/s delivered to UMTS(up-link traffic)at a SAP(provided that there is data to deliver).As an example a bitrate of 32kbit/s would be specified as 32(e.g.AT+CGEQMIN=...,32,...). The range is from 0 to 8460. The default value is 0. If the parameter is set to '0' the subscribed value will be requested. This parameter indicates the guaranteed number of kbit/s delivered to UMTS(down-link traffic)at a SAP(provided that there is data to deliver).As an example a bitrate of 32kbit/s would be specified as 32(e.g.AT+CGEQMIN=...,32,...). The range is from 0 to 8460. The default value is 0. If the parameter is set to '0' the subscribed value will be requested. This parameter indicates whether the UMTS bearer shall provide in-sequence SDU delivery or not. 0 no 1 yes 2 subscribed value This parameter indicates the maximum allowed SDU size inoctets. The range is from 0 to 1520. The default value is 0. If the parameter is set to '0' the subscribed value will be requested. This parameter indicates the target value for the fraction of SDUs lost or detected as erroneous.SDU error ratio is defined only for conforming traffic.As an example a target SDU error ratio of 5*10-3 would be specified as "5E3"(e.g.AT+CGEQMIN=..,"5E3",...).
"0E0" subscribed value
"1E2"
"7E3"
"1E3"
"1E4"
"1E5"
"1E6"
"1E1"
<Residual bit error This parameter indicates the target value for the undetected bit error ratio in
ratio>
the delivered SDUs. If no error detection is requested,Residual bit error ratio
indicates the bit error ratio in the delivered SDUs.As an example a target
residual bit error ratio of 5*10-3 would be specified as "5E3"(e.g.
AT+CGEQMIN=...,"5E3",..).
www.simcom.com
175 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
"0E0" subscribed value "5E2"
"1E2"
"5E3"
"4E3"
"1E3"
"1E4"
"1E5"
"1E6"
"6E8"
<Delivery
of
erroneous SDUs>
<Transfer delay>
<Traffic priority>
handling
<PDP_type>
This parameter indicates whether SDUs detected as erroneous shall be
delivered or not.
0 no
1 yes
2 no detect
3 subscribed value
This parameter indicates the targeted time between request to transfer an
SDU at one SAP to its delivery at the other SAP,in milliseconds.
The range is from 0 to 4000. The default value is 0. If the parameter is set to
'0' the subscribed value will be requested.
This parameter specifies the relative importance for handling of all SDUs
belonging to the UMTS
Bearer compared to the SDUs of the other bearers.
The range is from 0 to 3. The default value is 0. If the parameter is set to '0'
the subscribed value will be requested.
(Packet Data Protocol type) a string parameter which specifies the type of
packet data protocol.
IP Internet Protocol
PPP
Point to Point Protocol
IPV6 Internet Protocol Version 6
IPV4V6 Dual PDN Stack
Example
AT+CGEQMIN=? +CGEQMIN: "IP",(0-4),(0-11520),(0-42200),(0-11520),(0-42200),(0-2),(0-1520),("0E0","1E1","1E2","7E3","1E3","
www.simcom.com
176 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
1E4","1E5","1E6"),("0E0","5E2","1E2","5E3","4E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6","6E8"),(0-3),(0,1004000),(0-3),(0-1),(0-1) +CGEQMIN: "PPP",(0-4),(0-11520),(0-42200),(0-11520),(0-42200),(0-2),(0-1520),("0E0","1E1","1E2","7E3","1E3 ","1E4","1E5","1E6"),("0E0","5E2","1E2","5E3","4E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6","6E8"),(0-3),(0,1 00-4000),(0-3),(0-1),(0-1) +CGEQMIN: "IPV6",(0-4),(0-11520),(0-42200),(0-11520),(0-42200),(0-2),(0-1520),("0E0","1E1","1E2","7E3","1E3 ","1E4","1E5","1E6"),("0E0","5E2","1E2","5E3","4E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6","6E8"),(0-3),(0,1 00-4000),(0-3),(0-1),(0-1) +CGEQMIN: "IPV4V6",(0-4),(0-11520),(0-42200),(0-11520),(0-42200),(0-2),(0-1520),("0E0","1E1","1E2","7E3","1 E3","1E4","1E5","1E6"),("0E0","5E2","1E2","5E3","4E3","1E3","1E4","1E5","1E6","6E8"),(0-3),(0 ,100-4000),(0-3),(0-1),(0-1)
OK AT+CGEQMIN? +CGEQMIN:
OK
8.2.11 AT+CGDATA Enter data state
The command causes the MT to perform whatever actions are necessary to establish communication between the TE and the network using one or more Packet Domain PDP types. This may include performing a PS attach and one or more PDP context activations.
AT+CGDATA Enter data state
Test Command AT+ CGDATA=?
Response + CGDATA: (list of supported <L2P>s)
Write Command AT+CGDATA=[<L2P>,[<cid> ]]
OK or ERROR Response NO CARRIER or OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err>
www.simcom.com
177 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Defined Values
<L2P>
<text> <cid>
A string parameter that indicates the layer 2 protocol to be used between the
TE and MT.
PPP
Point-to-point protocol for a PDP such as IP
CONNECT result code string; the string formats please refer
ATX/AT\V/AT&E command.
A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see
AT+CGDCONT command).
1...16
Example
AT+CGDATA=? +CGDATA: ("PPP")
OK AT+CGDATA="PPP",1 CONNECT 115200
8.2.12 AT+CGPADDR Show PDP address
The write command returns a list of PDP addresses for the specified context identifiers.
AT+CGPADDR Show PDP address
Test Command
Response
AT+CGPADDR=?
[+CGPADDR: (list of defined <cid>s)]
Write Command AT+CGPADDR=<cid>[,<cid> [,...]]
OK or ERROR Response OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err>
Execution Command AT+CGPADDR
Response [+CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr>]
www.simcom.com
178 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
+CGPADDR: <cid>,<PDP_addr>[...]]]
OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err>
Defined Values
<cid> <PDP_addr>
A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition (see AT+CGDCONT command). If no <cid> is specified, the addresses for all defined contexts are returned. 1...24,100...179 A string that identifies the MT in the address space applicable to the PDP. The address may be static or dynamic. For a static address, it will be the one set by the AT+CGDCONT command when the context was defined. For a dynamic address it will be the one assigned during the last PDP context activation that used the context definition referred to by <cid>. <PDP_addr> is omitted if none is available.
Example
AT+CGPADDR=? +CGPADDR: (1)
OK AT+CGPADDR=1 +CGPADDR: 1,"0.0.0.0"
OK
8.2.13 AT+CGCLASS GPRS network registration status
This command is used to set the MT to operate according to the specified GPRS mobile class.
AT+CGCLASS GPRS network registration status
Test Command AT+CGCLASS=?
Response +CGCLASS:(list of supported <class>s)
OK
www.simcom.com
179 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Read Command AT+CGCLASS?
or ERROR Response +CGCLASS: <class>
Write Command AT+CGCLASS=<class>
Execution Command Set default value: AT+CGCLASS
OK or ERROR Response OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err> Response OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<class>
A string parameter which indicates the GPRS mobile class (in descending order of functionality) A class A (highest)
Example
AT+CGCLASS=? +CGCLASS: ("A")
OK AT+CGCLASS? +CGCLASS: "A"
OK
8.2.14 AT+CGEREP GPRS event reporting
The write command enables or disables sending of unsolicited result codes, "+CGEV" from MT to TE in the case of certain events occurring in the Packet Domain MT or the network. <mode> controls the processing of unsolicited result codes specified within this command. <bfr> controls the effect on buffered codes when <mode> 1 or 2 is entered. If a setting is not supported by the MT, ERROR or +CME ERROR: is returned.
www.simcom.com
180 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Read command returns the current <mode> and buffer settings.
Test command returns the modes and buffer settings supported by the MT as compound values.
AT+CGEREP GPRS event reporting
Test Command
Response
AT+CGEREP=?
+CGEREP: (list of supported <mode>s), (list of supported <bfr>s)
Read Command AT+CGEREP?
OK or ERROR Response +CGEREP: <mode>,<bfr>
Write Command AT+CGEREP=<mode>[,<bfr >]
Execution Command AT+CGEREP
OK or ERROR Response OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err> Response OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<n> <stat> <lac>
0 disable network registration unsolicited result code 1 enable network registration unsolicited result code +CGREG: <stat> 2 there is a change in the ME network registration status or a change of the network cell:
+CGREG: <stat>[,<lac>,<ci>] 0 not registered, ME is not currently searching an operator to register to 1 registered, home network 2 not registered, but ME is currently trying to attach or searching an operator to register to 3 registration denied 4 unknown 5 registered, roaming Two bytes location area code in hexadecimal format (e.g."00C3" equals 193 in decimal).
www.simcom.com
181 / 460
<ci>
NOTE
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Cell ID in hexadecimal format. GSM : Maximum is two byte WCDMA : Maximum is four byte TDS-CDMA : Maximum is four byte
The <lac> not supported in CDMA/HDR mode The <ci> not supported in CDMA/HDR mode
Example
AT+CGREG=? +CGREG: (0-2)
OK AT+CGREG? +CGREG: 0,1
OK
8.2.15 AT+CGAUTH Set type of authentication for PDP-IP connections of GPRS
This command is used to set type of authentication for PDP-IP connections of GPRS.
AT+CGAUTH Set type of authentication for PDP-IP connections of GPRS
Test Command
Response
AT+CGAUTH=?
+CGAUTH: ,,127,127(for CDMA1x-EvDo only) +CGAUTH: (range of supported<cid>s),(list of supported <auth_
type>s),,
Read Command AT+CGAUTH?
OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err> Response +CGAUTH: <cid>,<auth_type>[,<user>]<CR><LF> +CGAUTH: <cid>,<auth_type>[,<user>]<CR><LF>
www.simcom.com
182 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
... OK
Write Command AT+CGAUTH=<cid>[,<auth_ type>[,<passwd>[,<user>]]]
Execution Command AT+CGAUTH
OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err> Response OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err> Response OK or ERROR or +CME ERROR: <err>
Defined Values
<cid> <auth_type>
<passwd> <user>
Parameter specifies a particular PDP context definition. This is also used in other PDP context-related commands. 1...42,100...179 Indicate the type of authentication to be used for the specified context. If CHAP is selected another parameter <passwd> needs to be specified. If PAP is selected two additional parameters <passwd> and <user> need to specified. 0 none 1 PAP 2 CHAP 3 PAP or CHAP Parameter specifies the password used for authentication.
Parameter specifies the user name used for authentication.
Example
AT+CGAUTH=? +CGAUTH: ,,127,127(for CDMA1x-EvDo only) +CGAUTH: (1-24,100-179),(0-3),127,127
OK
www.simcom.com
183 / 460
AT+CGAUTH=1,1,"123","SIMCOM" OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
www.simcom.com
184 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
9. AT Commands for SMS
9.1 Overview of AT Commands for SMS Control
Command AT+CSMS AT+CPMS AT+CMGF AT+CSCA AT+CSCB AT+CSMP AT+CSDH AT+CNMA AT+CNMI AT+CGSMS AT+CMGL AT+CMGR AT+CMGS AT+CMSS AT+CMGW AT+CMGD AT+CMGMT AT+CMVP AT+CMGRD AT+CMGSEX AT+CMSSEX AT+CMGP
Description Select message service Preferred message storage Select bearer service type SMS service centre address Select cell broadcast message indication Set text mode parameters Show text mode parameters New message acknowledgement to ME/TA New message indications to TE Select service for MO SMS messages List SMS messages from preferred store Read message Send message Send message from storage Write message to memory Delete message Change message status Set message valid period Read and delete message Send message Send multi messages from storage Set cdma/evdo text mode parameters
9.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for SMS Control
www.simcom.com
185 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
9.2.1 AT+CSMS Select message service
This command is used to select messaging service <service>. Note: This command not support in CDMA/EVDO mode
AT+CSMS Select message service
Test Command AT+CSMS=?
Response a)If start HTTP service successfully: +CSMS: (list of supported <service>s) OK b)If failed:
Read Command AT+CSMS?
ERROR Response +CSMS: <service>,<mt>,<mo>,<bm> OK Response
a)
Write Command AT+CSMS=<service>
+CSMS: <mt>,<mo>,<bm> OK b)If failed: +CMS ERROR: <err>
Defined Values
<service>
0 SMS at command is compatible with GSM phase 2.
<mt>
1 SMS at command is compatible with GSM phase 2+. Mobile terminated messages: 0 type not supported.
<mo>
1 type supported. Mobile originated messages: 0 type not supported.
<bm>
1 type supported1 SMS at command is compatible with GSM phase 2+. Broadcast type messages:
0 type not supported.
1 type supported.
www.simcom.com
186 / 460
Example
AT+CSMS=0 +CSMS:1,1,1 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
9.2.2 AT+CPMS Preferred message storage
This command is used to select memory storages <mem1>, <mem2> and <mem3> to be used for reading, writing, etc.
AT+CPMS Preferred message storage
Response a)If start HTTP service successfully:
Test Command AT+CPMS=?
+CPMS: (list of supported <mem1>s), (list of supported <mem2>s), (list of supported <mem3>s) OK b)If failed: ERROR
Read Command AT+CPMS?
Write Command AT+CPMS=<mem1> [,<mem2>[,<mem3>]]
Response +CPMS:<mem1>,<used1>,<total1>,<mem2>,<used2>,<total2> ,<mem3>,<used3>,<total3> OK Response a) +CPMS: <used1>,<total1>,<used2>,<total2>,<used3>,<total3> OK b)If failed:
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Defined Values
<mem1>
String type, memory from which messages are read and deleted (commands List Messages AT+CMGL, Read Message AT+CMGR and Delete Message AT+CMGD).
"ME" and "MT" FLASH message storage
"SM"
SIM message storage
"SR" mode)
Status report storage (not used in CDMA/EVDO
www.simcom.com
187 / 460
<mem2>
<mem3>
<usedX> <totalX>
Example
AT+CSMS=0 +CSMS:1,1,1 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
String type, memory to which writing and sending operations are made (commands Send Message from Storage AT+CMSS and Write Message to Memory AT+CMGW).
"ME" and "MT" FLASH message storage
"SM"
SIM message storage
String type, memory to which received SMS is preferred to be stored (unless forwarded directly to TE; refer command New Message Indications AT+CNMI).
"ME"
FLASH message storage
"SM"
SIM message storage GSM phase 2+.
Integer type, number of messages currently in <memX>. Integer type, total number of message locations in <memX>.
9.2.3 AT+CMGF Select SMS message format
This command is used to specify the input and output format of the short messages.
AT+CMGF Select SMS message format
Response
Test Command AT+CMGF=?
Read Command AT+CMGF?
Write Command AT+CMGF=<mode>
a)If start HTTP service successfully: +CMGF: (list of supported <mode>s) OK b)If failed: ERROR Response +CMGF: <mode> OK Response a) OK b)If failed:
ERROR
Execution Command
Response
www.simcom.com
188 / 460
AT+CMGF
Defined Values
<mode>
Example
AT+CMGF=1 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00 a) OK b)If failed: ERROR
0 PDU mode 1 Text mode
9.2.4 AT+CSCA SMS service centre address
This command is used to update the SMSC address, through which mobile originated SMS are transmitted. Note: This command not support in CDMA/EVDO mode
AT+CSCA SMS service centre address
Test Command AT+CSCA=?
Response a)If start HTTP service successfully: +CMGF: (list of supported <mode>s) OK b)If failed:
Read Command AT+CSCA?
Write Command AT+CSCA=<sca>[,<tosca>]
ERROR Response +CMGF: <mode> OK Response a) OK b)If failed: ERROR
Defined Values
<mode>
0 PDU mode
www.simcom.com
189 / 460
Example
AT+CMGF=1 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00 1 Text mode
9.2.5 AT+CSCB Select cell broadcast message indication
The test command returns the supported <mode>s as a compound value. The read command displays the accepted message types. Depending on the <mode> parameter, the write command adds or deletes the message types accepted. Note: This command not support in CDMA/EVDO mode
AT+CSCB Select cell broadcast message indication
Response
a)If start HTTP service successfully:
Test Command AT+CSCB=?
+CSCB: (list of supported <mode>s) OK b)If failed: ERROR
Read Command AT+CSCB?
Write Command AT+CSCB=<mode>[,<mids>[,<d css>]]
Response +CSCB: <mode>,<mids>,<dcss> OK b)If failed: ERROR Response a) OK b)If failed: ERROR c)If failed: +CMS ERROR: <err>
Defined Values
<mode>
0 message types specified in <mids> and <dcss> are accepted. 1 message types specified in <mids> and <dcss> are not
www.simcom.com
190 / 460
<mids> <dcss>
Example
AT+CSCB=? +CSCB: (0-1) OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
accepted. String type; all different possible combinations of CBM message identifiers. String type; all different possible combinations of CBM data coding schemes(default is empty string)
9.2.6 AT+CSMP Set text mode parameters
This command is used to select values for additional parameters needed when SM is sent to the network or placed in storage when text format message mode is selected. Note: This command not support in CDMA/EVDO mode
AT+CSMP Set text mode parameters
Test Command
Response
AT+CSMP=?
OK
Read Command AT+CSMP?
Response +CSMP: <fo>,<vp>,<pid>,<dcs> OK
Response
Write Command
a)
AT+CSMP=[<fo>[,<vp>[,<pid>[, OK
<dcs>]]]]
b)If failed:
ERROR
Defined Values
<fo> <vp>
Depending on the Command or result code: first octet of GSM 03.40 SMS-DELIVER, SMS-SUBMIT (default 17), SMS-STATUS-REPORT, or SMS-COMMAND (default 2) in integer format. SMS status report is supported under text mode if <fo> is set to 49. Depending on SMS-SUBMIT <fo> setting: GSM 03.40,TP-Validity-Period either in integer format (default 167), in time-string format, or if is supported, in enhanced format (hexadecimal coded string with quotes), (<vp> is in range 0... 255).
www.simcom.com
191 / 460
<pid> <dcs>
Example
AT+CSMP=17,23,64,244 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
GSM 03.40 TP-Protocol-Identifier in integer format (default 0). GSM 03.38 SMS Data Coding Scheme (default 0), or Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format depending on the command or result code.
9.2.7 AT+CSDH Show text mode parameters
This command is used to select values for additional parameters needed when SM is sent to the network or placed in storage when text format message mode is selected. Note: This command not support in CDMA/EVDO mode
AT+CSDH Show text mode parameters
Response a)
Test Command AT+CSDH=?
+CSDH: (list of supported <show>s) OK b)If failed: ERROR
Read Command AT+CSDH?
Write Command AT+CSDH=<show>
Execution Command AT+CSDH
Response +CSDH: <show> OK Response a) OK b)If failed: ERROR Response a) Set default value (<show>=0): OK b)If failed:
ERROR
Defined Values
<fo>
Depending on the Command or result code: first octet of GSM 03.40 SMS-DELIVER, SMS-SUBMIT (default 17),
www.simcom.com
192 / 460
<vp>
<pid> <dcs>
Example
AT+CSDH=1 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
SMS-STATUS-REPORT, or SMS-COMMAND (default 2) in integer format. SMS status report is supported under text mode if <fo> is set to 49. Depending on SMS-SUBMIT <fo> setting: GSM 03.40,TP-Validity-Period either in integer format (default 167), in time-string format, or if is supported, in enhanced format (hexadecimal coded string with quotes), (<vp> is in range 0... 255). GSM 03.40 TP-Protocol-Identifier in integer format (default 0). GSM 03.38 SMS Data Coding Scheme (default 0), or Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format depending on the command or result code.
9.2.8 AT+CNMA New message acknowledgement to ME/TA
This command is used to confirm successful receipt of a new message (SMS-DELIVER or SMS-STATUSREPORT) routed directly to the TE. If ME does not receive acknowledgement within required time (network timeout), it will send RP-ERROR to the network.
AT+CNMA New message acknowledgement to ME/TA
Response
Test Command AT+CNMA=?
Write Command AT+CNMA=<n>
if text mode(AT+CMGF=1): OK if PDU mode (AT+CMGF=0): +CNMA: (list of supported <n>s) OK Response a) OK b)If failed: ERROR c)If failed:
+CMS ERROR: <err> Response
Write Command
a)
AT+CNMA
OK b)If failed:
www.simcom.com
193 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
ERROR c)If failed: +CMS ERROR: <err>
Defined Values
<n>
Parameter required only for PDU mode.
0 Command operates similarly as execution command in
text mode.
1 Send positive (RP-ACK) acknowledgement to the
network. Accepted only in PDU mode.
2 Send negative (RP-ERROR) acknowledgement to the
network. Accepted only in PDU mode.
Example
AT+CNMI=1,2,0,0,0 OK
+CMT:"1380022xxxx","","02/04/03,11 :06 :38+32"<CR><LF>
Testing (receive new short message) AT+CNMA(send ACK to the network) OK AT+CNMA
+CMS ERROR340
(the second time return error, it needs ACK only once)
NOTE
NOTE: The execute / write command shall only be used when AT+CSMS parameter <service> equals 1 (= phase 2+) and appropriate URC has been issued by the module, i.e.:
<+CMT> for <mt>=2 incoming message classes 0, 1, 3 and none; <+CMT> for <mt>=3 incoming message classes 0 and 3; <+CDS> for <ds>=1. This command not support in CDMA/EVDO mode
www.simcom.com
194 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
9.2.9 AT+CNMI New message indications to TE
This command is used to select the procedure how receiving of new messages from the network is indicated to the TE when TE is active, e.g. DTR signal is ON. If TE is inactive (e.g. DTR signal is OFF). If set
<mt> 3 or <ds> 1, make sure <mode> 1, If set <mt>=2,make sure <mode>=1 or 2, otherwise it will return error.
AT+CNMI New message indications to TE
Response
Test Command AT+CNMI=?
+CNMI: (list of supported <mode>s),(list of <mt>s),(list of supported <bm>s),(list of <ds>s),(list of supported <bfr>s) OK
supported supported
Read Command AT+CNMI?
Response +CNMI: <mode>,<mt>,<bm>,<ds>,<bfr> OK
Write Command AT+CNMI=<mode>[,<mt>[,<bm> [,<ds> [,<bfr>]]]]
Response a) OK b)If failed: ERROR c)If failed:
Execution Command AT+CNMI
+CMS ERROR: <err> Set default value:b) OK
Defined Values
<mode> <mt>
0 Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA. If TA result code
buffer is full, indications can be buffered in some other place or the oldest indications may be discarded and replaced with the new received indications.
1 Discard indication and reject new received message
unsolicited result codes when TA-TE link is reserved (e.g. in on-line data mode). Otherwise forward them directly to the TE.
2 Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA when TA-TE link
is reserved (e.g. in on-line data mode) and flush them to the TE after reservation. Otherwise forward them directly to the TE. The rules for storing received SMS depend on its data coding scheme, preferred memory storage (AT+CPMS) setting and this
www.simcom.com
195 / 460
<bm> <ds> www.simcom.com
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
value: 0 No SMS-DELIVER indications are routed to the TE.
1 If SMS-DELIVER is stored into ME/TA, indication of the
memory location is routed to the TE using unsolicited result code: +CMTI: <mem3>,<index>.
2
SMS-DELIVERs (except class 2 messages and
messages in the message waiting indication group (store message)) are routed directly to the TE using unsolicited result code: +CMT:[<alpha>],<length><CR><LF><pdu> (PDU mode enabled); or +CMT:<oa>,[<alpha>],<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>,<t osca>,<length>] <CR> <LF><data> (text mode enabled, about parameters in italics, refer command Show Text Mode Parameters AT+CSDH).
3 Class 3 SMS-DELIVERs are routed directly to TE using
unsolicited result codes defined in <mt>=2. Messages of other data coding schemes result in indication as defined in <mt>=1.
not used in CDMA/EVDO mode
The rules for storing received CBMs depend on its data coding scheme, the setting of Select CBM Types (AT+CSCB) and this value:
0 No CBM indications are routed to the TE.
2 New CBMs are routed directly to the TE using unsolicited
result code: +CBM: <length><CR><LF><pdu> (PDU mode enabled); or +CBM: <sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<page>,<pages><CR><LF><data> (text mode enabled)
not used in CDMA/EVDO mode
0 No SMS-STATUS-REPORTs are routed to the TE.
1 SMS-STATUS-REPORTs are routed to the TE using
unsolicited result code: +CDS: <length><CR><LF><pdu> (PDU mode enabled); or +CDS: <fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st> (text mode
196 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<bfr>
enabled) 2 If SMS-STATUS-REPORT is stored into ME/TA, indication of the memory location is routed to the TE using unsolicited result code: +CDSI: <mem3>,<index>. 0 TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is flushed to the TE when <mode> 1 to 2 is entered (OK response shall be given before flushing the codes). 1 TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is cleared when <mode> 1 to 2 is entered.
Example
AT+CNMI=2,1 (unsolicited result codes after received messages.) OK
9.2.10 AT+CGSMS Select service for MO SMS messages
The write command is used to specify the service or service preference that the MT will use to send MO SMS messages. The test command is used for requesting information on which services and service preferences can be set by using the AT+CGSMS write command The read command returns the currently selected service or service preference. Note: This command not support in CDMA/EVDO mode
AT+CGSMS Select service for MO SMS messages
Test Command AT+CGSMS=? Read Command AT+CGSMS?
Write Command AT+CGSMS=<service>
Response +CGSMS: (list of supported <service>s) OK Response +CGSMS: <service> OK Response a) OK b)If failed: ERROR c)If failed: +CMS ERROR: <err>
www.simcom.com
197 / 460
Defined Values
<service>
Example
AT+CGSMS? +CGSMS: 3 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
A numeric parameter which indicates the service or service preference to be used 0 GPRS(value is not really supported and is internally mapped to 2) 1 circuit switched(value is not really supported and is internally mapped to 3) 2 GPRS preferred (use circuit switched if GPRS not available) 3 circuit switched preferred (use GPRS if circuit switched not available)
9.2.11 AT+CMGL List SMS messages from preferred store
This command is used to return messages with status value <stat> from message storage <mem1> to the TE. If the status of the message is 'received unread', the status in the storage changes to 'received read'.
AT+CMGL List SMS messages from preferred store
Test Command AT+CMGL=?
Response +CMGL: (list of supported <stat>s) OK Response a)If text mode (AT+CMGF=1), command successful and SMS-SUBMITs and/or SMS-DELIVERs:
Write Command AT+CMGL=<stat>
+CMGL:<index>,<stat>,<oa>/<da>,[<alpha>],[<scts>][,<tooa>/ <toda>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF> <data>[<CR><LF> +CMGL:<index>,<stat>,<oa>/<da>,[<alpha>],[<scts>][,<tooa>/ <toda>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,<sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF> <data>[...]]
www.simcom.com
198 / 460
Defined Values
<stat>
www.simcom.com
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
OK b)If text mode (AT+CMGF=1), command successful and SMSSTATUS-REPORTs: +CMGL:<index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>, <st>[<CR><LF> +CMGL:<index>,<stat>,<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>, <st>[...]] OK c)If text mode (AT+CMGF=1), command successful and SMSCOMMANDs: +CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<ct>[<CR><LF> +CMGL: <index>,<stat>,<fo>,<ct>[...]] OK d)If text mode (AT+CMGF=1), command successful and CBM storage: +CMGL:<index>,<stat>,<sn>,<mid>,<page>,<pages> <CR><LF><data>[<CR><LF> +CMGL:<index>,<stat>,<sn>,<mid>,<page>,<pages> <CR><LF><data>[...]] OK e)If PDU mode (AT+CMGF=0) and Command successful: +CMGL:<index>,<stat>,[<alpha>],<length><CR><LF><pdu>[< CR><LF> +CMGL:<index>,<stat>,[<alpha>],<length><CR><LF><pdu>
[...]]
OK f)If failed: +CMS ERROR: <err>
1. Text Mode:
"REC UNREAD" received unread message (i.e. new message)
"REC READ" received read message
"STO UNSENT" stored unsent message
"STO SENT"
stored sent message
"ALL"
all messages
2. PDU Mode:
0 received unread message (i.e. new message)
1 received read message
2 stored unsent message
199 / 460
<index> <oa> <da> <alpha> <scts> <da> <tooa> <toda> <length> <data>
www.simcom.com
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
3 stored sent message
4 all messages
Integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory and start with zero. Originating-Address, Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set, type of address given by <tooa>. Destination-Address, Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set, type of address given by <toda>. String type alphanumeric representation of <da> or <oa> corresponding to the entry found in MT phonebook; implementation of this feature is manufacturer specific; used character set should be the one selected with command Select TE Character Set AT+CSCS. TP-Service-Centre-Time-Stamp in time-string format (refer <dt>). Destination-Address, Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set, type of address given by <toda>. TP-Originating-Address, Type-of-Address octet in integer format. (default refer <toda>). TP-Destination-Address, Type-of-Address octet in integer format. (when first character of <da> is + (IRA 43) default is 145, otherwise default is 129). The range of value is from 128 to 255. Integer type value indicating in the text mode (AT+CMGF=1) the length of the message body <data> in characters; or in PDU mode (AT+CMGF=0), the length of the actual TP data unit in octets. (i.e. the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the length) In the case of SMS: TP-User-Data in text mode responses; format: 1. If <dcs> indicates that GSM 7 bit default alphabet is used and <fo> indicates that TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is not set: a. If TE character set other than "HEX": ME/TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set. b. If TE character set is "HEX": ME/TA converts each 7-bit character of GSM 7 bit default alphabet into two IRA character long hexadecimal numbers. (e.g. character (GSM 7 bit default alphabet 23) is presented as 17 (IRA 49 and 55)) 2. If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used, or <fo> indicates that TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is set: ME/TA converts each 8-bit octet into two IRA character long
200 / 460
<fo>
<mr> <ra>
<tora> <dt>
<st> <ct> <sn> <mid> <page> www.simcom.com
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
hexadecimal numbers. (e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65)) 3. If <dcs> indicates that GSM 7 bit default alphabet is used: a. If TE character set other than "HEX": ME/TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set. b. If TE character set is "HEX": ME/TA converts each 7-bit character of the GSM 7 bit default alphabet into two IRA character long hexadecimal numbers. 4. If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used: ME/TA converts each 8-bit octet into two IRA character long hexadecimal numbers. Depending on the command or result code: first octet of GSM 03.40 SMS-DELIVER, SMS-SUBMIT (default 17), SMS-STATUS-REPORT, or SMS-COMMAND (default 2) in integer format. SMS status report is supported under text mode if <fo> is set to 49. Message Reference GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Reference in integer format. Recipient Address GSM 03.40 TP-Recipient-Address Address-Value field in string format;BCD numbers (or GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set(refer to command AT+CSCS);type of address given by <tora> Type of Recipient Address GSM 04.11 TP-Recipient-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format (default refer <toda>) Discharge Time
GSM 03.40 TP-Discharge-Time in time-string format: "
yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss+zz",where characters indicate year (two last
digits),month,day,hour,minutes,seconds and time zone. Status GSM 03.40 TP-Status in integer format
0...255
Command Type GSM 03.40 TP-Command-Type in integer format
0...255
Serial Number GSM 03.41 CBM Serial Number in integer format Message Identifier GSM 03.41 CBM Message Identifier in integer format Page Parameter
201 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<pages> <pdu>
GSM 03.41 CBM Page Parameter bits 4-7 in integer format
Page Parameter GSM 03.41 CBM Page Parameter bits 0-3 in integer format In the case of SMS: SC address followed by TPDU in hexadecimal format: ME/TA converts each octet of TP data unit into two IRA character long hexadecimal numbers. (e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65)).
Example
AT+CMGL="ALL" +CMGL: 1,"STO UNSENT","+10011",,,145,4 Hello World OK
9.2.12 AT+CMGR Read message
This command is used to return message with location value <index> from message storage <mem1> to the TE.
AT+CMGR Read message Test Command AT+CMGR=?
Write Command AT+CMGR=<index>
Response OK a)If text mode (AT+CMGF=1), command successful and SMSDELIVER: +CMGR: <stat>,<oa>,[<alpha>],<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>, <sca>, <tosca>, <length>]<CR><LF><data> OK b)If text mode (AT+CMGF=1), command successful and SMSSUBMIT: +CMGR:<stat>,<da>,[<alpha>][,<toda>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,[<vp >], <sca>, <tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data> OK c)If text mode (AT+CMGF=1), command successful and SMSSTATUS-REPORT: +CMGR: <stat>,<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st> OK d)If text mode (AT+CMGF=1), command successful and SMSCOMMAND: +CMGR:<stat>,<fo>,<ct>[,<pid>,[<mn>],[<da>],[<toda>],<leng
www.simcom.com
202 / 460
Execution Command AT+CSDH
Defined Values
<stat>
<index> <oa> <pid> www.simcom.com
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
th>]<CR><LF><data> OK e)If text mode (AT+CMGF=1), command successful and CBM storage: +CMGR:<stat>,<sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<page>,<pages><CR><LF> <data> OK f)If PDU mode (AT+CMGF=0) and Command successful: +CMGR:<stat>,[<alpha>],<length><CR><LF><pdu> OK g)If failed: +CMS ERROR: <err> Response a) Set default value (<show>=0): OK b)If failed: ERROR
1. Text Mode:
"REC UNREAD" received unread message (i.e. new message)
"REC READ" received read message
"STO UNSENT" stored unsent message
"STO SENT"
stored sent message
"ALL"
all messages
2. PDU Mode:
0 received unread message (i.e. new message)
1 received read message
2 stored unsent message
3 stored sent message
4 all messages
Integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory and start with zero. Originating-Address, Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set, type of address given by <tooa>. Protocol Identifier
203 / 460
<alpha> <dcs> <sca> <tosca> <scts> <da> <tooa> <toda> <length> <data>
www.simcom.com
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
GSM 03.40 TP-Protocol-Identifier in integer format
0...255
String type alphanumeric representation of <da> or <oa> corresponding to the entry found in MT phonebook; implementation of this feature is manufacturer specific; used character set should be the one selected with command Select TE Character Set AT+CSCS. Depending on the command or result code: SMS Data Coding Scheme (default 0), or Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format.. RP SC address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set, type of address given by <tosca>. RP SC address Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set, type of address given by <tosca>. TP-Service-Centre-Time-Stamp in time-string format (refer <dt>). Destination-Address, Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set, type of address given by <toda>. TP-Originating-Address, Type-of-Address octet in integer format. (default refer <toda>). TP-Destination-Address, Type-of-Address octet in integer format. (when first character of <da> is + (IRA 43) default is 145, otherwise default is 129). The range of value is from 128 to 255. Integer type value indicating in the text mode (AT+CMGF=1) the length of the message body <data> in characters; or in PDU mode (AT+CMGF=0), the length of the actual TP data unit in octets. (i.e. the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the length) In the case of SMS: TP-User-Data in text mode responses; format: 1. If <dcs> indicates that GSM 7 bit default alphabet is used and <fo> indicates that TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is not set: a. If TE character set other than "HEX": ME/TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set. b. If TE character set is "HEX": ME/TA converts each 7-bit character of GSM 7 bit default alphabet into two IRA character long hexadecimal numbers. (e.g. character (GSM 7 bit default alphabet 23) is presented as 17 (IRA 49 and 55)) 2. If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used, or <fo> indicates that TP-User-Data-Header-Indication is set: ME/TA converts each 8-bit octet into two IRA character long
204 / 460
<fo>
<vp> <mr> <ra>
<tora> <dt>
<st> <ct> <sn> www.simcom.com
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
hexadecimal numbers. (e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65)) 3. If <dcs> indicates that GSM 7 bit default alphabet is used: a. If TE character set other than "HEX": ME/TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set. b. If TE character set is "HEX": ME/TA converts each 7-bit character of the GSM 7 bit default alphabet into two IRA character long hexadecimal numbers. 4. If <dcs> indicates that 8-bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used: ME/TA converts each 8-bit octet into two IRA character long hexadecimal numbers. Depending on the command or result code: first octet of GSM 03.40 SMS-DELIVER, SMS-SUBMIT (default 17), SMS-STATUS-REPORT, or SMS-COMMAND (default 2) in integer format. SMS status report is supported under text mode if <fo> is set to 49. Depending on SMS-SUBMIT <fo> setting: TP-Validity-Period either in integer format (default 167) or in time-string format (refer <dt>). Message Reference GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Reference in integer format. Recipient Address GSM 03.40 TP-Recipient-Address Address-Value field in string format;BCD numbers (or GSM default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set(refer to command AT+CSCS);type of address given by <tora> Type of Recipient Address GSM 04.11 TP-Recipient-Address Type-of-Address octet in integer format (default refer <toda>) Discharge Time
GSM 03.40 TP-Discharge-Time in time-string format: "
yy/MM/dd,hh:mm:ss+zz",where characters indicate year (two last
digits),month,day,hour,minutes,seconds and time zone. Status GSM 03.40 TP-Status in integer format
0...255
Command Type GSM 03.40 TP-Command-Type in integer format
0...255
Serial Number GSM 03.41 CBM Serial Number in integer format
205 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<mn> <mid> <page> <pages> <pdu>
Message Number GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Number in integer format Message Identifier GSM 03.41 CBM Message Identifier in integer format Page Parameter GSM 03.41 CBM Page Parameter bits 4-7 in integer format Page Parameter GSM 03.41 CBM Page Parameter bits 0-3 in integer format In the case of SMS: SC address followed by TPDU in hexadecimal format: ME/TA converts each octet of TP data unit into two IRA character long hexadecimal numbers. (e.g. octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A (IRA 50 and 65)).
Example
AT+CMGR=1 +CMGR: "STO UNSENT","+10011",,145,17,0,0,167,"+8613800100500",145,11 Hello World OK
9.2.13 AT+CMGS Send message
This command is used to send message from a TE to the network (SMS-SUBMIT).
AT+CMGS Send message
Test Command AT+CMGS=?
Write Command If text mode (AT+CMGF=1): AT+CMGS=<da>[,<toda>]<CR>T ext is entered. <CTRL-Z/ESC> If PDU mode(AT+CMGF=0): AT+CMGS=<length><CR> PDU is entered <CTRL-Z/ESC>
Response OK Response a)If sending successfully: +CMGS: <mr>[,<time_stamp>] OK b)If cancel sending: OK c)If sending fails: ERROR d)If sending fails: +CMS ERROR: <err>
Defined Values
<da>
Destination-Address, Address-Value field in string format; BCD
www.simcom.com
206 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<toda> <length>
<mr>
numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set, type of address given by <toda>. TP-Destination-Address, Type-of-Address octet in integer format. (when first character of <da> is + (IRA 43) default is 145, otherwise default is 129). The range of value is from 128 to 255. integer type value indicating in the text mode (AT+CMGF=1) the length of the message body <data> > (or <cdata>) in characters; or in PDU mode (AT+CMGF=0), the length of the actual TP data unit in octets. (i.e. the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the length) Message Reference GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Reference in integer format.
Example
AT+CMGS="13012832788"<CR>(TEXT MODE) > ABCD<ctrl-Z/ESC> +CMGS: 46 OK
NOTE
NOTE: In text mode, the maximum length of an SMS depends on the used coding scheme: It is 160 characters if the 7 bit GSM coding scheme is used.
9.2.14 AT+CMSS Send message from storage
This command is used to send message with location value <index> from preferred message storage <mem2> to the network (SMS-SUBMIT or SMS-COMMAND).
AT+CMSS Send message from storage
Test Command
Response
AT+CMSS=?
OK
Response
Write Command AT+CMSS= <index> [,<da>[,<toda>]]
a) +CMSS: <mr>[,<time_stamp>] OK b)If failed:
ERROR
www.simcom.com
207 / 460
Execution Command AT+CSDH
Defined Values
<index> <da>
<mr> <toda>
Example
AT+CMSS=3 +CMSS: 0 OK AT+CMSS=3,"13012345678" +CMSS: 55 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
c)If sending fails: +CMS ERROR: <err> Response a) Set default value (<show>=0): OK b)If failed: ERROR
Integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory and start with zero. Destination-Address, Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set, type of address given by <toda>. Message Reference GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Reference in integer format. TP-Destination-Address, Type-of-Address octet in integer format. (when first character of <da> is + (IRA 43) default is 145, otherwise default is 129). The range of value is from 128 to 255.
NOTE
NOTE: In text mode, the maximum length of an SMS depends on the used coding scheme: It is 160 characters if the 7 bit GSM coding scheme is used.
9.2.15 AT+CMGW Write message to memory
This command is used to store message (either SMS-DELIVER or SMS-SUBMIT) to memory storage <mem2>.
www.simcom.com
208 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+CMGW Write message to memory
Test Command AT+CMGW=? Write Command If text mode (AT+CMGF=1): AT+CMGW=<oa>/<da>[,<tooa>/ <toda>[,<stat>]]<CR>Text is entered. <CTRL-Z/ESC> If PDU mode(AT+CMGF=0): AT+CMGW=<length>[,<stat>]<C R>PDU is entered. <CTRL-Z/ESC>
Response OK Response a)If write successfully: +CMGW: <index> OK b)If cancel write: OK c)If write fails: ERROR d)If write fails: +CMS ERROR: <err>
Defined Values
<index> <oa>
<tooa> <da>
<toda> <length>
<stat>
Integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported by
the associated memory and start with zero.
Originating-Address, Address-Value field in string format; BCD
numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters) are converted
to characters of the currently selected TE character set, type of
address given by <tooa>.
TP-Originating-Address, Type-of-Address octet in integer format.
(default refer <toda>).
Destination-Address, Address-Value field in string format; BCD
numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters) are converted
to characters of the currently selected TE character set, type of
address given by <toda>.
TP-Destination-Address, Type-of-Address octet in integer format.
(when first character of <da> is + (IRA 43) default is 145,
otherwise default is 129). The range of value is from 128 to 255.
Integer type value indicating in the text mode (AT+CMGF=1) the
length of the message body <data> > (or <cdata>) in characters;
or in PDU mode (AT+CMGF=0), the length of the actual TP data
unit in octets. (i.e. the RP layer SMSC address octets are not
counted in the length).
1. Text Mode:
"STO UNSENT" stored unsent message
"STO SENT"
stored sent message
2. PDU Mode:
2 stored unsent message
3 stored sent message
www.simcom.com
209 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Example
AT+CMGW="13012832788" <CR> (TEXT MODE) ABCD<ctrl-Z/ESC> +CMGW:1 OK
NOTE
NOTE: In text mode, the maximum length of an SMS depends on the used coding scheme: It is 160 characters if the 7 bit GSM coding scheme is used.
9.2.16 AT+CMGD Delete message
This command is used to delete message from preferred message storage <mem1> location <index>. If <delflag> is present and not set to 0 then the ME shall ignore <index> and follow the rules for <delflag> shown below.
AT+CMGD Delete message Test Command AT+CMGD=?
Write Command AT+CMGD=<index>[,<delflag>]
Response +CMGD: (list of supported <index>s)[,(list of supported <delflag>s)] OK Response a) OK b)If failed: ERROR c)If failed: +CMS ERROR: <err>
Defined Values
<index> <delflag>
Integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory and start with zero.
0 (or omitted) Delete the message specified in <index>.
1 Delete all read messages from preferred message storage,
www.simcom.com
210 / 460
Example
AT+CMGD=1 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
leaving unread messages and stored mobile originated messages (whether sent or not) untouched. 2 Delete all read messages from preferred message storage and sent mobile originated messages, leaving unread messages and unsent mobile originated messages untouched. 3 Delete all read messages from preferred message storage, sent and unsent mobile originated messages leaving unread messages untouched. 4 Delete all messages from preferred message storage including unread messages.
NOTE NOTE: If set <delflag>=1, 2, 3 or 4, <index> is omitted, such as AT+CMGD=,1.
9.2.17 AT+CMGMT Change message status
This command is used to change the message status. If the status is unread, it will be changed read. Other statuses don't change. Note: This command not support in CDMA/EVDO mode
AT+CMGMT Change message status
Test Command
Response
AT+CMGMT=?
OK
Response
a)
Write Command AT+CMGMT=<index>
OK b)If failed: ERROR
c)If failed:
+CMS ERROR: <err>
www.simcom.com
211 / 460
Defined Values
<index>
Example
AT+CMGMT=1 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory and start with zero.
9.2.18 AT+CMVP Set message valid period
This command is used to set valid period for sending short message. Note: This command not support in CDMA/EVDO mode
AT+CMVP Set message valid period
Test Command AT+CMVP=?
Response +CMVP: (list of supported <vp>s) OK
Read Command AT+CMVP?
Response +CMVP:<vp> OK
Response
a)
Write Command AT+CMVP=<vp>
OK b)If failed: ERROR c)If failed:
+CMS ERROR: <err>
Defined Values
<vp>
Validity period value:
0 to 143
(<vp>+1) x 5 minutes (up to 12 hours)
144 to 167 12 hours + (<vp>-143) x 30 minutes
168 to 196 (<vp>-166) x 1 day
197 to 255 (<vp>-192) x 1 week
Example
AT+CMVP=167 OK
www.simcom.com
212 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
9.2.19 AT+CMGRD Read and delete message
This command is used to read message, and delete the message at the same time. It integrate AT+CMGR and AT+CMGD, but it doesn't change the message status. Note: This command not support in CDMA/EVDO mode
AT+CMGRD Read and delete message
Test Command AT+CMGRD=?
Write Command AT+CMGRD=<index>
Response OK Response a)If text mode(AT+CMGF=1),command successful and SMS-DE-LIVER: +CMGRD:<stat>,<oa>,[<alpha>],<scts>[,<tooa>,<fo>,<pid>,<d cs>, <sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data> OK b)If text mode(AT+CMGF=1),command successful and SMS-SUBMIT: +CMGRD:<stat>,<da>,[<alpha>][,<toda>,<fo>,<pid>,<dcs>,[<v p>], <sca>,<tosca>,<length>]<CR><LF><data> OK c)If text mode(AT+CMGF=1),command successful and SMS-STATUS- REPORT: +CMGRD: <stat>,<fo>,<mr>,[<ra>],[<tora>],<scts>,<dt>,<st> OK d)If text mode(AT+CMGF=1),command successful and SMS-CO-MMAND: +CMGRD:<stat>,<fo>,<ct>[,<pid>,[<mn>],[<da>],[<toda>],<len gth><CR><LF><data>] OK e)If text mode(AT+CMGF=1),command successful and CBM storage: +CMGRD:<stat>,<sn>,<mid>,<dcs>,<page>,<pages><CR><LF ><data> OK f)If PDU mode(AT+CMGF=0) and command successful: +CMGRD: <stat>,[<alpha>],<length><CR><LF><pdu> OK b)If failed: ERROR c)If failed: +CMS ERROR: <err>
www.simcom.com
213 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Defined Values
Refer to command AT+CMGR.
Example
AT+CMGRD=6 +CMGRD:"REC 00",145,4 How do you do OK
READ","+8613917787249",,"06/07/10,12:09:38+32",145,4,0,0,
"+86138002105
9.2.20 AT+CMGSEX Send message
This command is used to send message from a TE to the network (SMS-SUBMIT). Note: This command not support in CDMA/EVDO mode
AT+CMGSEX Send message Test Command AT+CMGSEX=?
Write Command If text mode (AT+CMGF=1): AT+CMGSEX=<da>[,<toda>][,< mr>,<msg_seg>,<msg_total>]< CR>Text is entered. <CTRL-Z/ESC>
Response OK Response a)If sending successfully: +CMGSEX: <mr> OK b)If cancel sending: OK c)If sending fails: ERROR d)If sending fails: +CMS ERROR: <err>
Defined Values
<da> <toda> <mr>
Destination-Address, Address-Value field in string format; BCD numbers (or GSM 7 bit default alphabet characters) are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set, type of address given by <toda>. TP-Destination-Address, Type-of-Address octet in integer format. (When first character of <da> is + (IRA 43) default is 145, otherwise default is 129). The range of value is from 128 to 255. Message Reference GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Reference in integer format. The
www.simcom.com
214 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<msg_seg> <msg_total>
maximum length is 255. The segment number for long sms The total number of the segments for long sms. Its range is from 2 to 255.
Example
AT+CMGSEX="13012832788", 190, 1, 2<CR>(TEXT MODE) > ABCD<ctrl-Z/ESC> +CMGSEX: 190 OK AT+CMGSEX="13012832788", 190, 2, 2<CR>(TEXT MODE) > ABCD<ctrl-Z/ESC> +CMGSEX: 191 OK
NOTE
NOTE: In text mode, the maximum length of an SMS depends on the used coding scheme: For single SMS, it is 160 characters if the 7 bit GSM coding scheme is used; For multiple long sms, it is 153 characters if the 7 bit GSM coding scheme is used.
9.2.21 AT+CMSSEX Send multi messages from storage
This command is used to send messages with location value <index1>,<index2>,<index3>... from preferred message storage <mem2> to the network (SMS-SUBMIT or SMS-COMMAND).The max count of index is 13 one time. Note: This command not support in CDMA/EVDO mode
AT+CMSSEX Send multi messages from storage
Test Command
Response
AT+CMSSEX=?
OK
Response
a)
Write Command AT+CMSSEX=
+CMSSEX: <mr>[,<mr>[,...]]
<index> [,<index >[,... ]]
OK b)If failed:
ERROR
c)If sending fails:
www.simcom.com
215 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
[+CMSSEX: <mr>[,<mr>[,...]]] +CMS ERROR: <err>
Defined Values
<index>
Integer type; value in the range of location numbers supported by
the associated memory and start with zero.
<mr>
Message Reference
GSM 03.40 TP-Message-Reference in integer format.
NOTE: In text mode, the maximum length of an SMS depends on the used coding scheme: It is 160
characters if the 7 bit GSM coding scheme is used.
Example
AT+CMSSEX=0,1 +CMSSEX: 239,240 OK
NOTE
NOTE: In text mode, the maximum length of an SMS depends on the used coding scheme: It is 160 characters if the 7 bit GSM coding scheme is used.
9.2.22 AT+CMGP Set cdma/evdo text mode parameters
The command is used to select values for additional parameters needed when SM is sent to the network or placed in storage when text format message mode is selected. NOTE: take effect in CDMA/EVDO mode
AT+CMGP Set cdma/evdo text mode parameters
Test Command
Response
AT+CMGP=?
OK
Read Command AT+CMGP?
Response +CMGP: <tid>,<vpf>,<vp>,<ddtf>,<ddt> OK
Write Command
Response
AT+CMGP=[Tid][,<vpf>,<vp>[,< OK
ddtf>,<ddt>]]
www.simcom.com
216 / 460
Defined Values
<tid> <vpf> <vp>
<ddtf> <ddt>
Example
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Teleservice ID,value maybe 4095,4096,4097,4098,4099,4100,4101,4102 Default 4098 Valid Period Format 0, Absolute 1, Relative Valid Period "YY/MM/DD,HH/MM/SS" if vpf=0, Integer not exceed 248 if vpf=1 Deferred Delivery Time Format 0, Absolute 1, Relative Deferred Delivery Time "YY/MM/DD,HH/MM/SS" if ddtf=0, Integer not exceed 248 if ddtf=1
AT+CMGP=4098,0,"11/04/22,16:21:00",1,12 OK
www.simcom.com
217 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
10. AT Commands for SSL
10.1 Overview of AT Commands for SSL
Command AT+CCHSTART AT+CCHSTOP AT+CCHOPEN AT+CCHCLOSE AT+CCHSEND AT+CCHRECV AT+CCHCFG AT+CCHSSLCFG AT+CCHSET AT+CCHMODE AT+CCHADDR AT+CSSLCFG AT+CCERTDOWN AT+CCERTLIST AT+CCERTDELE
Description Start SSL service Stop SSL service Connect to SSL server Disconnect from SSL server Send data to SSL server Read the cached data that received from the SSL server Configure the client context Set the SSL context Configure the report mode of sending and receiving data Configure the mode of sending and receiving data Get the IPV4 address Configure the SSL context Download certificate into the module List certificates Delete certificates
10.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for SSL
10.2.1 AT+CCHSTART Start SSL service
AT+CCHSTART Start SSL service
Execution Command
Response
AT+CCHSTART
a)If start SSL service successfully:
OK
+CCHSTART: 0
www.simcom.com
218 / 460
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
Defined Values
<err>
Example
AT+CCHSTART OK
+CCHSTART: 0
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
b)If start SSL service successfully: +CCHSTART: 0
OK c)If failed: ERROR d)If failed: OK
+CCHSTART: <err> 120000ms -
Integer type, which indicates the result code.
NOTE You must execute AT+CCHSTART before any other SSL related operations
10.2.2 AT+CCHSTOP Stop SSL service
AT+CCHSTOP Stop SSL service
Execution Command
Response
AT+CCHSTOP
a)If stop SSL service successfully:
+CCHSTOP: 0
OK b)If stop SSL service successfully: OK
+CCHSTOP: 0 c)If failed:
www.simcom.com
219 / 460
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
Defined Values
<err>
Example
AT+CCHSTOP OK
+CCHSTOP: 0
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00 ERROR -
Integer type, which indicates the result code.
10.2.3 AT+CCHOPEN Connect to SSL server
AT+CCHOPEN Connect to SSL server
Test Command AT+CCHOPEN=?
Response +CCHOPEN: (0-1),"ADDRESS",(1-65535)[,(1-2)[,(1-65535)]]
Read Command AT+CCHOPEN?
OK Response If connect to a server, it will show the connected information. Otherwise, the connected information is empty. +CCHOPEN: 0,"<host>",<port>,<client_type>[,<bind_port>] +CCHOPEN: 1,"<host>",<port>,<client_type>[,<bind_port>]
Write Command AT+CCHOPEN=<session _id>,"host",<port>[,<clie nt_type>[,<bind_port>]]
OK Response a)If connect successfully +CCHOPEN: <session_id>,0
OK b)If connect successfully OK
+CCHOPEN: <session_id>,0 c)If connect successfully in transparent mode CONNECT [<text>] d)If failed
www.simcom.com
220 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
OK
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
+CCHOPEN: <session_id>,<err> [+CCHCLOSE: <session_id>,<err>] e)If failed: ERROR f)If failed in transparent mode: CONNECT FAIL -
-
-
Defined Values
<session_id> <host> <port> <client_type>
<bind_port> <text>
<err>
The session index to operate. It's from 0 to 1. The server address, length range is 1 to 256. The server port which to be connected, the range is from 1 to 65535. The type of client: 1 TCP client. 2 SSL/TLS client. Default value is 2. The local port for channel, the range is from 1 to 65535. CONNECT result code string; the string formats please refer ATX/AT\V/AT&E command. Integer type, the result of operation.0 is success, other value is failure.
Example
AT+CCHOPEN=0,"www.baidu.com",443,2 OK
+CCHOPEN: 0,0
NOTE If you don't set the SSL context by AT+CCHSSLCFG before connecting a SSL/TLS server by
AT+CCHOPEN, it will use the <session_id> (the 1'st parameter of AT+CCHOPEN) SSL context when connecting to the server.
10.2.4 AT+CCHCLOSE Disconnect from SSL server
www.simcom.com
221 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+CCHCLOSE Disconnect from SSL server
Write Command
Response
AT+CCHCLOSE=<session_id> a)If successfully
+CCHCLOSE: <session_id>,0
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
OK b)If successfully OK
+CCHCLOSE: <session_id>,0 c)If successfully in transparent mode OK
CLOSED d)If failed: ERROR -
Defined Values
<session_id> <err>
The session index to operate. It's from 0 to 1. Integer type, the result of operation. 0 is success, other value is failure
Example
AT+CCHCLOSE=0 OK
+CCHCLOSE: 0,0
10.2.5 AT+CCHSEND Send data to SSL server
AT+CCHSEND Send data to SSL server
Test Command
Response
AT+CCHSEND=?
+CCHSEND: (0-1),(1-2048)
Read Command AT+CCHSEND?
OK Response +CCHSEND: 0,<unsent_len_0>,1,<unsent_len_1>
www.simcom.com
222 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Write Command AT+CCHSEND=<session_id >,<len>
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
OK Response a)if parameter is right: > <input data here> When the total size of the inputted data reaches <len>, TA will report the following code. Otherwise, the serial port will be blocked. OK b)If parameter is wrong or other errors occur: ERROR -
-
-
Defined Values
<session_id> <len> <unsent_len_0>
<unsent_len_1>
The session index to operate. It's from 0 to 1. The length of data to send. Its range is from 1 to 2048 bytes. The data of connection 0 cached in sending buffer which is waiting to be sent. The data of connection 1 cached in sending buffer which is waiting to be sent.
Example
AT+CCHSEND=0,125 > GET / HTTP/1.1 Host: www.google.com.hk User-Agent: MAUI htp User Agent Proxy-Connection: keep-alive Content-Length: 0
OK
10.2.6 AT+CCHRECV Read the cached data that received from the server
AT+CCHRECV Read the cached data that received from the server
Read Command
Response
AT+CCHRECV?
+CCHRECV: LEN,<cache_len_0>,<cache_len_1>
OK
www.simcom.com
223 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Write Command AT+CCHRECV=<session_id>[ ,<max_recv_len>]
Response a)if parameter is right and there are cached data: OK
[+CCHRECV: DATA,<session_id>,<len> ... +CCHRECV: DATA,<session_id>,<len> ...] +CCHRECV: <session_id>,<err> b) if parameter is not right or any other error occurs: +CCHRECV: <session_id>,<err>
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
ERROR -
Defined Values
<session_id> <max_recv_len>
<cache_len_0> <cache_len_1> <len> <err>
Example
AT+CCHRECV=1 OK +CCHRECV: DATA,1,249 HTTP/1.1 200 OK Content-Type: text/html Content-Language: zh-CN Content-Length: 57 www.simcom.com
The session_id to operate. It's from 0 to 1. Maximum bytes of data to receive in the current AT+CCHRECV calling. It will read all the received data when the value is greater than the length of RX data cached for session <session_id>. 0 means the maximum bytes to receive is 2048 bytes. (But, when 2048 is greater than the length of RX data cached for session <session_id>, 0 means the length of RX data cached for session <session_id>). The default value is the length of RX data cached for session <session_id>. It will be not allowed when there is no data in the cache. The length of RX data cached for connection 0. The length of RX data cached for connection 1. The length of data followed. String type, displays the cause of occurring error, please refer to Chapter 10.3 for details.
224 / 460
Date: Tue, 31 Mar 2009 01:56:05 GMT Connection: Close Proxy-Connection: Close
<html> <header>test</header> <body> Test body </body>
+CCHRECV: 1,0
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
10.2.7 AT+CCHADDR Get IPV4 address
AT+CCHADDR Get IPV4 address
Execution Command AT+CCHADDR
Response: +CCHADDR: <ip_address>
OK
Parameter Saving Mode
-
Maximum Response Time
-
Reference
-
Defined Values
<ip_address>
A string parameter that identifies the IPv4 address after PDP activated.
Example
AT+CCHADDR +CCHADDR: 10.71.155.118
OK
10.2.8 AT+CCHCFG Configure the client context
AT+CCHCFG Configure the client context
Test Command
Response
www.simcom.com
225 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+CCHCFG=?
+CCHCFG: "sendtimeout",(0-1),(60-150) +CCHCFG: "sslctx",(0-1),(0-9)
Read Command AT+CCHCFG?
OK Response +CCHCFG: 0,<sendtimeout_val>,<sslctx_index> +CCHCFG: 1,<sendtimeout_val>,<sslctx_index>
Write Command
/*Configure the timeout value of the specified client when sending data*/
AT+CCHCFG="sendtimeout", <session_id>,<sendtimeout_ val> Write Command
/*Configure the SSL context index, it's as same as AT+CSSLCFG*/
AT+CCHCFG="sslctx",<sessi on_id>,<sslctx_index> Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
OK Response If successfully: OK If failed: ERROR
Response If successfully: OK If failed: ERROR
-
Defined Values
<session_id> <sendtimeout_val>
<sslctx_index>
The session_id to operate. It's from 0 to 1. The timeout value used in sending data stage. The range is 60-150 seconds. The default value is 150. The SSL context ID which will be used in the SSL connection. Refer to the <ssl_ctx_index> of AT+CSSLCFG.
Example
AT+CCHCFG="sendtimeout",0,60 OK
NOTE This command must be called before AT+CCHOPEN and after AT+CCHSTART. The setting will be
cleared after AT+CCHOPEN failed or AT+CCHCLOSE.
www.simcom.com
226 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
10.2.9 AT+CCHSSLCFG Set the SSL context
AT+CCHSSLCFG Set the SSL context
Test Command
Response
AT+CCHSSLCFG=?
+CCHSSLCFG: (0-1),(0-9)
Read Command AT+CCHSSLCFG?
OK Response +CCHSSLCFG: <session_id>,[ssl_ctx_index] +CCHSSLCFG: <session_id>,[ssl_ctx_index]
Write Command AT+CCHSSLCFG=<session_i d>,<ssl_ctx_index>
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
OK Response a) If successfully: OK b) If failed: ERROR -
-
-
Defined Values
<session_id> <ssl_ctx_index>
Example
The session_id to operate. It's from 0 to 1. The SSL context ID which will be used in the SSL connection. Refer to the <ssl_ctx_index> of AT+CSSLCFG.
AT+CCHSSLCFG=? +CCHSSLCFG: (0-1),(0-9)
OK AT+CCHSSLCFG=1,1 OK
NOTE This command must be called before AT+CCHOPEN and after AT+CCHSTART. The setting will be
cleared after AT+CCHOPEN failed or AT+CCHCLOSE. If you don't set the SSL context by this command before connecting to SSL/TLS server by
AT+CCHOPEN, the CCHOPEN operation will use the SSL context as same as index <session_id> (the 1st parameter of AT+CCHOPEN) when connecting to the server.
www.simcom.com
227 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
10.2.10 AT+CCHMODE Configure the mode of sending and receiving data
AT+CCHMODE Configure the mode of sending and receiving mode
Test Command
Response
AT+CCHMODE=?
+CCHMODE: (0-1)
Read Command AT+CCHMODE?
OK Response +CCHMODE: <mode>
Write Command AT+CCHMODE=<mode>
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
OK Response a) If successfully: OK b) If failed: ERROR -
-
-
Defined Values
<mode>
Example
AT+CCHMODE=? +CCHMODE: (0-1)
The mode value: 0 Normal 1 Transparent mode The default value is 0.
OK AT+CCHMODE=1 OK
NOTE This command must be called before AT+CCHSTART. There is only one session in the transparent mode, it's the first session.
www.simcom.com
228 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
10.2.11 AT+CCHSET Configure the report mode of sending and receiving data
AT+CCHSET Configure the report mode of sending and receiving data
Test Command
Response
AT+CCHSET=?
+CCHSET: (0-1),(0,1)
Read Command AT+CCHSET?
OK Response +CCHSET: <report_send_result>,<recv_mode>
Write Command AT+CCHSET=<report_send_r esult>[,<recv_mode>]
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
OK Response a) If successfully: OK b) If failed: ERROR -
-
-
Defined Values
<report_send_result>
<recv_mode>
Example
AT+CCHSET=? +CCHSET: (0-1),(0,1)
Whether to report result of CCHSEND, the default value is 0: 0 No. 1Yes. Module will report +CCHSEND: <session_id>,<err> to MCU when complete sending data. The receiving mode: 0 -- Output the data to MCU whenever received data. 1 -- Module caches the received data and notifies MCU with +CCHEVENT: <session_id>, RECV EVENT. MCU can use AT+CCHRECV to receive the cached data (only in manual receiving mode).
OK AT+CCHSET=1,1 OK
www.simcom.com
229 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
NOTE This command must be called before AT+CCHSTART.
10.2.12 AT+CSSLCFG Configure the SSL context
AT+CSSLCFG Configure the SSL context
Test Command AT+CSSLCFG=?
Response +CSSLCFG: "sslversion",(0-9),(0-4) +CSSLCFG: "authmode",(0-9),(0-3) +CSSLCFG: "ignorelocaltime",(0-9),(0,1) +CSSLCFG: "negotiatetime",(0-9),(10-300) +CSSLCFG: "cacert",(0-9),(5-128) +CSSLCFG: "clientcert",(0-9),(5-128) +CSSLCFG: "clientkey",(0-9),(5-128) +CSSLCFG: "enableSNI",(0-9),(0,1) +CSSLCFG: "keypwd",(0-9),(0-128) +CSSLCFG: "ciphersuites",(0-9),(0x002F,0xFFFF)
Read Command AT+CSSLCFG=?
OK Response +CSSLCFG: 0,<sslversion>,<authmode>,<ignoreltime>,<negotiatetime>,<ca _file>,<clientcert_file>,<clientkey_file>,<enalbeSNI_flag>,<keyp wd>,<ciphersuites> +CSSLCFG: 1,<sslversion>,<authmode>,<ignoreltime>,<negotiatetime>,<ca _file>,<clientcert_file>,<clientkey_file>,<enalbeSNI_flag>,<keyp wd>,<ciphersuites> +CSSLCFG: 2,<sslversion>,<authmode>,<ignoreltime>,<negotiatetime>,<ca _file>,<clientcert_file>,<clientkey_file>,<enalbeSNI_flag>,<keyp wd>,<ciphersuites> +CSSLCFG: 3,<sslversion>,<authmode>,<ignoreltime>,<negotiatetime>,<ca _file>,<clientcert_file>,<clientkey_file>,<enalbeSNI_flag>,<keyp wd>,<ciphersuites> +CSSLCFG: 4,<sslversion>,<authmode>,<ignoreltime>,<negotiatetime>,<ca _file>,<clientcert_file>,<clientkey_file>,<enalbeSNI_flag>,<keyp wd>,<ciphersuites> +CSSLCFG:
www.simcom.com
230 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
5,<sslversion>,<authmode>,<ignoreltime>,<negotiatetime>,<ca _file>,<clientcert_file>,<clientkey_file>,<enalbeSNI_flag>,<keyp wd>,<ciphersuites> +CSSLCFG: 6,<sslversion>,<authmode>,<ignoreltime>,<negotiatetime>,<ca _file>,<clientcert_file>,<clientkey_file>,<enalbeSNI_flag>,<keyp wd>,<ciphersuites> +CSSLCFG: 7,<sslversion>,<authmode>,<ignoreltime>,<negotiatetime>,<ca _file>,<clientcert_file>,<clientkey_file>,<enalbeSNI_flag>,<keyp wd>,<ciphersuites> +CSSLCFG: 8,<sslversion>,<authmode>,<ignoreltime>,<negotiatetime>,<ca _file>,<clientcert_file>,<clientkey_file>,<enalbeSNI_flag>,<keyp wd>,<ciphersuites> +CSSLCFG: 9,<sslversion>,<authmode>,<ignoreltime>,<negotiatetime>,<ca _file>,<clientcert_file>,<clientkey_file>,<enalbeSNI_flag>,<keyp wd>,<ciphersuites>
Write Command /*Query the configuration of the specified SSL context*/ AT+CSSLCFG=<ssl_ctx_inde x>
OK Response +CSSLCFG: <ssl_ctxindex>,<sslversion>,<authmode>,<ignoreltime>,<negot iatetime>,<ca_file>,<clientcert_file>,<clientkey_file>,<enalbeSNI _flag>,<keypwd>,<ciphersuites>
Write Command /*Configure the version of the specified SSL context*/
AT+CSSLCFG="sslversion",< ssl_ctx_index>,<sslversion> Write Command /*Configure the authentication of the specified SSL context*/
AT+CSSLCFG="authmode",< ssl_ctx_index>,<authmode> Write Command /*Configure the ignore local time flag of the specified SSL context*/
AT+CSSLCFG="ignorelocalti
OK Response a)If successfully: OK b)If failed: ERROR
Response a)If successfully: OK b)If failed: ERROR
Response a)If successfully: OK b)If failed: ERROR
www.simcom.com
231 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
me",<ssl_ctx_index>,<ignore ltime> Write Command /*Configure the negotiate timeout value of the specified SSL context*/
AT+CSSLCFG="negotiatetim e",<ssl_ctx_index>,<negotiat etime> Write Command /*Configure the server root CA of the specified SSL context*/
AT+CSSLCFG="cacert",<ssl_ ctx_index>,<ca_file> Write Command /*Configure the client certificate of the specified SSL context*/
AT+CSSLCFG="clientcert",<s sl_ctx_index>,<clientcert_file > Write Command /*Configure the client key of the specified SSL context*/
AT+CSSLCFG="clientkey",<s sl_ctx_index>,<clientkey_file > Write Command /*Configure the enableSNI flag of the specified SSL context*/
AT+CSSLCFG="enableSNI",< ssl_ctx_index>,<enableSNI_F lag> Write Command /*Configure the password of the specified SSL context*/
AT+CSSLCFG="keypwd",<ss l_ctx_index>,<keypwd> Write Command /*Configure the ciphersuite of the specified SSL context*/
Response a)If successfully: OK b)If failed: ERROR
Response a)If successfully: OK b)If failed: ERROR
Response a)If successfully: OK b)If failed: ERROR
Response a)If successfully: OK b)If failed: ERROR
Response a)If successfully: OK b)If failed: ERROR
Response a)If successfully: OK b)If failed: ERROR
Response a)If successfully: OK
www.simcom.com
232 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+CSSLCFG="ciphersuites ",<ssl_ctx_index>,<ciphersui tes> Parameter Saving Mode
Maximum Response Time Reference
b)If failed: ERROR
-
Defined Values
<ssl_ctx_index> <sslversion>
The SSL context ID. The range is 0-9.
The SSL version, the default value is 4. 0 SSL3.0 1 TLS1.0 2 TLS1.1 3 TLS1.2 4 All
<authmode> <ignoreltime>
The configured version should be support by server. So you should use the default value if you can't confirm the version which the server supported. The authentication mode, the default value is 0. 0 no authentication. 1 server authentication. It needs the root CA of the server. 2 server and client authentication. It needs the root CA of the server,
the cert and key of the client. 3 client authentication and no server authentication. It needs the cert and key of the client. The flag to indicate how to deal with expired certificate, the default value is 1. 0 care about time check for certification. 1 ignore time check for certification
<negotiatetime> <ca_file>
When set the value to 0, it need to set the right current date and time by AT+CCLK when need SSL certification. The timeout value which is used in SSL negotiating stage. The range is 10-300 seconds. The default value is 300. The root CA file name of SSL context. The file name must have type like ".pem" or ".der". The length of filename is from 5 to 128 bytes. If the filename contains non-ASCII characters, the file path parameter should contain a prefix of {non-ascii} and the quotation mark (The string in the quotation mark should be hexadecimal of the filename's UTF8 code).
There are two ways to download certificate files to module:
www.simcom.com
233 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<clientcert_file>
1. By AT+CCERTDOWN. 2. By FTPS or HTTPS commands. Please refer to chapter 12 and 13. The client cert file name of SSL context. The file name must have type like ".pem" or ".der". The length of filename is from 5 to 128 bytes. If the filename contains non-ASCII characters, the file path parameter should contain a prefix of {non-ascii} and the quotation mark (The string in the quotation mark should be hexadecimal of the filename's UTF8 code).
<clientkey_file>
There are two ways to download certificate files to module: 1. By AT+CCERTDOWN. 2. By FTPS or HTTPS commands. Please refer to chapter 12 and 13. The client key file name of SSL context. The file name must have type like ".pem" or ".der". The length of filename is from 5 to 128 bytes. If the filename contains non-ASCII characters, the file path parameter should contain a prefix of {non-ascii} and the quotation mark (The string in the quotation mark should be hexadecimal of the filename's UTF8 code).
<enableSNI_flag> <keypwd> <ciphersuites>
There are two ways to download certificate files to module: 1. By AT+CCERTDOWN. 2. By FTPS or HTTPS commands. Please refer to chapter 12 and 13. The flag to indicate that enable the SNI flag or not, the default value is 0. 0 not enable SNI. 1 enable SNI. The password of the client key file of SSL context. When the client needs to be authorized, client key file is needed. Because the client key file may be encrypted, we need the <keypwd> to decrypt it. The length of <keypwd> is from 0 to 128 bytes. Numeric type, SSL ciphersuites
0x002F
TLS_RSA_WITH_AES_128_CBC_SHA
0xFFFF
Support all
Example
AT+CSSLCFG="sslversion",1,1 OK
10.2.13 AT+CCERTDOWN Download certificate into the module
www.simcom.com
234 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+CCERTDOWN Download certificate into the module
Test Command
Response
AT+CCERTDOWN=?
+CCERTDOWN: (5-128),(1-10240)
Write Command AT+CCERTDOWN=<filename >,<len>
OK Response a)If it can be download: > <input data here>
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
OK b)If failed: ERROR -
Defined Values
<filename> len>
The name of the certificate/key file. The file name must have type like ".pem" or ".der". The length of filename is from 5 to 128 bytes. If the filename contains non-ASCII characters, the file path parameter should contain a prefix of {non-ascii} and the quotation mark (The string in the quotation mark should be hexadecimal of the filename's UTF8 code). For example: If you want to download a file with name ".pem", you should convert the " .pem" to UTF8 coding (中华.pem), then input the hexadecimal (262378344532443B262378353334453B2E70656D) of UTF8 coding. The length of the file data to send. The range is from 1 to 10240 bytes.
Example
AT+CCERTDOWN="client_key.der",611 > file content...... OK
10.2.14 AT+CCERTLIST List certificates
AT+CCERTLIST List certificates
Execution Command
Response
AT+CCERTLIST
[+CCERTLIST: <file_name>
www.simcom.com
235 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
[+CCERTLIST: <file_name>] ... <CR><LF>] OK -
-
-
Defined Values
<file_name>
The certificate/key files which has been downloaded to the module. If the filename contains non-ASCII characters, it will show the non-ASCII characters as UTF8 code.
Example
AT+CCERTLIST +CCERTLIST: "ca_cert.der" +CCERTLIST: "client_key.pem""
OK
10.2.15 AT+CCERTDELE Delete certificates
AT+CCERTDELE Delete certificates
Write Command
Response
AT+CCERTDELE=<filename> a)If delete successfully: OK
b)If failed:
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode
-
Maximum Response Time
-
Reference
-
Defined Values
<filename>
The name of the certificate/key file. The file name must have type like ".pem" or ".der". The length of filename is from 5 to 128 bytes. If the filename contains non-ASCII characters, the file path parameter should contain a prefix of {non-ascii} and the quotation mark (The string in the quotation mark should be hexadecimal of the filename's
www.simcom.com
236 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
UTF8 code). For example: If you want to download a file with name ".pem", you should convert the " .pem" to UTF8 coding (中华.pem), then input the hexadecimal (262378344532443B262378353334453B2E70656D) of UTF8 coding.
Example
AT+CCERTDELE="server_ca.der" OK
10.3 Command result <err> codes
Result Code 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Operation succeeded Alerting state(reserved) Unknown error Busy Peer closed Operation timeout Transfer failed Memory error Invalid parameter Network error Open session error State error Create socket error Get DNS error Connect socket error Handshake error Close socket error Nonet Send data timeout Not set certificates
www.simcom.com
237 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
10.4 Unsolicited result codes
Information +CCHEVENT: <session_id>,RECV EVENT
+CCH_RECV_CLOSED: <session_id>,<err> +CCH_PEER_CLOSED: <session_id>
Description
In manual receiving mode, when new data of a connection arriving to the module, this unsolicited result code will be reported to MCU. When receive data occurred any error, this unsolicited result code will be reported to MCU. The connection is closed by the server.
www.simcom.com
238 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
11. AT Commands for TCPIP
11.1 Overview of AT Commands for TCPIP
Command AT+NETOPEN AT+NETCLOSE AT+CIPOPEN AT+CIPCLOSE AT+CIPSEND AT+CIPRXGET AT+IPADDR AT+CIPHEAD AT+CIPSRIP AT+CIPMODE AT+CIPSENDMOE AT+CIPTIMEOUT AT+CIPCCFG AT+SERVERSTART AT+SERVERSTOP AT+CIPACK AT+CDNSGIP AT+CDNSGHNAME AT+CIPDNSSET AT+CPING AT+CPINGSTOP
Description Start TCPIP service Stop TCPIP service Setup TCP/UDP client socket connection Destroy TCP/UDP client socket connection Send TCP/UDP data Retrieve TCP/UDP buffered data Get IP address of PDP context Add an IP header when receiving data Show remote IP address and port Select TCP/IP application mode Set sending mode Set TCP/IP timeout value Configure parameters of socket Startup TCP server Stop TCP server Query TCP connection data transmitting status Query the IP address of given domain name Query the domain name of given IP address Set DNS query parameters Ping destination address Stop an ongoing ping session
11.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for TCPIP
11.2.1 AT+NETOPEN Start TCPIP service
www.simcom.com
239 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+NETOPEN Start TCPIP service
Read Command
Response
AT+NETOPEN?
+NETOPEN: <net_state>
Execution Command AT+NETOPEN
OK Response If the PDP context has not been activated or the network closed abnormally, response: OK
+NETOPEN: <err> when the PDP context has been activated successfully, if you execute AT+NETOPEN again, response: +IP ERROR: Network is already opened
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
other: ERROR 120000ms -
Defined Values
<net_state>
<err>
Integer type, which indicates the state of PDP context activation. 0 network close (deactivated) 1 network open(activated) Integer type, the result of operation. 0 is success, other value is failure.
Example
AT+NETOPEN OK
+NETOPEN: 0 AT+NETOPEN? +NETOPEN: 1
OK
NOTE You must execute AT+NETOPEN before any other TCP/UDP related operations
www.simcom.com
240 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
11.2.2 AT+NETCLOSE Stop TCPIP service
AT+NETCLOSE Stop TCPIP service
Execution Command
Response
AT+NETCLOSE
If the PDP context has been activated, response:
OK
+NETCLOSE: <err> If the PDP context has not been activated, response: +NETCLOSE: <err>
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
other: ERROR -
Defined Values
<err>
Integer type, the result of operation.0 is success, other value is failure.
Example
AT+NETCLOSE OK
+NETCLOSE: 0
NOTE "AT+NETCLOSE" can close all the opened socket connections when you didn't close these
connections by "AT+CIPCLOSE".
11.2.3 AT+CIPOPEN Setup TCP/UDP client socket connection
AT+CIPOPEN Setup TCP/UDP client socket connection www.simcom.com
241 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Test Command AT+CIPOPEN=?
Response +CIPOPEN: (0-9),("TCP","UDP")
Read Command AT+CIPOPEN?
OK Response +CIPOPEN: <link_num> [,<type>,<serverIP>,<serverPort>,<index>] +CIPOPEN: <link_num> [,<type>,<serverIP>,<serverPort>,<index>] [...]
Write Command TCP connection AT+CIPOPEN=<link_num >,"TCP",<serverIP>,<ser verPort>,[,<localPort>]
OK If a connection identified by <link_num>has not been established successfully, +CIPOPEN: <link_num> will be returned. Response if PDP context has been activated successfully, response: OK
+CIPOPEN: <link_num>,<err> when the <link_num> is greater than 10, response +IP ERROR: Invalid parameter
ERROR
If PDP context has not been activated, or the connection has been established, or parameter is incorrect, or other errors, response: +CIPOPEN: <link_num>,<err>
ERROR
Transparent mode for TCP connection: When you want to use transparent mode to transmit data, you should set AT+CIPMODE=1 before AT+NETOPEN. And if AT+CIPMODE=1 is set, the <link_num> is restricted to be only 0. if success CONNECT [<text>]
if failure CONNECT FAIL
Write Command UDP connection AT+CIPOPEN=<link_num >,"UDP",,,<localPort>
other: ERROR if PDP context has been activated successfully, response: +CIPOPEN: <link_num>,0
OK when the <link_num> is greater than 10, response
www.simcom.com
242 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
+IP ERROR: Invalid parameter
ERROR If PDP context has not been activated, or the connection has been established, or parameter is incorrect, or other errors, response: +CIPOPEN: <link_num>,<err>
ERROR
Transparent mode for UDP connection: When you want to use transparent mode to transmit UDP data, you should set AT+CIPMODE=1 before AT+NETOPEN. And if AT+CIPMODE=1 is set, the <link_num> is restricted to be only 0. <serverIP> and <serverPort> should be set if AT+CIPMODE=1.
if success CONNECT [<text>]
if failure CONNECT FAIL
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
Other: ERROR 120000ms -
Defined Values
<link_num> <type> <serverIP>
<serverPort>
Integer type, identifies a connection. Range is 0-9. If AT+CIPMODE=1 is set, the <link_num> is restricted to be only 0. String type, identifies the type of transmission protocol. TCP Transmission Control Protocol UDP User Datagram Protocol String type, identifies the IP address of server. The IP address format consists of 4 octets, separated by decimal point, like "AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD". Also the domain name is supported here. NOTE: If the domain name is inputted here, the timeout value for the AT+CIPOPEN shall be decided by AT+CIPDNSSET. Integer type, identifies the port of TCP server, range is 0-65535. NOTE: When open port as TCP, the port must be the opened TCP port; When open port as UDP, the port may be any port. But, for Qualcomm, connecting the port 0 is regarded as an invalid
www.simcom.com
243 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<localPort> <index>
<text> <err>
operation.
Integer type, identifies the port of local socket, range is 0-65535.
Integer type, which indicates whether the module is used as a client or server. When used as server, the range is 0-3. <index> is the server index to which the client is linked. (-1) -- TCP/UDP client (0-3) -- TCP server index String type, which indicates CONNECT result code. Please refer to ATX/AT\V/AT&E command for the string formats. Integer type, the result of operation.0 is success, other value is failure.
Example
AT+CIPOPEN=0,"TCP","116.228.221.51",100 OK
+CIPOPEN: 0,0 AT+CIPOPEN=1,"UDP",,,8080 +CIPOPEN: 1,0
OK AT+CIPOPEN=? +CIPOPEN: (0-9),("TCP","UDP")
OK AT+CIPOPEN? +CIPOPEN: 0,"TCP","116.228.221.51",100,-1 +CIPOPEN: 1 +CIPOPEN: 2
+CIPOPEN: 3
+CIPOPEN: 4 +CIPOPEN: 5 +CIPOPEN: 6 +CIPOPEN: 7 +CIPOPEN: 8 +CIPOPEN: 9
OK
www.simcom.com
244 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
11.2.4 AT+CIPCLOSE Destroy TCP/UDP client socket connection
AT+CIPCLOSE Destroy TCP/UDP client socket connection
Test Command
Response
AT+CIPCLOSE=?
+CIPCLOSE: (0-9)
Read Command AT+CIPCLOSE?
OK Response +CIPCLOSE: <link0_state>,<link1_state>,<link2_state>,<link3_state>,<link4 _state>,<link5_state>,<link6_state>,<link7_state>,<link8_state >,<link9_state>
Write Command AT+CIPCLOSE=<link_num>
OK Response If service type is TCP and the connection identified by <link_num> has been established, response: OK
+CIPCLOSE: <link_num>,<err> If service type is TCP and the access mode is transparent mode, response: OK
CLOSED
+CIPCLOSE: <link_num>,<err> If service type is UDP and the connection identified by <link_num> has been established, response: +CIPCLOSE: <link_num>,0
OK If service type is UDP and access mode is transparent mode, response: CLOSED
+CIPCLOSE: <link_num>,<err>
OK If the connection has not been established, abnormally closed, or parameter is incorrect, response: +CIPCLOSE: <link_num>,<err>
ERROR
www.simcom.com
245 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
Other: ERROR -
Defined Values
<link_num> <link_state>
<err>
Integer type, which identifies a connection. Range is 0-9. Integer type, which indicates the state of connection identified by
<link_num>. Range is 0-1. 0 -- disconnected 1 -- connected Integer type, the result of operation. 0 is success, other value is failure
Example
AT+CIPCLOSE? +CIPCLOSE: 1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
OK AT+CIPCLOSE=? +CIPCLOSE: (0-9)
OK AT+CIPCLOSE=0 OK
+CIPCLOSE: 0,0
11.2.5 AT+CIPSEND Send TCP/UDP data
AT+CIPSEND Send TCP/UDP data
Test Command
Response
AT+CIPSEND=?
+CIPSEND: (0-9),(1-1500)
Write Command If service type is "TCP", send data with changeable length
OK Response If the connection identified by <link_num> has been established successfully, response:
www.simcom.com
246 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+CIPSEND=<link_num>,
Response ">", then type data to send, tap CTRL+Z to send data, tap ESC to cancel the operation
> <input data> CTRL+Z OK
+CIPSEND: <link_num>,<reqSendLength>, <cnfSendLength> If <reqSendLength> is equal <cnfSendLength>, it means that the data has been sent to TCP/IP protocol stack successfully.
If the connection has not been established, abnormally closed, or parameter is incorrect, response: +CIPERROR: <err>
ERROR
Write Command If service type is "TCP", send data with fixed length
AT+CIPSEND=<link_num>,< length>
Other: ERROR Response: If the connection identified by <link_num> has been established successfully, response: > <input data with specified length> OK
Response ">", type data until +CIPSEND: <link_num>,<reqSendLength>, <cnfSendLength>
the data length is equal to If <reqSendLength> is equal <cnfSendLength>, it means that the data
<length>
has been sent to TCP/IP protocol stack successfully.
If the connection has not been established, abnormally closed, or parameter is incorrect, response: +CIPERROR: <err>
ERROR
Write Command If service type is "UDP", send data with changeable length
AT+CIPSEND=<link_num>,, <serverIP>,<serverPort>
Response ">", then type data to send, tap CTRL+Z to send
Other: ERROR Response: If the connection identified by <link_num> has been established successfully, response: > <input data> CTRL+Z OK
+CIPSEND: <link_num>,<reqSendLength>, <cnfSendLength>
www.simcom.com
247 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
data, tap ESC to cancel the If the connection has not been established, abnormally closed, or
operation
parameter is incorrect, response:
+CIPERROR: <err>
ERROR
Write Command If service type is "UDP", send data with fixed length
AT+CIPSEND=<link_num>,< length>,<serverIP>,<server Port>
Response ">", type data until the data length is equal to <length>
Other: ERROR Response: If the connection identified by <link_num> has been established successfully, response: > <input data with specified length> OK
+CIPSEND: <link_num>,<reqSendLength>, <cnfSendLength> If the connection has not been established, abnormally closed, or parameter is incorrect, response: +CIPERROR: <err>
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
Other: ERROR 120000ms -
Defined Values
<link_num> <length> <serverIP>
<serverPort>
<reqSendlength> <cnfSendLength>
Integer type, identifies a connection. Range is 0-9.
Integer type, indicates the length of sending data, range is 1-1500. String type, which identifies the IP address of server. The IP address format consists of 4 octets, separated by decimal point, like "AAA.BBB.CCC.DDD". Integer type, identifies the port of TCP server, range is 0-65535. NOTE: When open port as TCP, the port must be the opened TCP port; When open port as UDP, the port may be any port. But, for Qualcomm, connecting the port 0 is regarded as an invalid operation. Integer type, the length of the data requested to be sent
Integer type, the length of the data confirmed to have been sent. -1 the connection is disconnected. 0 own send buffer or other side's congestion window are full.
www.simcom.com
248 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<err>
Example
AT+CIPSEND=0,1 >S OK
Note: If the <cnfSendLength> is not equal to the <reqSendLength>, the socket then cannot be used further. Integer type, the result of operation.0 is success, other value is failure.
+CIPSEND: 0,1,1 AT+CIPSEND=1,1,"116.236.221.75",6775 >S OK
+CIPSEND: 1,1,1 AT+CIPSEND=2, >Hello<Ctrl+Z> OK
+CIPSEND: 2,5,5 AT+CIPSEND=3,,"116.236.221.75",6775 >Hello World<Ctrl+Z> OK
+CIPSEND: 3,11,11 AT+CIPSEND=2, >Hello<ESC> ERROR AT+CIPSEND? +CIPSEND: (0-9),(1-1500)
OK
NOTE Each <Ctrl+Z> character present in the data should be coded as <ETX><Ctrl+Z>. Each <ESC>
character present in the data should be coded as <ETX><ESC>. Each <ETX> character will be coded as <ETX><ETX>. Single <Ctrl+Z> means end of the input data. Single <ESC> is used to cancel the sending. <ETX> is 0x03, and <Ctrl+Z> is 0x1A and <ESC> is 0x1B.
www.simcom.com
249 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
11.2.6 AT+CIPRXGET Retrieve TCP/UDP buffered data
AT+CIPRXGET Retrieve TCP/UDP buffered data
Test Command
Response
AT+CIPRXGET=?
+CIPRXGET: (0-4),(0-9),(1-1500)
Read Command AT+CIPRXGET?
OK Response +CIPRXGET: <mode>
Write Command AT+CIPRXGET=<mode> In this case, <mode> can only be 0 or 1
Write Command AT+CIPRXGET=2,<link_num> [,<len>] Retrieve data in ACSII form
OK Response If the parameter is correct, response: OK Else, response: ERROR Response: If <length> field is empty, the default value to read is 1500. If the buffer is not empty, response: +CIPRXGET: <mode>,<link_num>,<read_len>,<rest_len> <data>ACSII form
OK If the buffer is empty, response: +IP ERROR: No data
ERROR If the parameter is incorrect or other error, response: +IP ERROR: <err_info>
Write Command AT+CIPRXGET=3,<link_num> [,<len>] Retrieve data in hex form
ERROR Other: ERROR Response: If <length> field is empty, the default value to read is 750. If the buffer is not empty, response: +CIPRXGET: <mode>,<link_num>,<read_len>,<rest_len> <data>hex form
OK If the buffer is empty, response: +IP ERROR: No data
ERROR
www.simcom.com
250 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
If the parameter is incorrect or other error, response: +IP ERROR: <err_info>
Write Command AT+CIPRXGET=4,<link_num>
ERROR Other: ERROR Response: If the parameter is correct, response: +CIPRXGET: 4,<link_num>,<rest_len>
OK If the parameter is incorrect or other error, response: +IP ERROR: <err_info>
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
ERROR Other: ERROR -
Defined Values
<mode>
<link_num> <len>
<read_len> <rest_len> <err_info>
Integer type, sets the mode to retrieve data. Default value is 0. 0 set the way to get the network data automatically 1 set the way to get the network data manually 2 read data, the max read length is 1500 3 read data in HEX form, the max read length is 750 4 get the rest data length Integer type, identifies a connection. Range is 0-9. Integer type, the data length to be read. Not required, the default value is 1500 when <mode>=2, and 750 when <mode>=3. Integer type, the length of data that has been read. Integer type, the length of data which has not been read in the buffer. String type, displays the cause of occurring error, please refer to Chapter 3 for details.
Example
AT+CIPRXGET=? +CIPRXGET: (0-4),(1-1500)
OK
www.simcom.com
251 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+CIPRXGET? +CIPRXGET: 1
OK AT+CIPRXGET=1 OK AT+CIPRXGET=2,0,100 +CIPRXGET: 2,0,100,1300 01234567890123456789012345678901234567 89012345678901234567890123456789012345 678901234567890123456789
OK AT+CIPRXGET=3,0,100 +CIPRXGET: 3,0,100,1200 30313233343536373839303132333435363738 39303132333435363738393031323334353637 38393031323334353637383930313233343536 37383930313233343536373839303132333435 36373839303132333435363738393031323334 3536373839
OK AT+CIPRXGET=4,0 +CIPRXGET: 4,0,1200
OK
NOTE If set <mode> to 1, after receiving data, the module will buffer it and report a URC as "+CIPRXGET:
1,<link_num>" to notify the host. Then host can retrieve data by AT+CIPRXGET. If set <mode> to 0, the received data will be outputted to COM port directly by URC as "RECV
FROM:<IP ADDRESS>:<PORT><CR><LF>+IPD(data length)<CR><LF><data>". If the buffer is not empty, and the module receives data again, then it will not report a new URC
until all the received data has been retrieved by AT+CIPRXGET from buffer. The default value of <mode> is 0. When <mode> is set to 1 and the 2-4 mode will take effect. If initially set <mode> to 1, after doing some data transmitting , set <mode> to 0, then the buffered
data of the previously established connection will be output to the serial port directly, and the maximum length of output data at a time is 1500.
www.simcom.com
252 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
11.2.7 AT+IPADDR Get IP address of PDP context
AT+IPADDR Get IP address of PDP context
Execution Command
Response:
AT+IPADDR
If PDP context has been activated successfully, response +IPADDR: <ip_address>
OK Else, response: +IP ERROR: Network not opened
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
ERROR -
Defined Values
<ip_address>
String type, identifies the IP address of current active socket PDP.
Example
AT+IPADDR +IPADDR: 10.71.155.118
OK
11.2.8 AT+CIPHEAD Add an IP header when receiving data
AT+CIPHEAD Add an IP header when receiving data
Test Command
Response
AT+CIPHEAD=?
+CIPHEAD: (0-1)
Read Command AT+CIPHEAD?
OK Response +CIPHEAD: <mode>
Write Command AT+CIPHEAD=<mode>
OK Response If the parameter is correct, response: OK
www.simcom.com
253 / 460
Execution Command AT+CIPHEAD Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
Defined Values
<mode>
Example
AT+CIPHEAD=? +CIPHEAD: (0-1)
OK AT+CIPHEAD=0 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Else, response: ERROR Response: Set default value:(<mode>=1) OK -
Integer type, indicates whether adding an IP header or not when receiving data. Default value is 1. 0 not add IP header 1 add IP header, the format is "+IPD(data length)"
11.2.9 AT+CIPSRIP Show remote IP address and port
AT+CIPSRIP Show remote IP address and port
Test Command
Response
AT+CIPSRIP=?
+CIPSRIP: (0-1)
Read Command AT+CIPSRIP?
OK Response +CIPSRIP: <mode>
Write Command AT+CIPSRIP=<mode>
OK Response If the parameter is correct, response: OK Else, response: ERROR
www.simcom.com
254 / 460
Execution Command AT+CIPSRIP Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
Defined Values
<mode>
Example
AT+CIPSRIP=? +CIPSRIP: (0-1) OK AT+CIPSRIP=1 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Response: Set default value:(<mode>=1) OK -
Integer type, indicates whether to show IP address and port of server or not when receiving data. Default value is 1. 0 not show 1 show, the format is as follows:
"RECV FROM:<IP ADDRESS>:<PORT>"
11.2.10 AT+CIPMODE Select TCP/IP application mode
AT+CIPMODE Select TCP/IP application mode
Test Command
Response
AT+CIPMODE=?
+CIPMODE: (0-1)
Read Command AT+CIPMODE?
OK Response +CIPMODE: <mode>
Write Command AT+CIPMODE=<mode>
Execution Command AT+CIPMODE
OK Response If the parameter is correct, response: OK Else, response: ERROR Response: Set default value:(<mode>=0)
www.simcom.com
255 / 460
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
Defined Values
<mode>
Example
AT+CIPMODE=? +CIPMODE: (0-1)
OK AT+CIPMODE=1 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
OK -
Integer type, sets TCP/IP application mode. Default value is 0. 0 Non transparent mode 1 Transparent mode
11.2.11 AT+CIPSENDMODE Set sending mode
AT+CIPSENDMODE Set sending mode
Test Command
Response
AT+CIPSENDMODE=?
+CIPSENDMODE: (0-1)
Read Command AT+CIPSENDMODE?
OK Response +CIPSENDMODE: <mode>
Write Command AT+CIPSENDMODE=<mode>
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
OK Response If the parameter is correct, response: OK Else, response: ERROR -
-
-
Defined Values
www.simcom.com
256 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<mode>
Example
AT+CIPSENDMODE=? +CIPSENDMODE: (0-1) OK AT+CIPSENDMODE=1 OK
Integer type, sets sending mode. Default value is 0. 0 Sending without waiting peer TCP ACK mode 1 Sending wait peer TCP ACK mode
11.2.12 AT+CIPTIMEOUT Set TCP/IP timeout value
AT+CIPTIMEOUT Set TCP/IP timeout value
Read Command
Response
AT+CIPTIMEOUT?
+CIPTIMEOUT:
<netopen_timeout>,<cipopen_timeout>,<cipsend_timeout>
Write Command AT+CIPTIMEOUT=[<netopen_ timeout>][,[<cipopen_timeout >][,[<cipsend_timeout>]]]
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
OK Response If the parameter is correct, response: OK Else, response: ERROR -
-
-
Defined Values
<netopen_timeout> <cipopen_timeout> <cipsend_timeout>
Integer type, timeout value for AT+NETOPEN. default is120000ms. Range is 3000ms-120000ms. Integer type, timeout value for AT+CIPOPEN. default is120000ms. Range is 3000ms-120000ms. Integer type, timeout value for AT+CIPSEND. default is120000ms. Range is 3000ms-120000ms.
Example
www.simcom.com
257 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+CIPTIMEOUT? +CIPTIMEOUT: 30000,20000,40000
OK AT+CIPTIMEOUT=30000,20000,40000 OK
11.2.13 AT+CIPCCFG Configure parameters of socket
AT+CIPCCFG Configure parameters of socket
Test Command
Response
AT+CIPCCFG=?
+CIPCCFG: (0-10),(0-1000),(0),(0-1),(0-1),(0-1),(500-120000)
Read Command AT+CIPCCFG?
OK Response +CIPCCFG: <NmRetry>,<DelayTm>,<Ack>,<errMode>,<HeaderType>,<Asyn cMode>,<TimeoutVal>
Write Command AT+CIPCCFG=[<NmRetry>][,[ <DelayTm>][,[<Ack>][,[<errM ode>][,]<HeaderType>][,[[<As yncMode>][,[<TimeoutVal>]]]] ]]]] Execution Command AT+CIPCCFG
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
OK Response If the parameter is correct, response: OK Else, response: ERROR
Response Set default value: OK -
Defined Values
<NmRetry> <DelayTm> <Ack>
Integer type, number of retransmission to be made for an IP packet. Range is 0-10. The default value is 10. Integer type, number of milliseconds to delay to output data of Receiving. Range is 0-1000. The default value is 0. Integer type, it can only be set to 0. It's used to be compatible with old TCP/IP command set.
www.simcom.com
258 / 460
<errMode> <HeaderType>
<AsyncMode> <TimeoutVal>
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Integer type, sets mode of reporting <err_info>, default value is 1. 0 error result code with numeric values 1 error result code with string values Integer type, select which data header is used when receiving data, it only takes effect in multi-client mode. Default value is 0. 0 add data header, the format is "+IPD<data length>" 1 add data header, the format is "+RECEIVE,<link num>,<data length>" Integer type, range is 0-1. Default value is 0. It's used to be compatible with old TCP/IP command set. Integer type, set the minimum retransmission timeout value for TCP connection. Range is 500ms-120000ms. Default is 500ms.
Example
AT+CIPCCFG=? +CIPCCFG: (0-10),(0-1000),(0),(0-1),(0-1),(0),(500-120000)
OK AT+CIPCCFG=3,500,0,1,1,1,500 OK
11.2.14 AT+SERVERSTART Startup TCP server
AT+SERVERSTART Startup TCP server
Test Command
Response
AT+SERVERSTART=?
+SERVERSTART: (0-65535),(0-3)
Read Command AT+SERVERSTART?
OK Response If the PDP context has not been activated successfully, response: +CIPERROR: <err>
ERROR If there exists opened server, response: [+SERVERSTART: <server_index>,< port> ...]
OK Other:
www.simcom.com
259 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Write Command AT+SERVERSTART=<port>,< server_index>[,<backlog>]
ERROR Response If there is no error, response: OK If the PDP context has not been activated, or the server identified by <server_index> has been opened, or the parameter is not correct, or other errors, response: +CIPERROR: <err>
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
ERROR Other: ERROR -
Defined Values
<port> <server_index> <Ack> <backlog>
Example
AT+SERVERSTART=? +SERVERSTART: 0,1000
Integer type, identifies the listening port of module when used as a TCP server. Range is 0-65535. Integer type, the TCP server index, range is 0-3.
Integer type, it can only be set to 0. It's used to be compatible with old TCP/IP command set. Integer type, the maximum connections can be queued in listening queue. Range is 1-3. Default is 3.
OK AT+SERVERSTART=8080,1 OK
NOTE After the "AT+SERVERSTART" executes successfully, an unsolicited result code is returned when
a client tries to connect with module and module accepts request. The unsolicited result code is+CLIENT: < link_num>,<server_index>,<client_IP>:<port>.
www.simcom.com
260 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
11.2.15 AT+SERVERSTOP Stop TCP server
AT+SERVERSTOP Stop TCP server
Write Command AT+SERVERSTOP=<server_i ndex>
Response If there exists open connection with the server identified by <server_index>, or the server identified by <server_index> has not been opened, or the parameter is incorrect, response: +SERVERSTOP: <server_index>,<err>
ERROR If the server socket is closed immediately, response: +SERVERSTOP: <server_index>,0
OK (In general, the result is shown as below.) If the server socket starts to close, response: OK
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
+SERVERSTOP: <server_index>,<err> Other: ERROR -
Defined Values
<server_index> <err>
Integer type, the TCP server index, range is 0-3. Integer type, the result of operation.0 is success, other value is failure.
Example
AT+SERVERSTOP=0 +SERVERSTOP: 0,0
OK
NOTE Before stopping a TCP server, all sockets <server_index> of which equals to the closing TCP
server index must be closed first.
www.simcom.com
261 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
11.2.16 AT+CIPACK Query TCP connection data transmitting status
AT+CIPACK Query TCP connection data transmitting status
Test Command
Response
AT+CIPACK=?
+CIPACK: (0-9)
Write Command AT+CIPACK=<link_num>
OK Response If the PDP context has not been activated, or the connection identified by <link_num> has not been established, abnormally closed, or the parameter is incorrect, or other errors, response: +IP ERROR: <err_info>
ERROR If the connection has been established, and the service type is "TCP", response: +CIPACK: <sent_data_size>,<ack_data_size>,<recv_data_size>
OK
Parameter Saving Mode
-
Maximum Response Time
-
Reference
-
Defined Values
<link_num> <sent_data_size> <ack_data_size> <recv_data_size> <err> <err_info>
Example
AT+CIPACK=? +CIPACK: (0-9)
Integer type, identifies a connection. Range is 0-9. Integer type, the total length of sent data Integer type, the total length of acknowledged data. Integer type, the total length of received data Integer type, the result of operation. 0 is success, other value is failure. String type, displays the cause of occurring error, please refer to Chapter 3 for details.
OK AT+CIPACK=0 +CIPACK: 16,16,5
OK
www.simcom.com
262 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
11.3 DNS&PING
11.3.1 AT+CDNSGIP Query the IP address of given domain name
AT+CDNSGIP Query the IP address of given domain name
Test Command AT+CDNSGIP=? Write Command
Response OK Response
AT+CDNSGIP=<domain name>
If the given domain name has related IP, response: +CDNSGIP: 1,<domain name>,<IP address>
OK If the given name has no related IP, response: +CDNSGIP: 0,<dns error code>
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
ERROR Other: ERROR -
Defined Values
<domain name>
<IP address> <dns error code>
String type (string should be included in quotation marks), indicates the domain name. The maximum length of domain name is 254. Valid characters allowed in the domain name area-z, A-Z, 0-9, "-"(hyphen) and ".". A domain name is made up of one label name or more label names separated by "." (e.g. AT+CDNSGIP="aa.bb.cc"). For label names separated by ".", length of each label must be no more than 63 characters. The beginning character of the domain name and of labels should be an alphanumeric character. String type, indicates the IP address corresponding to the domain name. Integer type, indicates the error code. 10 DNS GENERAL ERROR
Example
www.simcom.com
263 / 460
AT+CDNSGIP="www.baidu.com" +CDNSGIP: 1,"www.baidu.com","61.135.169.21"
OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
11.3.2 AT+CDNSGHNAME Query the domain name of given IP address
AT+CDNSGHNAME Query the domain name of given IP address
Test Command AT+CDNSGHNAME=? Write Command
Response OK Response
AT+CDNSGHNAME=<IP address>
If the given IP address has related domain name, response: +CDNSGHNAME: <index>,<domain name>,<IP address>
OK If the given IP address has no related domain name, response: +CDNSGHNAME: 0,<dns error code>
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
ERROR Other: ERROR -
Defined Values
<domain name>
<IP address> <dns error code> <index>
String type (string should be included in quotation marks), indicates the domain name. The maximum length of domain name is 254. Valid characters allowed in the domain name area-z, A-Z, 0-9, "-"(hyphen) and ".". A domain name is made up of one label name or more label names separated by "." (e.g. AT+CDNSGIP="aa.bb.cc"). For label names separated by ".", length of each label must be no more than 63 characters. The beginning character of the domain name and of labels should be an alphanumeric character. String type (string should be included in quotation marks), indicates the IP address corresponding to the domain name. Integer type, which indicates the error code. 10 DNS GENERAL ERROR Integer type, which indicates DNS result index. This value is always 1 if performing successfully. Currently only the
www.simcom.com
264 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
first record returned from the DNS server will be reported.
Example
AT+CDNSGHNAME="58.32.231.148" +CDNSGHNAME: 1,"mail.sim.com","58.32.231.148" OK
11.3.3 AT+CIPDNSSET Set DNS query parameters
AT+CIPDNSSET Set DNS query parameters
Read Command AT+CIPDNSSET?
Response +CIPDNSSET: 3,30000,7
Write Command AT+CIPCCFG=[<max_net_ret ries>][,[<net_timeout>][,[<ma x_query_retries>]]]
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
OK Response If the parameter is correct, response: OK Else, response: ERROR -
-
-
Defined Values
<max_net_retries> <netopen_timeout>
<max_query_retries>
Example
AT+CIPDNSSET? +CIPDNSSET: 1,30000,3
Integer type, maximum retry times for opening PS network to perform DNS query. Range is 0-3. Default is 3. Integer type, timeout value for each opening PS network operation when performing DNS query. Range is 3000ms-120000ms. Default value is 30000ms. Integer type, maximum retry times for performing DNS query using UDP packet. Range is 0-7. Default value is 7.
OK
www.simcom.com
265 / 460
AT+CIPDNSSET=1,30000,1 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
11.3.4 AT+CPING Ping destination address
AT+CPING Ping destination address
Test Command AT+CPING=?
Write Command AT+CPING=<dest_addr>,<de st_addr_type>[,<num_pings> [,<data_packet_size>[,<interv al_time>[,<wait_time>[,<TTL> ]]]]]
Response
+CPING:
IP
address,
(list
of
supported
<dest_addr_type>s),(1-100),(4-188),(1000-10000),(10000-100000)
, (16-255)
OK
Response
OK
If ping's result_type = 1 +CPING: <result_type>,<resolved_ip_addr>,<data_packet_size>,<rtt>,<T TL>
If ping's result_type = 2 +CPING: <result_type>
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
If ping's result_type = 3 +CPING: <result_type>,<num_pkts_sent>,<num_pkts_recvd>,<num_pkts _lost>,<min_rtt>,<max_rtt>,<avg_rtt> -
-
Defined values
<dest_addr> <dest_addr_type>
<num_pings> <data_packet_size>
The destination is to be pinged; it can be an IP address or a domain name. Integer type. Address family type of the destination address 1 IPv4. 2 IPv6(reserved) Integer type. The num_pings specifies the number of times the ping request (1-100) is to be sent. The default value is 4. Integer type. Data byte size of the ping packet (4-188). The default value is 64 bytes.
www.simcom.com
266 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<interval_time> <wait_time>
<TTL>
<result_type>
<num_pkts_sent> <num_pkts_recvd> <num_pkts_lost> <min_rtt> <max_rtt> <avg_rtt> <resolved_ip_addr> < rtt>
Integer type. Interval between each ping. Value is specified in milliseconds (1000ms-10000ms). The default value is 2000ms. Integer type. Wait time for ping response. An ping response received after the timeout shall not be processed. Value specified in milliseconds (10000ms-100000ms). The default value is 10000ms Integer type. TTL(Time-To-Live) value for the IP packet over which the ping(ICMP ECHO Request message) is sent (16-255), the default value is 255. 1 Ping success 2 Ping time out 3 Ping result Indicates the number of ping requests that were sent out. Indicates the number of ping responses that were received. Indicates the number of ping requests for which no response was received Indicates the minimum Round Trip Time(RTT). Indicates the maximum RTT. Indicates the average RTT. Indicates the resolved ip address. Round Trip Time.
Examples
AT+CPING="www.baidu.com",1,4,64,1000,10 000,255 OK
+CPING: 1,119.75.217.56,64,410,255
+CPING: 1,119.75.217.56,64,347,255
+CPING: 1,119.75.217.56,64,346,255 +CPING: 1,119.75.217.56,64,444,255
+CPING: 3,4,4,0,346,444,386
11.3.5 AT+CPINGSTOP Stop an ongoing ping session
AT+CPINGSTOP Stop an ongoing ping session www.simcom.com
267 / 460
Test Command AT+CPINGSTOP=? Write Command AT+CPINGSTOP
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
Defined values
<result_type>
<num_pkts_sent> <num_pkts_recvd> <num_pkts_lost>
<resolved_ip_addr> <min_rtt> <max_rtt> <avg_rtt>
Examples
AT+CPINGSTOP OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Response OK +CPING: <result_type>,<num_pkts_sent>,<num_pkts_recvd>,<num_pkts _lost>,<min_rtt>,<max_rtt>,<avg_rtt> OK ERROR -
1 Ping success 2 Ping time out 3 Ping result Indicates the number of ping requests that were sent out. Indicates the number of ping responses that were received. Indicates the number of ping requests for which no response was received. Indicates the resolved ip address. Indicates the minimum Round Trip Time (RTT). Indicates the maximum RTT. Indicates the average RTT.
11.4 Information Elements related to TCP/IP
Information +CIPEVENT: NETWORK CLOSED UNEXPECTEDLY
www.simcom.com
Description Network is closed for network error (Out of service, etc). When this event happens, user's application needs to check and close all opened sockets, and then uses AT+NETCLOSE to release the network library if "AT+NETOPEN?" shows the network
268 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
+IPCLOSE: <client_index>, <close_reason> +CLIENT: < link_num>,<server_index>,<client_IP>:<port>
library is still opened.
Socket is closed passively. <client_index> is the link number. <close_reason>: 0 - Closed by local, active 1 - Closed by remote, passive 2 - Closed for sending timeout While TCP server accepted a new socket client, the index is <link_num>. The TCP server index is <server_index>. The peer IP address is <client_IP>. The peer port is <port>.
11.5 Description of <err_info>
The fourth parameter <errMode> of AT+CIPCCFG is used to determine how <err_info> is displayed. If <errMode> is set to 0, the <err_info> is displayed with numeric value. If <errMode>is set to 1, the <err_info> is displayed with string value. The default is displayed with string value.
Numeric Value
21 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
String Value
Operation failed Connection time out Bind port failed Port overflow Create socket failed Network is already opened Network is already closed No clients connected No active client Network not opened Client index overflow Connection is already created Connection is not created Invalid parameter Operation not supported DNS query failed TCP busy Netclose failed for socket opened
www.simcom.com
269 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
17
Sending time out
18
Sending failure for network error
19
Open failure for network error
20
Server is already listening
21
No data
22
Port overflow
11.6 Description of <err>
<err>
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Description of <err>
Operation succeeded Network failure Network not opened Wrong parameter Operation not supported Failed to create socket Failed to bind socket TCP server is already listening Busy Sockets opened Timeout DNS parse failed for AT+CIPOPEN Unknown error
www.simcom.com
270 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
12. AT Commands for FTPS
12.1 Overview of AT Commands for FTPS
Command AT+CFTPSSTART AT+CFTPSSTOP AT+CFTPSLOGIN AT+CFTPSLOGOUT AT+CFTPSMKD AT+CFTPSRMD AT+CFTPSDELE AT+CFTPSCWD AT+CFTPSPWD AT+CFTPSTYPE AT+CFTPSLIST AT+CFTPSGETFILE AT+CFTPSPUTFILE AT+CFTPSGET AT+CFTPSPUT AT+CFTPSSINGLEIP AT+CFTPSCACHERD AT+CFTPSABORT AT+CFTPSSIZE
Description Start FTP(S) service Stop FTP(S) Service Login to a FTP(S)server Logout FTP(S) server Create a new directory on FTP(S) server Delete a directory on FTP(S) server Delete a file on FTP(S) server Delete a file on FTP(S) server Get the current directory on FTP(S) server set the transfer type on FTP(S) serve List the items in the directory on FTP(S) server Get a file from FTP(S) server to module Put a file from module to FTP(S) server Get a file from FTP(S) server to serial port Put a file to FTP(S) server through serial port Set FTP(S) data socket address type Set FTP(S) data socket address type Abort FTP(S) operations Get the File Size on FTP(S) server
12.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for FTPS
12.2.1 AT+CFTPSSTART Start FTP(S) service
AT+CFTPSSTART Start FTP(S) service
Execution Command
Response
AT+CFTPSSTART
OK
www.simcom.com
271 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
Defined Values
<errcode>
Example
AT+CFTPSSTART OK +CFTPSSTART: 0
+CFTPSSTART: <errcode> or +CFTPSSTART: <errcode>
OK or ERROR -
The result of start FTP(S) service,0 is success, others are failure. Please refer to chapter 12.3.1.
12.2.2 AT+CFTPSSTOP Stop FTP(S) Service
AT+CFTPSSTOP Stop FTP(S) Service
Execution Command AT+CFTPSSTOP
Response OK
+CFTPSSTOP: <errcode> or +CFTPSSTOP: <errcode>
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
OK or ERROR -
-
Defined Values
www.simcom.com
272 / 460
<errcode>
Example
AT+CFTPSSTOP OK +CFTPSSTOP: 0
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
The result of stop FTP(S) service,0 is success, others are failure. Please refer to chapter 12.3.1.
12.2.3 AT+CFTPSLOGIN Login to a FTP(S) server
AT+CFTPSLOGIN Login to a FTP(S) server
Test Command
Response
AT+CFTPSLOGIN=?
+CFTPSLOGIN: "ADDRESS",(1-65535)[,"USERNAME","PASSWORD"[,(0-3)]]
Write Command AT+CFTPSLOGIN="<host>" ,<port>,"<username>","<pa ssword>"[<server_type>]
OK Response OK
+CFTPSLOGIN: <errcode> or +CFTPSLOGIN: <errcode>
OK or +CFTPSLOGIN: <errcode>
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
ERROR or ERROR -
-
Defined Values
<host> <port> <username>
Host address, string type, maximum length is 256 The host listening port for FTP(S), the range is from 1 to 65535 FTP(S) user name, string type, maximum length is 256
www.simcom.com
273 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<password> <server_type>
<errcode>
The user password, string type, maximum length is 256
FTP(S)server type,numeric,from0-3,default is 3 0 FTP server. 1 Explicit FTPS server with AUTH SSL. 2 Explicit FTPS server with AUTH TLS. 3 Implicit FTPS server. The result code of the FTP/FTPS login. 0 is success. Others are failure, please refer to chapter 12.3.1.
Example
AT+CFTPSLOGIN="112.74.93.163",21,"tmf","t mf123",0 OK
+CFTPSLOGIN: 0
12.2.4 AT+CFTPSLOGOUT Logout FTP(S) server
AT+CFTPSLOGOUT Logout FTP(S) server
Test Command AT+CFTPSLOGOUT=? Execution Command
Response OK Response
AT+CFTPSLOGOUT
OK
+CFTPSLOGOUT: <errcode> or +CFTPSLOGOUT: <errcode>
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
OK or ERROR -
-
Defined Values
<errcode>
The result code of the FTP/FTPS logout. 0 is success. Others are failure, please refer to chapter 12.3.1.
Example
www.simcom.com
274 / 460
AT+CFTPSLOGOUT OK
+CFTPSLOGOUT: 0
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
12.2.5 AT+CFTPSMKD Create a new directory on FTP(S) server
AT+CFTPSMKD Create a new directory on FTP(S) server
Test Command
Response
AT+CFTPSMKD=?
+CFTPSMKD: "DIR"
Write Command AT+CFTPSMKD="<dir>"
OK Response OK
+CFTPSMKD: 0 or OK
+CFTPSMKD: <errcode>
or ERROR or +CFTPSMKD: <errcode>
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
ERROR -
Defined Values
<dir> <errcode>
Example
AT+CFTPSMKD="TEST" OK
The directory to be created, string type, maximum length is 256. The result of create directory, 0 is success, others are failure, please refer to chapter 12.3.1.
www.simcom.com
275 / 460
+CFTPSMKD: 0
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
12.2.6 AT+CFTPSRMD Delete a directory on FTP(S) server
AT+CFTPSRMD Delete a directory on FTP(S) server
Test Command
Response
AT+CFTPSRMD=?
+CFTPSRMD: "DIR"
Write Command AT+CFTPSRMD="<dir>"
OK Response 1)if delete the directory successfully OK
+CFTPSRMD: 0 2)if delete the directory failed: OK
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
+CFTPSRMD: <errcode> 3) if parameter format or any errors: ERROR -
-
Defined Values
<dir> <errcode>
The directory to be removed. If the directory contains non-ASCII characters, the <dir> parameter should contain a prefix of {non-ascii}.String type, maximum length is 256. The result of remove directory, 0 is success, others are failure, please refer to chapter 12.3.1.
Example
AT+CFTPSRMD="test" OK
+CFTPSRMD: 0
www.simcom.com
276 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
12.2.7 AT+CFTPSDELE Delete a file on FTP(S) server
AT+CFTPSDELE Delete a file on FTP(S)server
Test Command
Response
AT+CFTPSDELE=?
+CFTPSDELE: "FILENAME"
Write Command AT+CFTPSDELE="<filenam e>"
OK Response 1)if delete file successfully: OK
+CFTPSDELE: 0 2)if failed: OK
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
+CFTPSDELE: <errcode> 3)if parameter format or any other errors: ERROR -
-
Defined Values
<filename> <errcode>
The name of the file to be deleted. If the file name contains non-ASCII characters, the <filename> parameter should contain a prefix of {non-ascii}.String type,the maximum length is 256. The result of delete a file, 0 is success, others are failure,please refer to chapter 12.3.1.
Example
AT+CFTPSDELE="TEST.txt" OK
+CFTPSDELE: 0
12.2.8 AT+CFTPSCWD Change the current directory on FTP(S) server
AT+CFTPSCWD Change the current directory on FTP(S) sever
Test Command
Response
www.simcom.com
277 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+CFTPSCWD=? Write Command AT+CFTPSCWD="<dir>"
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
Defined Values
<dir> <errcode>
Example
+CFTPSCWD: "DIR"
OK Response 1)if delete file successfully: OK
+CFTPSCWD: 0 2)if failed: OK
+CFTPSCWD: <errcode> 2)if failed: +CFTPSCWD: <errcode>
ERROR 3)if parameter format or any other errors: ERROR -
The directory to be changed. If the directory contains non-ASCII characters, the <dir> parameter should contain a prefix of {non-ascii}.String type,the maximum length is 256. The result of change the current directory, 0 is success, others are failure, please refer to chapter 12.3.1.
AT+CFTPSCWD="/lu.liu/TEST7600" OK
+CFTPSCWD: 0
12.2.9 AT+CFTPSPWD Get the current directory on FTPS server
AT+CFTPSPWD Get the current directory on FTPS server
Execution Command
Response
AT+CFTPSPWD
OK
www.simcom.com
278 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
Defined Values
<dir>
<errcode>
Example
AT+CFTPSPWD OK +CFTPSPWD: "/test12"
+CFTPSPWD: "<dir>" or +CFTPSPWD: "<dir>"
OK or +CFTPSPWD: <errcode>
ERROR or OK
+CFTPSPWD: <errcode> or ERROR -
The name of the file to be deleted. If the file name contains non-ASCII characters, the <filename> parameter should contain a prefix of {non-ascii}.String type,the maximum length is 256. The result of change current directory, 0 is success, others are failure, please refer to chapter 12.3.1.
12.2.10 AT+CFTPSTYPE Set the transfer type on FTP(S) server
AT+CFTPSTYPE Set the transfer type on FTP(S) server
Test Command
Response
AT+CFTPSTYPE=?
+CFTPSTYPE: (A,I)
OK
www.simcom.com
279 / 460
Read Command AT+CFTPSTYPE?
Write Command AT+CFTPSTYPE=<type>
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
Defined Values
<type> <errcode>
Example
AT+CFTPTYPE=A OK +CFTPSTYPE: 0
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Response +CFTPSTYPE: <type>
OK Response a)if set type successfully: OK
+CFTPSTYPE: 0 b)if set type failed: OK
+CFTPSTYPE: <errcode> -
The type of transferring: A ASCII. I Binary The result of set type, 0 is success, others are failure, please refer to chapter 12.3.1.
12.2.11 AT+CFTPSLIST List the items in the directory on FTP(S) server
AT+CFTPSLIST List the items in the directory on FTP(S) server
Write Command
Response
AT+CFTPSLIST[="<dir>"]
a)if set type successfully:
OK
+CFTPSLIST: DATA,<len> ... +CFTPSLIST: 0
www.simcom.com
280 / 460
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
Defined Values
<dir>
<errcode>
Example
AT+CFTPSLIST="/" OK
+CFTPSLIST: DATA,1480 -rw-r--r-- 1 ftp ftp 13:51 111.TXT -rw-r--r-- 1 ftp ftp 10:39 1111.txt -rw-r--r-- 1 ftp ftp 10:20 112.txt -rw-r--r-- 1 ftp ftp 15:26 11K4.txt -rw-r--r-- 1 ftp ftp 10:47 1434B.txt -rw-r--r-- 1 ftp ftp 10:40 300K.txt -rw-r--r-- 1 ftp ftp 10:53 333.txt -rw-r--r-- 1 ftp ftp 14:11 36.txt
+CFTPSLIST: 0
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00 b)if set type failed: OK +CFTPSLIST: <errcode> c)if parameter format or any other errors: ERROR -
The directory to be listed. If the directory contains non-ASCII characters, the <dir> parameter should contain a prefix of {non-ascii}.String type, the maximum length is 256 The result code of the listing.0 is success, others are failure,please refer to chapter12.3.1.
10 Mar 19 7 Mar 18
10240 Mar 23 10 Mar 16
1434 Mar 18 307200 Mar 18
9 Mar 18 16 Mar 17
www.simcom.com
281 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
12.2.12 AT+CFTPSGETFILE Get a file from FTP(S) server to module
AT+CFTPSGETFILE Get a file from FTP(S) server to module
Test Command
Response
AT+CFTPSGETFILE=?
+CFTPSGETFILE: [{non-ascii}]"FILEPATH"[,(1-4)]
Write Command AT+CFTPSGETFILE="<filepat h>"[,<dir>[,<offset>]]
OK Response a) if download file successfully : OK
+CFTPSGETFILE: 0 b) if failed: OK
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
+CFTPSGETFILE: <errcode> c) if parameter format or any other errors: ERROR -
-
Defined Values
<filepath>
<dir> <offset> <errcode>
The remote file path. When the file path doesn't contain"/", this command transfers file from the current remote FTPS directory. If the file path contains non-ASCII characters, the file path parameter should contain a prefix of {non-ascii}.String type, maximum length is 256. The directory to save the downloaded file.Numeric type, range is 1-4 default is 1(/cache) 1 F:/ (/cache) 2 D:/(sd card) 3 E:/ (/data/media/) 4 /mssl_cert/(this is for CA file downloading) Integer type, the download start position used for resume-from-break-point. The result code of download file from FTP(s) server.0 is success, others are failure,please refer to chapter 12.3.1.
Example
AT+CFTPSGETFILE="settings.dat",3 OK
www.simcom.com
282 / 460
+CFTPSGETFILE: 0
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
12.2.13 AT+CFTPSPUTFILE Put a file from module to FTP(S) server
AT+CFTPSPUTFILE Put a file from module to FTP(S) server
Test Command
Response
AT+CFTPSPUTFILE=?
+CFTPSPUTFILE:
[{non-ascii}]"FILEPATH"[,(1-3),(0-2147483647)]
Write Command AT+CFTPSPUTFILE="<filepat h>"[,<dir>[,<rest_size>]]
OK Response a)if upload file successfully : OK
+CFTPSPUTFILE: 0 b)if failed: OK
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
+CFTPSPUTFILE: <errcode> -
Defined Values
<filepath> <dir>
<rest_size> <errcode>
The remote file path. When the file path doesn't contain "/", this command transfers file to the current remote FTPS directory. If the file path contains non-ASCII characters, the file path parameter should contain a prefix of {non-ascii}.String type, maximum length is 256. The directory that contains the uploaded file. Numeric type, range is 1-3, default is 1(/cache) 1 F:/ (/cache) 2 D:/(sd card) 3 E:/ (/data/media/) The value for FTP "REST" command which is used for broken transfer when transferring failed last time. Numeric type, the range is from 0 to 2147483647. The result code of upload file to FTP(S)server.0 is success, others are failure,please refer to chapter12.3.1.
Example
www.simcom.com
283 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+CFTPSPUTFILE="/LK/LM/sim_ZXX.TXT" OK +CFTPSPUTFILE: 0
12.2.14 AT+CFTPSGET Get a file from FTP(S) server to serial port
AT+CFTPSGET Get a file from FTP(S) server to serial port
Test Command
Response
AT+CFTPSGET=?
+CFTPSGET: [{non-ascii}]"FILEPATH"[,<rest_size>[(0,1)]]
Write Command AT+CFTPSGET="<filepath>"[ ,<rest_size>[,<using_cache>] ]
OK Response a)if<using_cache> is 0(default),and get file successfully :
OK
+CFTPSGET: DATA,<len> ...
+CFTPSGET: DATA, <len> ...
... +CFTPSGET: 0 b) if <using_cache> is 1 and get file successfully: OK
+CFTPS: RECV EVENT
AT+CFTPSCACHERD? //you can use this command to check the size of the received data +CFTPSCACHERD: 102400
OK
//output cached data now: AT+CFTPSCACHERD +CFTPSGET: DATA,<len> ...... OK ...... +CFTPSGET: 0
www.simcom.com
284 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
c)if failed: OK
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
+CFTPSGET: <errcode> -
Defined Values
<filepath> <rest_size> <using_cache>
<errcode>
The remote file path. When the file path doesn't contain "/" this command transfer file from the current remote FTPS directory. If the file path contains non-ASCII characters, the file path parameter should contain a prefix of {non-ascii}.String type, maximum length is 256. The value for FTP "REST" command which is used for broken transfer when transferring failed last time. Numeric type, the range is from 0 to 2147483647 Numeric, rang is 0-1 0Do not use cache, module will output the items data to serial port when list successfully. 1 Use cache, module will report "+CFTPS: RECV EVENT" when list successfully (Data will be output using AT+CFTPSCACHERD command) The result code of download file from FTP(s) server.0 is success, others are failure, please refer to chapter 12.3.1.
Example
AT+CFTPSGET="/BBB.TXT" OK
+CFTPSGET: DATA,110 FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH HHHHHHHHHHHHHHH +CFTPSGET: 0
12.2.15 AT+CFTPSPUT Put a file to FTP(S) server through serial port
AT+CFTPSPUT Put a file to FTP(S) server through serial port www.simcom.com
285 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Test Command AT+CFTPSPUT=?
Response +CFTPSPUT: [{non-ascii}]"FILEPATH"[,<data_len>[,<rest_size>]]
Write Command AT+CFTPSPUT="<filepath>"[ ,<data_len>[,<rest_size>]]
OK Response a)if upload file through serial port successfully: OK
+CFTPSPUT: 0
b)if failed before input data: +CFTPSPUT: <errcode>
ERROR
c)if failed after input data: OK
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
+CFTPSPUT: <errcode> d)if parameter format i or any other errors: ERROR -
-
Defined Values
<filepath> <data_len>
<rest_size> <errcode>
The remote file path. When the file path doesn't contain "/", this command transfers file to the current remote FTPS directory. If the file path contains non-ASCII characters, the file path parameter should contain a prefix of {non-ascii}.String type, maximum length is 256. Numeric type,The length of the data to send, the maximum length is 2048.if parameter<data_len> is omitted, Each <Ctrl+Z>character present in the data flow of serial port when downloading FTP data will be coded as <ETX><Ctrl+Z>. Each <ETX> character will be coded as <ETX><ETX>. Single <Ctrl+Z> means end of the FTP data.<ETX> is 0x03, and <Ctrl+Z> is 0x1A. The value for FTP "REST" command which is used for broken transfer when transferring failed last time. Numeric type, the range is from 0 to 2147483647. The result code of upload data to FTP(s) server.0 is success, others are failure, please refer to chapter 12.3.1.
Example
www.simcom.com
286 / 460
AT+CFTPSPUT="/LK/LM/LO.TXT" >123457860 OK
+CFTPSPUT: 0
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
12.2.16 AT+CFTPSSINGLEIP Set FTP(S) data socket address type
AT+CFTPSSINGLEIP Set FTP(S) data socket address type
Test Command
Response
AT+CFTPSSINGLEIP=?
+CFTPSSINGLEIP: (0,1)
Read Command AT+CFTPSSINGLEIP?
OK Response +CFTPSSINGLEIP: <singleip>
Write Command AT+CFTPSSINGLEIP=<single ip>
OK Response If parameter format is right and set successfully: OK
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
If parameter format is not right or any other error occurs: ERROR -
-
Defined Values
<singleip>
The FTPS data socket IP address type: 0 decided by PORT response from FTPS server 1 the same as the control socket.
Example
AT+CFTPSSINGLEIP=1 OK
www.simcom.com
287 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
12.2.17 AT+CFTPSCACHERD Output cached data to MCU
AT+CFTPSCACHERD Output cached data to MCU
Read Command
Response
AT+CFTPSCACHERD?
+CFTPSCACHERD: <len>
Execution Command AT+CFTPSCACHERD
OK Response If cache data is AT+CFTPSGET, and everything goes well:
+CFTPSGET: DATA,<out_len><CR><LF> ...
OK
Parameter Saving Mode
-
Maximum Response Time
-
Reference
Defined Values
<len> <out_len>
Numeric type, The bytes of data cached in FTPS module. The bytes of data to output. The maximum value is 1024 for each AT+CFTPSCACHERD calling.
Example
AT+CFTPSCACHERD? +CFTPSCACHERD: 21078
OK
12.2.18 AT+CFTPSABORT Abort FTP(S) Operations
AT+CFTPSABORT Abort FTP(S) Operations
Execution Command
Response
AT+CFTPSABORT
if abort FTP(S) operation successfully: OK
+CFTPSABORT: 0
sometimes abort successfully returns:
www.simcom.com
288 / 460
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
Defined Values
<errcode>
Example
AT+CFTPSABORT OK +CFTPSABORT: 0
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
+CFTPSABORT: 0 OK if failed: OK +CFTPSABORT: <errcode> if any other error occurs: ERROR -
The result of abort FTP(S) service,0 is success, others are failure. Please refer to chapter 12.3.1.
12.2.19 AT+CFTPSSIZE Get the File Size on FTP(S) server
AT+CFTPSSIZE Get the File Size on FTP(S) server
Test Command
Response
AT+CFTPSSIZE=?
+CFTPSSIZE: "<filepath>"
Write Command AT+CFTPSSIZE="<filepath>"
OK Response OK
+CFTPSSIZE: <filesize> or OK
+CFTPSSIZE: <errcode>
www.simcom.com
289 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
or ERROR or +CFTPSSIZE: <errcode>
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
ERROR -
Defined Values
<filepath> <filesize> <errcode>
The remote filepath on FTP(S) server.String type,max length is 256 Numeric typesize of the remote file on FTP(S) server. The result code of get file size. Please refer to chapter 12.3.1.
Example
AT+CFTPSSIZE="TEST.txt" OK
+CFTPSSIZE: 1024
12.3 Summary of result codes for FTPS
12.3.1 Summary of Command result <errcode>
Code of <errcode> 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
www.simcom.com
Meaning
Success SSL alert Unknown error Busy Connection closed by server Timeout Transfer failed File not exists or any other memory error Invalid parameter Operation rejected by server
290 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
10
Network error
11
State error
12
Failed to parse server name
13
Create socket error
14
Connect socket failed
15
Close socket failed
16
SSL session closed
17
File error,file not exist or other error.
421
Server response connection time out, while received error code
421,you need do AT+CFTPSLOGOUT to logout server then
AT+CFTPSLOGIN again for further operations.
12.3.2 Summary of Unsolicited Result Codes
Unsolicited codes +CFTPSNOTIFY:PEER CLOSED
Description
When client disconnect passively, URC "+CFTPSNOTIFY: PEER CLOSED" will be reported, then user need to execute AT+CFTPSLOGOUT andlog in again.
www.simcom.com
291 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
13. AT Commands for HTTPS
13.1 Overview of AT Commands for HTTPS
Command AT+HTTPINIT AT+HTTPTERM AT+HTTPPARA AT+HTTPACTION AT+HTTPHEAD AT+HTTPREAD AT+HTTPDATA AT+HTTPPOSTFILE AT+HTTPREADFILE
Description Sart HTTP(S) service Stop HTTP(S) service. Set HTTP(S) Parameter HTTP(S) Method Action Read the HTTP(S) Header Information of Server Response Read the response Information of HTTP(S) Server Input HTTP(S) Data Send HTTP(S) Request to HTTP server by File Receive HTTP(S) Response Content to a file
13.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for HTTPS
13.2.1 AT+HTTPINIT Start HTTP(S) service
AT+HTTPINIT Start HTTP(S) service
Execution Command AT+HTTPINIT
Response a)If start HTTP service successfully: OK b)If failed:
Parameter Saving Mode
ERROR -
Maximum Response Time
120000ms
Reference
Example
AT+HTTPINIT
www.simcom.com
292 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00 OK
13.2.2 AT+HTTPTERM Stop HTTP(S) Service
AT+HTTPTERM Stop HTTP(S) service
Execution Command
Response
AT+HTTPTERM
a)If stop HTTP service successfully: OK b)If failed: ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode
-
Maximum Response Time
120000ms
Reference
Example
AT+HTTPTERM OK
13.2.3 AT+HTTPPARA Set HTTP(S) Parameters value
AT+HTTPPARA Set HTTP(S) Parameters value
Write Command AT+HTTPPARA="URL","<url> "
Write Command AT+HTTPPARA="CONNECTT O",<conn_timeout>
Response a)If parameter format is right: OK b) If parameter format is not right or other errors occur: ERROR Response a)If parameter format is right: OK b) If parameter format is not right or other errors occur:
Write Command
ERROR Response
AT+HTTPPARA="RECVTO",< recv_timeout>
Write Command
a)If parameter format is right: OK b) If parameter format is not right or other errors occur: ERROR Response
AT+HTTPPARA="CONTENT", a)If parameter format is right:
www.simcom.com
293 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
"<content_type>"
Write Command AT+HTTPPARA="ACCEPT"," <accept-type>"
Write Command AT+HTTPPARA="UA","<user _agent>"
Write Command AT+HTTPPARA="SSLCFG"," <sslcfg_id>"
Write Command AT+HTTPPARA="USERDATA ","<user_data>"
Write Command AT+HTTPPARA="BREAK",<b reak>
Write Command AT+HTTPPARA="BREAKEND ",<breakend>
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
OK b) If parameter format is not rightor other errors occur: ERROR Response a)If parameter format is right: OK b) If parameter format is not right or other errors occur: ERROR Response a)If parameter format is right: OK b) If parameter format is not right or other errors occur: ERROR Response a)If parameter format is right: OK b) If parameter format is not right or other errors occur: ERROR Response a)If parameter format is right: OK b) If parameter format is not right or other errors occur: ERROR Response a)If parameter format is right: OK b) If parameter format is not right or other errors occur: ERROR Response a)If parameter format is right: OK b) If parameter format is not right or other errors occur: ERROR -
-
Defined Values
<url>
URL of network resource.String,start with "http://" or"https://" a)http://'server'/'path':'tcpPort'. b)https://'server'/'path':'tcpPort' "server": DNS domain name or IP address "path": path to a file or directory of a server "tcpPort": http default value is 80,https default value is 443.(can be
www.simcom.com
294 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<conn_timeout> <recv_timeout> <content_type> <accept-type> <user_agent> <sslcfg_id> <user_data> <break> <breakend>
omitted)
Timeout for accessing server, Numeric type, range is 20-120s, default is 120s. Timeout for receiving data from server, Numeric type range is 2-120s, default is 10s. This is for HTTP "Content-Type" tag, String type, max length is 256, default is "text/plain". This is for HTTP "Accept-type" tag, String type, max length is 256,default is "*/*". Parameter for HTTP header User-Agent information.String type,max l ength is 256. This is setting SSL context id, Numeric type, range is 0-9. Default is 0.
The customized HTTP header information. String type,max length is 512. Parameter for HTTP method "GET", used for resuming broken transfer. The start of the broken transfer. Default is 0. Parameter for HTTP method "GET", used for resuming broken transfer. The end of the broken transfer. Default is 0. If both "break" and "breakend" are 0, the resume broken transfer function is disabled. If "breakend" is bigger than "break", the transfer scope is from "break" to "breakend". If "breakend" is smaller than "break", the transfer scope is from "break" to the end of the file.
Example
AT+HTTPPARA="USERDATA","Authorization: Basic Y2FycGx1c2dvOmNhcnBsdXgz" OK
13.2.4 AT+HTTPACTION HTTP(S) Method Action
AT+HTTPACTION HTTP(S) Method Action
Test Command
Response
AT+HTTPACTION=?
+HTTPACTION: (0-3)
WriteCommand AT+HTTPACTION=<method>
OK Response a)If parameter format is right : OK
+HTTPACTION: <method>,<statuscode>,<datalen>
www.simcom.com
295 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
b)If parameter format is not right or other errors occur: ERROR -
120000ms
Defined Values
<method>
<statuscode> <datalen>
HTTP method specification: 0: GET 1: POST 2: HEAD 3: DELETE Please refer to chapter 13.3.1
The length of data received
Example
AT+HTTPACTION=1 OK
+HTTPACTION: 1,200,2800
13.2.5 AT+HTTPHEAD Read the HTTP(S) Header Information of Server Response
AT+HTTPHEAD Read the HTTP(S) Header Information of Server Response
Execution Command AT+HTTPHEAD
Parameter Saving Mode
Response a)If read the header information successfully +HTTPHEAD: DATA,<data_len> <data> OK b)If read failed: ERROR -
Maximum Response Time
-
Reference
Defined Values
<data_len> <data>
The length of HTTP header The header information of HTTP response
www.simcom.com
296 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Example
AT+CHTTPHEAD +HTTPHEAD: 750 HTTP/1.1 200 OK Date: Thu, 29 Mar 2018 09:21:12 GMT Content-Type: text/html Content-Length: 14615 Last-Modified: Thu, 15 Mar 2018 08:23:00 GMT Connection: Keep-Alive Vary: Accept-Encoding Set-Cookie: BAIDUID=EF38663A5539EBEAE702321037D5491B:FG=1; expires=Thu, 31-Dec-37 23:55:55 GMT; max-age=2147483647; path=/; domain=.baidu.com Set-Cookie: BIDUPSID=EF38663A5539EBEAE702321037D5491B; expires=Thu, 31-Dec-37 23:55:55 GMT; max-age=2147483647; path=/; domain=.baidu.com Set-Cookie: PSTM=1522315272; expires=Thu, 31-Dec-37 23:55:55 GMT; max-age=2147483647; path=/; domain=.baidu.com P3P: CP=" OTI DSP COR IVA OUR IND COM " Server: BWS/1.1 X-UA-Compatible: IE=Edge,chrome=1 Pragma: no-cache Cache-control: no-cache Accept-Ranges: bytes OK
13.2.6 AT+HTTPREAD Read the Response Information of HTTP(S) Server
AT+HTTPREAD Read the Response Information of HTTP(S) Server
Read Command
Response
AT+HTTPREAD?
a)If check successfully:
+HTTPREAD: LEN,<len>
Write Command AT+HTTPREAD=<byte_size>
OK b)If failed(no more data other error): ERROR Response a)If read the response info successfully OK
+HTTPREAD: DATA,<data_len> <data>
www.simcom.com
297 / 460
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
Defined Values
<byte_size> <data_len> <data> <len>
Example
AT+HTTPREAD=0,10 OK
+HTTPREAD: 10 <!doctyped +HTTPREAD: 0
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
[+HTTPREAD: DATA,<data_len> <data> ...] +HTTPREAD: 0 If <byte_size> is bigger than the data size received, module will only return actual data size. b) If read failed: ERROR 120000ms
The length of data to read The actual length of read data Response content from HTTP server Total size of data saved in buffer
13.2.7 AT+HTTPDATA Input HTTP(S) Data
AT+HTTPDATA Input HTTP(S) Data
Write Command
Response
AT+HTTPDATA=<size>,<time >
a)if parameter format is right:
DOWNLOAD
<input data here>
When the total size of the inputted data reaches <size>, TA will report the following code. Otherwise, the serial port will be blocked.
OK
b)If parameter format is wrong or other errors occur:
www.simcom.com
298 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
Defined Values
<size> <time>
Example
AT+HTTPDATA=14,10000 DOWNLOAD 1234567890qwer OK
ERROR -
Size in bytes of the data to post. range is 1- 153600 (bytes) Maximum time in seconds to input data, range is 10-65535.
13.2.8 AT+HTTPPOSTFILE Send HTTP Request to HTTP(S) server by File
AT+HTTPPOSTFILE Send HTTP Request to HTTP(S) server by File
Test Command
Response
AT+HTTPPOSTFILE=?
+HTTPPOSTFILE: <filename>[,(1-3)[,(0-3)[,(0-1)]]]
Write Command AT+HTTPPOSTFILE=<filenam e>[,<path>][,<method>][,<sen d_header>]
OK Response a)if parameter format is right and server connected successfully:
a.1 server response and content is not null OK
+HTTPPOSTFILE: <method>,<httpstatuscode>,<content_len> a.2 server response but has no content OK
+HTTPPOSTFILE: <method>,<httpstatuscode>,0
b)if parameter format is right but server connected unsuccessfully: OK
+HTTPPOSTFILE: <method>,<errcode>,0
c)if parameter format is not right or any other error occurs: ERROR
www.simcom.com
299 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
120000ms
Defined Values
<filename> <path>
<method> <httpstatuscode> <errcode> <send_header>
String type, filename, the max length is 64.unit:byte. The directory where the sent file saved. Numeric type, range is 1-3 1 F:/ (/cache) 2 D:/(sd card) 3 E:/ (/data/media/) HTTP method specification: 0GET 1 POST 2 HEAD 3 DELETE Please refer to chapter 13.3.1
Please refer to chapter13.3.2 Send file as HTTP header and Body or Only as Body. Numeric type, the range is 0-1, the default is 0. 0 Send file as HTTP header and body 1 Send file as Body
Example
AT+HTTPPOSTFILE="baidu.txt",3 OK
+HTTPPOSTFILE: 1,714,0
13.2.9 AT+HTTPREADFILE Receive HTTP(S) Response Content to a file
AT+HTTPREADFILE Receive HTTP(S) Response Content to a File
Test Command AT+HTTPREADFILE=?
Response +HTTPREADTFILE: <filename>[,(1-4)]
Write Command AT+HTTPREADFILE=<filena me>[,<path>]
OK Response a)if parameter format is right : OK
+HTTPREADFILE: <result>
www.simcom.com
300 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
b)if parameter format is right: +HTTPREADFILE: <result>
OK
c)if failed: +HTTPREADFILE: <result>
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
d)if parameter format is not right or any other error occurs: ERROR -
-
Defined Values
<filename> <path>
String type, filename, the max length is 64.unit:byte. 1 F:/ (/cache/) 2 D:/(sd card) 3 E:/ (/data/media/) 4 /mssl_cert/(this is for CA file downloading)
Example
AT+HTTPREADFILE="baidu.txt",3 OK
+HTTPREADFILE: 0
13.3 Summary of result codes for HTTPS
13.3.1 Summary of HTTP(S) Response Code
Code of <httpstatuscode> 100 101
www.simcom.com
Meaning Continue Switching Protocols
301 / 460
200 201 201 203 204 205 206 300 301 302 303 304 305 307 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 500 501 502 503 504 505 600 601 602
www.simcom.com
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
OK Created Accepted Non-Authoritative Information No Content Reset Content Partial Content Multiple Choices Moved Permanently Found See Other Not Modified Use Proxy Temporary Redirect Bad Request Unauthorized Payment Required Forbidden Not Found Method Not Allowed Not Acceptable Proxy Authentication Required Request Timeout Conflict Gone Length Required Precondition Failed Request Entity Too Large Request-URI Too Large Unsupported Media Type Requested range not satisfiable Expectation Failed Internal Server Error Not Implemented Bad Gateway Service Unavailable Gateway timeout HTTP Version not supported Not HTTP PDU Network Error No memory
302 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
603
DNS Error
604
Stack Busy
13.3.2 Summary of HTTP(S) error Code
Code of <errcode> 0 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719
Meaning Success Alert state Unknown error Busy Connection closed error Timeout Receive/send socket data failed File not exists or other memory error Invalid parameter Network error start a new ssl session failed Wrong state Failed to create socket Get DNS failed Connect socket failed Handshake failed Close socket failed No network error Send data timeout CA missed
www.simcom.com
303 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
14. AT Commands for HTP
14.1 Overview of AT Commands for HTP
Command AT+CHTPSERV AT+CHTPUPDATE
Description Set HTP server info Updating date time using HTP protocol
14.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for HTP
14.2.1 AT+CHTPSERV Set HTP server info
AT+CHTPSERV Set HTP server info
Test Command
Response
AT+CHTPSERV=?
+CHTPSERV: "ADD","HOST",(1-65535), (0-1)[,"PROXY",(1-65535)]
+CHTPSERV: "DEL",(0-15)
OK Response
Read Command AT+CHTPSERV?
+CHTPSERV:
<index>"<host>",<port>,<http_version>
[,"<proxy>",<proxy_port>]
...
+CHTPSERV: <index>"<host>",<port>[,"<proxy>",<proxy_port>]
Write Command AT+CHTPSERV="<cmd>","< host_or_idx>"[,<port>,<http _version>[,"<proxy>",<prox
OK or OK (if HTP server not setted) Response OK or ERROR
www.simcom.com
304 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
y_port>]]
Parameter Saving Mode
-
Maximum Response Time
-
Reference
Defined Values
<cmd>
<host_or_idx>
<host> <port> <http_version>
<proxy> <proxy_port> <index>
This command to operate the HTP server list. "ADD": add a HTP server item to the list "DEL": delete a HTP server item from the list If the <cmd> is "ADD", this field is the same as <host>, needs quotation marks; If the <cmd> is "DEL", this field is the index of the HTP server item to be deleted from the list, does not need quotation marks. The HTP server address. The HTP server port. The HTTP version of the HTP server: 0-HTTP 1.0 1-HTTP 1.1 The proxy address The port of the proxy The HTP server index.
Example
AT+CHTPSERV="ADD","www.google.com",80,1 OK
14.2.2 AT+CHTPUPDATE Updating date time using HTP protocol
AT+CHTPUPDATE Updating date time using HTP protocol
Test Command
Response
AT+CHTPUPDATE=?
OK Response
Read Command AT+CHTPUPDATE?
Execution Command AT+CHTPUPDATE
+CHTPUPDATE: <status>
OK Response OK
www.simcom.com
305 / 460
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
Defined Values
<status>
<err>
Example
AT+CHTPUPDATE OK +CHTPUPDATE: 0
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
+CHTPUPDATE: <err> or ERROR -
The status of HTP module: Updating: HTP module is synchronizing date time NULL: HTP module is idle now The result of the HTP updating
14.2.3 Unsolicited HTP Codes
Code of <err>
0 1 2 3 4
Operation succeeded Unknown error Wrong parameter Wrong date and time calculated Network error
www.simcom.com
306 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
15. AT Commands for NTP
15.1 Overview of AT Commands for NTP
Command AT+CNTP
Description Update system time
15.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for NTP
15.2.1 AT+CNTP Update system time
AT+CNTP Update system time
Test Command
Response
AT+CNTP=?
+CNTP: 255,(-96~96)
Read Command AT+CNTP?
OK Response +CNTP: <host>,<timezone>
Write Command AT+CNTP="<host>"[,<timez one>]
Execution Command AT+CNTP
OK
Response OK or ERROR Response +CNTP: <host>,<timezone>
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time
OK or ERROR -
-
www.simcom.com
307 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Reference
-
Defined Values
<host> <timezone>
NTP server address, length is 255. Local time zone,the range is(-96 to 96), default value is 0.
Example
AT+CNTP="202.120.2.101",32 OK AT+CNTP OK
+CNTP: 0
15.2.2 Unsolicited NTP Codes
Code of <err>
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Operation succeeded Unknown error Wrong parameter Wrong date and time calculated Network error Time zone error Time out error
www.simcom.com
308 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
16. AT Commands for MQTT(S)
16.1 Overview of AT Commands for MQTT(S)
Command AT+CMQTTSTART AT+CMQTTSTOP AT+CMQTTACCQ AT+CMQTTREL AT+CMQTTSSLCFG AT+CMQTTWILLTOPIC AT+CMQTTWILLMSG AT+CMQTTCONNECT AT+CMQTTDISC AT+CMQTTTOPIC AT+CMQTTPAYLOAD AT+CMQTTPUB AT+CMQTTSUBTOPIC AT+CMQTTSUB AT+CMQTTUNSUBTOPIC AT+CMQTTUNSUB AT+CMQTTCFG
Description Start MQTT service STOP MQTT service Acquire a client Release a client Set the SSL context Input the will topic Input the will message Connect to MQTT server Disconnect from server Input the publish message topic Input the publish message body Publish a message to server Input a subscribe message topic Subscribe a message to server Input a unsubscribe message topic Unsubscribe a message to server Configure the MQTT Context
16.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for MQTT(S)
16.2.1 AT+CMQTTSTART Start MQTT service
AT+CMQTTSTART Start MQTT service
Execution Command
Response
AT+CMQTTSTART
OK
+CMQTTSTART: <err>
www.simcom.com
309 / 460
Defined Values
<err>
Example
AT+CMQTTSTART OK +CMQTTSTART: 0
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
or +CMQTTSTART: <err>
OK or ERROR
+CMQTTSTART: <err> or +CMQTTSTART: <err>
ERROR or ERROR
The result code, please refer to chapter 16.3.1
NOTE It must be executed before any other MQTT related operations
16.2.2 AT+CMQTTSTOP STOP MQTT service
AT+CMQTTSTOP STOP MQTT service
Execution Command
Response
AT+CMQTTSTOP
OK
+CMQTTSTOP: <err> or +CMQTTSTOP: <err>
www.simcom.com
310 / 460
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
Defined Values
<err>
Example
AT+CMQTTSTOP OK
+CMQTTSTOP: 0
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
OK or ERROR
+CMQTTSTOP: <err> or +CMQTTSTOP: <err>
ERROR or ERROR -
The result code, please refer to chapter 16.3.1
16.2.3 AT+CMQTTACCQ Acquire a client
AT+CMQTTACCQ Acquire a client
Test Command
Response
AT+CMQTTACCQ=?
+CMQTTACCQ: (0-1),(1-128),(0-1),(3-4)
Read Command AT+CMQTTACCQ?
OK Response +CMQTTACCQ: <client_index>,<clientID>,<server_type> +CMQTTACCQ: <client_index>,<clientID>,<server_type>
Write Command AT+CMQTTACCQ=<client_i ndex>,<clientID>[,<server_t ype>[,<mqtt_version>]]
OK Response OK or +CMQTTACCQ: <client_index>,<err>
www.simcom.com
311 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
ERROR or ERROR -
-
Defined Values
<client_index> <clientID> <server_type>
<mqtt_version>
<err>
A numeric parameter that identifies a client. The range of permitted values is 0 to 1. The UTF-encoded string. It specifies a unique identifier for the client. The string length is from 1 to 128 bytes. A numeric parameter that identifies the server type. The default value is 0. 0 - MQTT server with TCP 1 - MQTT server with SSL/TLS A numeric parameter that identifies the MQTT protocol version. The permitted value is 3 or 4. 3 - MQTT version 3.1 4 - MQTT version 3.1.1 The result code, please refer to chapter 16.3.1
Example
AT+CMQTTACCQ=0,"client test0",0,4 OK
NOTE It must be called before all commands about MQTT connect and after AT+CMQTTSTART
16.2.4 AT+CMQTTREL Release a client
AT+CMQTTREL Release a client
Test Command
Response
AT+CMQTTREL=?
+CMQTTREL: (0-1)
OK
www.simcom.com
312 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Read Command AT+CMQTTREL? Write Command AT+CMQTTREL=<client_ind ex>
Response OK Response OK or +CMQTTREL: <client_index>,<err>
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
ERROR or ERROR -
120000ms
Defined Values
<client_index> <err>
A numeric parameter that identifies a client. The range of permitted values is 0 to 1. The result code, please refer to chapter 16.3.1
Example
AT+CMQTTREL=0 OK
NOTE It must be called after AT+CMQTTDISC and before AT+CMQTTSTOP
16.2.5 AT+CMQTTSSLCFG Set the SSL context
AT+CMQTTSSLCFG Set the SSL context
Test Command
Response
AT+CMQTTSSLCFG=?
+CMQTTSSLCFG: (0,1),(0-9)
Read Command AT+CMQTTSSLCFG?
OK Response +CMQTTSSLCFG: <session_id>,[<ssl_ctx_index >] +CMQTTSSLCFG: <session_id>,[<ssl_ctx_index >]
www.simcom.com
313 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Write Command AT+CMQTTSSLCFG=<sessi on_id>,<ssl_ctx_index>
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
OK Response OK or ERROR -
-
Defined Values
<session_id> <ssl_ctx_index>
A numeric parameter that identifies a client. The range of permitted values is 0 to 1. The SSL context ID which will be used in the SSL connection. Refer to the <ssl_ctx_index> of AT+CSSLCFG
Example
AT+CMQTTSSLCFG=0,1 OK
NOTE
If you don't set the SSL context by this command before connecting to server by AT+CMQTTCONNECT, the CMQTTCONNECT operation will use the SSL context as same as index <session_id> (the 1st parameter of AT+ CMQTTCONNECT) when connecting to the server
16.2.6 AT+CMQTTWILLTOPIC Input the will topic
AT+CMQTTWILLTOPIC Input the will topic
Test Command
Response
AT+CMQTTWILLTOPIC=? +CMQTTWILLTOPIC: (0-1),(1-1024)
Write Command AT+CMQTTWILLTOPIC=<cli ent_index>,<req_length>
OK Response > <input data here> OK or
www.simcom.com
314 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
+CMQTTWILLTOPIC: <client_index>,<err>
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
ERROR or ERROR -
-
Defined Values
<client_index> <req_length> <err>
A numeric parameter that identifies a client. The range of permitted values is 0 to 1. The length of input topic. The will topic should be UTF-encoded string. The range is from 1 to 1024 bytes. The result code, please refer to chapter 16.3.1
Example
AT+CMQTTWILLTOPIC=0,15 >simcomwilltopic OK
16.2.7 AT+CMQTTWILLMSG Input the will message
AT+CMQTTWILLMSG Input the will message
Test Command
Response
AT+CMQTTWILLMSG=?
+CMQTTWILLMSG: (0-1),(1-1024),(0-2)
Write Command AT+CMQTTWILLMSG=<clie nt_index>,<req_length>,<qo s>
OK Response > <input data here> OK or +CMQTTWILLMSG: <client_index>,<err>
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time
ERROR or ERROR -
-
www.simcom.com
315 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Reference
Defined Values
<client_index>
<req_length>
<qos> <err>
A numeric parameter that identifies a client. The range of permitted values is 0 to 1. The length of input data. The will message should be UTF-encoded string. The range is from 1 to 1024 bytes. The qos value of the will message. The range is from 0 to 2. The result code, please refer to chapter 16.3.1
Example
AT+CMQTTWILLMSG=0,17,0 >simcomwillmessage OK
16.2.8 AT+CMQTTDISC Disconnect from server
AT+CMQTTDISC Disconnect from server
Test Command AT+CMQTTDISC=?
Response +CMQTTDISC: (0-1),(0,60-180)
Read Command AT+CMQTTDISC?
OK Response +CMQTTDISC: 0,<disc_state> +CMQTTDISC: 1,<disc_state>
Write Command AT+CMQTTDISC=<client_in dex>,<timeout>
OK Response OK
+CMQTTDISC: <client_index>,<err> or +CMQTTDISC: <client_index>,<err>
OK or +CMQTTDISC: <client_index>,<err>
ERROR or
www.simcom.com
316 / 460
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
Defined Values
<client_index> <timeout> <disc_state> <err>
Example
AT+CMQTTDISC=0,120 OK +CMQTTDISC: 0,0
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
ERROR 120000ms
A numeric parameter that identifies a client. The range of permitted values is 0 to 1. The timeout value for disconnection. The unit is second. The range is 60s to 180s. The default value is 0s (not set the timeout value) 1 - disconnection 0 - connection The result code, please refer to chapter 16.3.1
16.2.9 AT+CMQTTCONNECT Connect to MQTT server
AT+CMQTTCONNECT Connect to MQTT server
Test Command
Response
AT+CMQTTCONNECT=?
+CMQTTCONNECT: (0-1),(9-256),(1-64800),(0-1)
Read Command AT+CMQTTCONNECT?
OK Response +CMQTTCONNECT: 0[,<server_addr>,<keepalive_time>,<clean_session>[,<user_nam e>[,<pass_word>]]] +CMQTTCONNECT: 1[,<server_addr>,<keepalive_time>,<clean_session>[,<user_nam e>[,<pass_word>]]]
Write Command AT+CMQTTCONNECT=<clie nt_index>,<server_addr>,<k eepalive_time>,<clean_sess
OK Response OK
+CMQTTCONNECT: <client_index>,<err>
www.simcom.com
317 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
ion>[,<user_name>[,<pass_ or
word>]]
+CMQTTCONNECT: <client_index>,<err>
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
ERROR or ERROR -
120000ms
Defined Values
<client_index> <server_addr> <keepalive_time> <clean_session>
<user_name> <password> <err>
A numeric parameter that identifies a client. The range of permitted values is 0 to 1. The string that described the server address and port. The range of the string length is 9 to 256 bytes. The string should be like this "tcp://116.247.119.165:5141", must begin with "tcp://". If the <server_addr> not include the port, the default port is 1883. The time interval between two messages received from a client. The client will send a keep-alive packet when there is no message sent to server after song long time. The range is from 1s to 64800s (18 hours) The clean session flag. The value range is from 0 to 1, and default value is 0. 0 - the server must store the subscriptions of the client after it disconnected. This includes continuing to store QoS 1 and QoS 2 messages for the subscribed topics so that they can be delivered when the client reconnects. The server must also maintain the state of in-flight messages being delivered at the point the connection is lost. This information must be kept until the client reconnects. 1 - the server must discard any previously maintained information about the client and treat the connection as "clean". The server must also discard any state when the client disconnects. The user name identifies the name of the user which can be used for authentication when connecting to server. The string length is from 1 to 256 bytes. The password corresponding to the user which can be used for authentication when connecting to server. The string length is from 1 to 256 bytes. The result code, please refer to chapter 16.3.1
Example
AT+CMQTTCONNECT=0,"tcp://hooleeping.com:8883",60,1 OK
www.simcom.com
318 / 460
+CMQTTCONNECT: 0,0
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
NOTE If you don't set the SSL context by AT+CMQTTSSLCFG before connecting a SSL/TLS MQTT
server by AT+CMQTTCONNECT, it will use the <client_index> (the 1st parameter of AT+CMQTTCONNECT) SSL context when connecting to the server.
16.2.10 AT+CMQTTTOPIC Input the publish message topic
AT+CMQTTTOPIC Input the publish message topic
Test Command
Response
AT+CMQTTTOPIC=?
+CMQTTTOPIC: (0-1),(1-1024)
Write Command AT+CMQTTTOPIC=<client_i ndex>,<req_length>
OK Response > <input data here> OK or +CMQTTTOPIC: <client_index>,<err>
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
ERROR or ERROR -
-
Defined Values
<client_index> <req_length> <err>
A numeric parameter that identifies a client. The range of permitted values is 0 to 1. The length of input topic data. The publish message topic should be UTF-encoded string. The range is from 1 to 1024 bytes. The result code, please refer to chapter 16.3.1
Example
AT+CMQTTTOPIC=0,11 >simcomtopic OK
www.simcom.com
319 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
NOTE The topic will be clean after execute AT+CMQTTPUB
16.2.11 AT+CMQTTPAYLOAD Input the publish message body
AT+CMQTTPAYLOAD Input the publish message body
Test Command
Response
AT+CMQTTPAYLOAD=?
+CMQTTPAYLOAD: (0-1),(1-10240)
Write Command AT+CMQTTPAYLOAD=<clie nt_index>,<req_length>
OK Response > <input data here> OK +CMQTTPAYLOAD: <client_index>,<err>
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
ERROR or ERROR -
-
Defined Values
<client_index> <req_length> <err>
A numeric parameter that identifies a client. The range of permitted values is 0 to 1. The length of input message data. The publish message should be UTF-encoded string. The range is from 1 to 10240 bytes The result code, please refer to chapter 16.3.1
Example
AT+CMQTTPAYLOAD=0,13 >simcompayload OK
www.simcom.com
320 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
NOTE The payload will be clean after execute AT+CMQTTPUB
16.2.12 AT+CMQTTPUB Publish a message to server
AT+CMQTTPUB Publish a message to server
Test Command
Response
AT+CMQTTPUB=?
+CMQTTPUB: (0-1),(0-2),(60-180),(0-1),(0-1)
Write Command AT+CMQTTPUB=<client_ind ex>,<qos>,<pub_timeout>[, <ratained> [,<dup>]]
OK Response OK
+CMQTTPUB: <client_index>,<err> or +CMQTTPUB: <client_index>,<err>
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
ERROR or ERROR -
120000ms
Defined Values
<client_index> <qos>
<pub_timeout>
<ratained>
A numeric parameter that identifies a client. The range of permitted values is 0 to 1. The publish message's qos. The range is from 0 to 2. 0 at most once 1 at least once 2 exactly once The publishing timeout interval value. Since the client publish a message to server, it will report failed if the client receive no response from server after the timeout value seconds. The range is from 60s to 180s The retain flag of the publish message. The value is 0 or 1. The default value is 0. When a client sends a PUBLISH to a server, if the retain flag is set to
www.simcom.com
321 / 460
<dup>
<err>
Example
AT+CMQTTPUB=0,0,120 OK +CMQTTPUB: 0,0
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
1, the server should hold on to the message after it has been delivered to the current subscribers The dup flag to the message. The value is 0 or 1. The default value is 0. The flag is set when the client or server attempts to re-deliver a message The result code, please refer to chapter 16.3.1
16.2.13 AT+CMQTTSUBTOPIC Input a subscribe message topic
AT+CMQTTSUBTOPIC Input a subscribe message topic
Test Command
Response
AT+CMQTTSUBTOPIC=?
+CMQTTSUBTOPIC: (0-1),(1-1024),(0-2)
Write Command AT+CMQTTSUBTOPIC=<clie nt_index>,<req_length>,<qo s>
OK Response > <input data here> OK or +CMQTTSUBTOPIC: <client_index>,<err>
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
ERROR or ERROR -
-
Defined Values
<client_index> <req_length>
A numeric parameter that identifies a client. The range of permitted values is 0 to 1. The length of input topic data. The publish message topic should be UTF-encoded string. The range is from 1 to 1024 bytes.
www.simcom.com
322 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<qos> <err>
NOTE: The max length of the total cached topics is 5120
The publish message's qos. The range is from 0 to 2. 0 at most once 1 at least once 2 exactly once The result code, please refer to chapter 16.3.1
Example
AT+CMQTTSUBTOPIC=0,11,0 >simcomtopic OK
NOTE The topic will be clean after execute AT+CMQTTSUB.
16.2.14 AT+CMQTTSUB Subscribe a message to server
AT+CMQTTSUB Subscribe a message to server
Test Command
Response
AT+CMQTTSUB=?
+CMQTTSUB: (0-1),(1-1024),(0-2),(0-1)
Write Command /*subscribe one or more topicswhichinputby AT+CMQTTSUBTOPIC*/ AT+CMQTTSUB=<client_ind ex>[,<dup>]
OK Response OK
+CMQTTSUB: <client_index>,<err> or +CMQTTSUB: <client_index>,<err>
Write Command /* subcribe one topic*/ AT+CMQTTSUB=<client_ind ex>,<reqLength>,<qos>[,<d up>]
ERROR or ERROR Response > <input data here> OK
+CMQTTSUB: <client_index>,<err> or
www.simcom.com
323 / 460
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
Defined Values
<client_index> <req_length> <qos>
<dup>
<err>
Example
AT+CMQTTSUB=0 OK +CMQTTSUB: 0,0
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
+CMQTTSUB: <client_index>,<err>
ERROR or ERROR 120000ms
A numeric parameter that identifies a client. The range of permitted values is 0 to 1. The length of input topic data. The message topic should be UTF-encoded string. The range is from 1 to 1024 bytes. The publish message's qos. The range is from 0 to 2. 0 at most once 1 at least once 2 exactly once The dup flag to the message. The value is 0 or 1. The default value is 0. The flag is set when the client or server attempts to re-deliver a message. The result code, please refer to chapter 16.3.1
16.2.15 AT+CMQTTUNSUBTOPIC Input a unsubscribe message topic
AT+CMQTTUNSUBTOPIC Input a unsubscribe message topic
Test Command
Response
AT+CMQTTUNSUBTOPIC=? +CMQTTUNSUBTOPIC: (0-1),(1-1024)
Write Command AT+CMQTTUNSUBTOPIC=< client_index>,<req_length>
OK Response > <input data here> OK
www.simcom.com
324 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
or +CMQTTUNSUBTOPIC: <client_index>,<err>
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
ERROR or ERROR -
-
Defined Values
<client_index> <req_length> <err>
A numeric parameter that identifies a client. The range of permitted values is 0 to 1. The length of input topic data. The publish message topic should be UTF-encoded string. The range is from 1 to 1024 bytes. The result code, please refer to chapter 16.3.1
Example
AT+CMQTTUNSUBTOPIC=0,11 >simcomtopic OK
NOTE
The max length of the total cached topics is 5120. The topic will be clean after execute AT+CMQTTUNSUB
16.2.16 AT+CMQTTUNSUB Unsubscribe a message to server
AT+CMQTTUNSUB Unsubscribe a message to server
Test Command
Response
AT+CMQTTUNSUB=?
+CMQTTUNSUB: (0-1),(1-1024),(0-1)
Write Command /* unsubscribe one or more topics which input by AT+CMQTTUNSUBTOPIC*/
OK Response OK
+CMQTTUNSUB: <client_index>,<err>
www.simcom.com
325 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+CMQTTUNSUB=<client_ or
index>,<dup>
+CMQTTUNSUB: <client_index>,<err>
Write Command /* unsubscribe one topic*/ AT+CMQTTUNSUB=<client_ index>,<reqLength>,<dup>
ERROR or ERROR Response > <input data here> OK
+CMQTTUNSUB: <client_index>,<err> or +CMQTTUNSUB: <client_index>,<err>
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
ERROR or ERROR -
120000ms
Defined Values
<client_index> <req_length> <dup>
<err>
A numeric parameter that identifies a client. The range of permitted values is 0 to 1. The length of input topic data. The message topic should be UTF-encoded string. The range is from 1 to 1024 bytes. The dup flag to the message. The value is 0 or 1. The default value is 0. The flag is set when the client or server attempts to re-deliver a message. The result code, please refer to chapter 16.3.1
Example
AT+CMQTTUNSUB =0,0 OK
+CMQTTUNSUB: 0,0
16.2.17 AT+CMQTTCFG Configure the MQTT Context
www.simcom.com
326 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+CMQTTCFG Configure the MQTT Context
Test Command
Response
AT+CMQTTCFG=?
+CMQTTCFG: "checkUTF8",(0-1),(0-1)
+CMQTTCFG: "optimeout",(0-1),(20-120)
Read Command AT+CMQTTCFG?
OK Response +CMQTTCFG: 0,<checkUTF8_flag>,<optimeout_val> +CMQTTCFG: 1,<checkUTF8_flag>,<optimeout_val>
Write Command
OK Response
/*Configure the check UTF8 flag of the specified MQTT client context*/ AT+CMQTTCFG="checkUTF 8",<client_index>,<checkUT F8_flag>
Write Command
OK or +CMQTTCFG: <client_index>,<err>
OK or ERROR Response
/*Configure the max timeout OK interval of the send or or
receive data operation*/ AT+CMQTTCFG="optimeout ",<client_index>,<optimeout _val>
Parameter Saving Mode
+CMQTTCFG: <client_index>,<err>
OK or ERROR -
Maximum Response Time
-
Reference
Defined Values
<client_index> <checkUTF8_flag>
<optimeout_val> <err>
A numeric parameter that identifies a client. The range of permitted values is 0 to 1. The flag to indicate whether to check the string is UTF8 coding or not, the default value is 1. 0 Not check UTF8 coding. 1 Check UTF8 coding. The max timeout interval of sending or receiving data operation. The range is from 20 seconds to 120 seconds, the default value is 120 seconds. The result code, please refer to chapter 16.3.1
Example
www.simcom.com
327 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+CMQTTCFG="checkUTF8",0,0 OK AT+CMQTTCFG="optimeout",0,120 OK
NOTE It must be called before AT+CMQTTCONNECT and after AT+CMQTTACCQ. The setting will be
cleared after AT+CMQTTREL
16.3 Summary of result codes for MQTT(S)
16.3.1 Summary of Command result <err> codes
Code of <err> 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Meaning operation succeeded failed bad UTF-8 string sock connect fail sock create fail sock close fail message receive fail network open fail network close fail network not opened client index error no connection invalid parameter not supported operation client is busy require connection fail sock sending fail timeout topic is empty client is used
www.simcom.com
328 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
20
client not acquired
21
client not released
22
length out of range
23
network is opened
24
packet fail
25
DNS error
26
socket is closed by server
27
connection refused: unaccepted protocol version
28
connection refused: identifier rejected
29
connection refused: server unavailable
30
connection refused: bad user name or password
31
connection refused: not authorized
32
handshake fail
33
not set certificate
34
open SSL session failed
16.3.2 Summary of Unsolicited Result Codes
Unsolicited codes
Description
+CMQTTCONNLOST: <client_index>,<cause> +CMQTTPING: <client_index>,<err>
When client disconnect passively, URC "+CMQTTCONNLOST" will be reported, then user need to connect MQTT server again. When send ping (which keep-alive to the server) to server failed, the module will report this URC. If received this message, you should disconnect the connection and re-connect
+CMQTTNONET
+CMQTTRXSTART: <client_index>,<topic_total_len >,<payload_total_len> +CMQTTRXTOPIC: <client_index>,<sub_topic_len> <sub_topic>
/*for long topic, split to multiple packets to report*/ [<CR><LF>+CMQTTRXTOPIC: <client_index>,<sub_topic_len> <sub_topic>]
When the network is become no network, the module will report this URC. If received this message, you should restart the MQTT service by AT+CMQTTSTART. If a client subscribes to one or more topics, any message published to those topics are sent by the server to the client. The following URC is used for transmitting the message published from server to client. 1)+CMQTTRXSTART: <client_index>,<topic_total_len>,<payload_total_len> At the beginning of receiving published message, the module will report this to user, and indicate client index with <client_index>, the topic total length with <topic_total_len> and the payload total length with <payload_total_len>. 2)+CMQTTRXTOPIC: <client_index>,<sub_topic_len>\r\n<sub_topic>
www.simcom.com
329 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
+CMQTTRXPAYLOAD: <client_index>,<sub_payload_l en> <sub_payload> /*for long payload, split to multiple packets to report*/ [+CMQTTRXPAYLOAD: <client_index>,<sub_payload_l en> <sub_payload>] +CMQTTRXEND: <client_index>
After the command "+CMQTTRXSTART" received, the module will report the second message to user, and indicate client index with <client_index>, the topic packet length with <sub_topic_len> and the topic content with <sub_topic> after "\r\n". For long topic, it will be split to multiple packets to report and the command "+CMQTTRXTOPIC" will be send more than once with the rest of topic content. The sum of <sub_topic_len> is equal to <topic_total_len>. 3)+CMQTTRXPAYLOAD: <client_index>,<sub_payload_len>\r\n<sub_payload> After the command "+CMQTTRXTOPIC" received, the module will send third message to user, and indicate client index with <client_index>, the payload packet length with <sub_payload_len> and the payload content with <sub_payload> after "\r\n". For long payload, the same as "+CMQTTRXTOPIC". 4) +CMQTTRXEND: <client_index> At last, the module will send fourth message to user and indicate the topic and payload have been transmitted completely.
Defined Values
<client_index> <cause>
<topic_total_len> <payload_total_len> <sub_topic_len> <sub_topic> <sub_payload_len> <sub_payload> <err>
A numeric parameter that identifies a client. The range of permitted values is 0 to 1. The cause of disconnection. 1 Socket is closed passively. 2 Socket is reset. 3 Network is closed. The length of message topic received from MQTT server. The range is from 1 to 1024 bytes. The length of message body received from MQTT server. The range is from 1 to 10240 bytes. The sub topic packet length, The sum of <sub_topic_len> is equal to <topic_total_len>. The sub topic content.
Max length is 1500. The sub message body packet length. The sum of <sub_payload_len> is equal to <payload_total_len>. The sub message body content.
The result code, please refer to chapter 16.3.1
www.simcom.com
330 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
17. AT Commands for GPS
17.1 Overview of AT Commands for GPS
Command AT+CGPS AT+CGPSINFO AT+CGPSCOLD AT+CGPSHOT AT+CGPSURL AT+CGPSSSL AT+CGPSAUTO AT+CGPSNMEA AT+CGPSNMEARATE AT+CGPSMD AT+CGPSFTM AT+CGPSDEL AT+CGPSXE AT+CGPSXD AT+CGPSXDAUTO AT+CGPSINFOCFG AT+CGPSPMD AT+CGPSMSB AT+CGPSHOR AT+CGPSNOTIFY AT+CGNSSINFO AT+CGNSSMODE AT+CGPSIPV6 AT+CGPSXTRADATA
Description Start/Stop GPS session Get GPS fixed position information Cold start GPS Hot start GPS Set AGPS drfault server URL Set AGPS transport security Start GPS automatic Configure NMEA sentence type Set NMEA output rate Configure AGPS MO method Start GPS test mode Delete the GPS information Enable/Disable GPS XTRA function Download XTRA assistant file Download XTRA assistant file automatically Report GPS NMEA-0183 sentence Configure positioning mode Configure based mode switch to standalone Configure positioning desired accuracy LCS respond position request Get GNSS fixed position information Configure GNSS support mode Set AGPS IPV6 Addr&Port Query the validity of the current gpsOne XTRA data
17.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for GPS
www.simcom.com
331 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
17.2.1 AT+CGPS Start/Stop GPS session
AT+CGPS Start/Stop GPS Session
Test Command AT+CGPS=?
Response +CGPS: (list of supported <on/off>s),( list of supported <mode>s)
Read Command AT+CGPS?
OK Response +CGPS: <on/off>,<mode>
Write Command AT+CGPS=<on/off>[,<mode >]
OK Response OK If UE-assisted mode, when fixed will report indication: +CGPS:<lat>,<lon>,<alt>,<date>,<time> If <off>, it will report indication: +CGPS:0 or ERROR
Defined Values
<on/off>
<mode>
<lat> <lon> <alt> <date> <time> <unconfidence> <uncertainty_meter>
Values reserved by the present document: 0 stop GPS session 1 start GPS session Ignore - standalone mode 1 standalone mode 2 UE-based mode 3 UE-assisted mode Latitude of current position. Unit is in 10^8 degree Longitude of current position. Unit is in 10^8 degree MSL Altitude. Unit is meters. UTC Date. Output format is ddmmyyyy UTC Time. Output format is hhmmss.s Unconfidence of the location, GPS fixed report 39, cell fixed report 100. Uncertainty meters.
Example
AT+CGPS? +CGPS:1
www.simcom.com
332 / 460
OK AT+CGPS=1 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
NOTE Output of NMEA sentences is automatic; no control via AT commands is provided. If executing
AT+CGPS=1, the GPS session will choose cold or hot start automatically. UE-based and UE-assisted mode depend on URL (AT+CGPSURL). When UE-based mode fails, it
will switch standalone mode. UE-assisted mode is singly fixed. Standalone and UE-based mode is consecutively fixed. After the GPS closed, it should to wait about 2s~30s for start again. Reason If the signal
conditions are right (strong enough signals to allow ephemeris demodulation) or ephemeris demodulation is on going, sometimes MGP will stay on longer in order to demodulate more ephemeris. This will help the engine provide faster TTFF and possibly better yield later (up to 2 hours), because it has the benefit of more ephemeris available. For SIM7600E-H-M2/SIM7600SA-H-M2/SIM7600A-H-M2 module, GPS started should be decided by the physical switch of GPS flight mode in the module firstly. Close the switch, GPS will be started automatically, then you can open or close gps by AT command, otherwize, GPS could not be started in any way.
17.2.2 AT+CGPSINFO Get GPS fixed position information
AT+CGPSINFO Get GPS fixed position infomation
Test Command
Response
AT+CGPSINFO=?
+CGPSINFO: (scope of <time>)
Read Command AT+CGPSINFO?
OK Response +CGPSINFO: <time>
Write Command AT+CGPSINFO=<time>
Execution Command AT+CGPSINFO
OK Response OK +CGPSINFO:[<lat>],[<N/S>],[<log>],[<E/W>],[<date>],[<UTC time>],[<alt>],[<speed>],[<course>] If <off>, it will report indication: OK (if <time>=0) Response +CGPSINFO:[<lat>],[<N/S>],[<log>],[<E/W>],[<date>],[<UTC time>],[<alt>],[<speed>],[<course>]
www.simcom.com
333 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
OK
Defined Values
<lat> <N/S> <log> <E/W> <date> <UTC time> <alt> <speed> <course> <time>
Latitude of current position. Output format is ddmm.mmmmmm N/S Indicator, N=north or S=south Longitude of current position. Output format is dddmm.mmmmmm E/W Indicator, E=east or W=west Date. Output format is ddmmyy UTC Time. Output format is hhmmss.s MSL Altitude. Unit is meters. Speed Over Ground. Unit is knots. Course. Degrees. The range is 0-255, unit is second, after set <time> will report the GPS information every the seconds.
Example
AT+CGPSINFO=? +CGPSINFO: (0-255)
OK AT+CGPSINFO? +CGPSINFO: 0
OK AT+CGPSINFO +CGPSINFO:3113.343286,N,12121.234064,E,250311,072809.3,44.1,0.0,0
OK
17.2.3 AT+CGPSCOLD Cold Start GPS
AT+CGPSCOLD Cold Start GPS
Test Command AT+CGPSCOLD=? Execution Command
Response OK Response
AT+CGPSCOLD
OK
Example
www.simcom.com
334 / 460
AT+CGPSCOLD=? OK AT+CGPSCOLD OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
NOTE Before using this command,it must use AT+CGPS=0 to stop GPS session.
17.2.4 AT+CGPSHOT Hot Start GPS
AT+CGPSHOT Hot Start GPS
Test Command
Response
AT+CGPSHOT=?
OK
Execution Command
Response
AT+CGPSHOT
OK
Example
AT+CGPSHOT=? OK AT+CGPSHOT OK
NOTE Before using this command,it must use AT+CGPS=0 to stop GPS session.
17.2.5 AT+CGPSURL Set AGPS default server URL
AT+CGPSURL Set AGPS default server URL
Test Command
Response
AT+CGPSURL=?
OK
Read Command
Response
AT+CGPSURL?
+CGPSURL: <URL>
OK
www.simcom.com
335 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Write Command AT+CGPSURL=<URL>
Response OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<URL>
AGPS default server URL. It needs double quotation marks. NOTE: Max length of URL is 128.
Example
AT+CGPSURL="123.123.123.123:8888" OK AT+CGPSURL? +CGPSURL: "123.123.123.123:8888" OK
NOTE It will take effect only after restarting.
17.2.6 AT+CGPSSSL Set AGPS transport security
AT+CGPSSSL Set AGPS transport security
Test Command
Response
AT+CGPSSSL=?
+CGPSSSL: (list of supported<SSL>s)
Read Command AT+CGPSSSL?
OK Response +CGPSSSL: <SSL>
Write Command AT+CGPSSSL=<SSL>
OK Response OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<SSL>
0 don't use certificate
www.simcom.com
336 / 460
Example
AT+CGPSSSL=0 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00 1 use certificate
17.2.7 AT+CGPSAUTO Start GPS automatic
AT+CGPSAUTO Start GPS automatic
Test Command
Response
AT+CGPSAUTO=?
+CGPSAUTO: (list of supported<auto>s)
Read Command AT+CGPSAUTO?
OK Response +CGPSAUTO: <auto>
Write Command AT+CGPSAUTO=<auto>
OK Response OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<auto>
0 Non-automatic 1 automatic
Example
AT+CGPSAUTO=1 OK
NOTE If GPS start automatically, its operation mode is standalone mode..
www.simcom.com
337 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
17.2.8 AT+CGPSNMEA Configure NMEA sentence type
AT+CGPSNMEA Configure NMEA sentence type
Test Command AT+CGPSNMEA=?
Response +CGPSNMEA: (list of supported<auto>s)
Read Command AT+CGPSNMEA?
OK Response +CGPSNMEA: <nmea>
Write Command AT+CGPSNMEA=<nmea>
OK Response OK or If GPS engine is running: ERROR
Defined Values
<auto>
Range 0 to 262143 Each bit enables an NMEA sentence output as follows:
Bit 0 GPGGA (global positioning system fix data) Bit 1 GPRMC (recommended minimum specific GPS/TRANSIT data) Bit 2 GPGSV (GPS satellites in view) Bit 3 GPGSA (GPS DOP and active satellites) Bit 4 GPVTG (track made good and ground speed) Bit 5 PQXFI (Global Positioning System Extended Fix Data.) Bit 6 GLGSV (GLONASS satellites in view GLONASS fixes only) Bit 7 GNGSA (1. GPS/2. Glonass/3. GALILE DOP and Active Satellites.) Bit 8 GNGNS (fix data for GNSS receivers;output for GPS,GLONASS,GALILEO) Bit 9 Reserved Bit 10 GAGSV (GALILEO satellites in view) Bit 11 Reserved Bit 12 Reserved Bit 13 Reserved Bit 14 Reserved Bit 15 Reserved, Bit 16 BDGSA/PQGSA (BEIDOU/QZSS DOP and active satellites) Bit 17 BDGSV/PQGSV (BEIDOUQZSS satellites in view) Set the desired NMEA sentence bit(s). If multiple NMEA sentence formats are desired, "OR" the desired bits together.
www.simcom.com
338 / 460
Example
AT+CGPSNMEA=200191 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00 NOTE: Reserved default 0, set invalid.
NOTE If nmea bit 2 GPGSV doesn't configure, GPGSV sentence also doesn't output on AT/modem port
even set AT+CGPSFTM=1. Module should reboot to take effect.
17.2.9 AT+CGPSNMEARATE Set NMEA output rate
AT+CGPSNMEARATE Set NMEA output rate
Test Command
Response
AT+CGPSNMEARATE=?
+CGPSNMEARATE: (list of supported<rate>)
Read Command AT+CGPSNMEARATE?
OK Response +CGPSNMEARATE: <rate>
Write Command AT+CGPSNMEA=<rate>
OK Response OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<rate>
0 output rate 1HZ 1 output rate 10HZ
Example
AT+CGPSNMEARATE=1 OK
www.simcom.com
339 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
17.2.10 AT+CGPSMD Configure AGPS MO method
AT+CGPSMD Configure AGPS MO method
Test Command AT+CGPSMD=?
Response +CGPSMD: (scope of<method>)
Read Command AT+CGPSMD?
OK Response +CGPSMD: <method>
Write Command AT+CGPSMD=<method>
OK Response OK or If GPS engine is running: ERROR
Defined Values
<method>
0 Control plane 1 User plane
Example
AT+CGPSMD=1 OK
17.2.11 AT+CGPSFTM Start GPS test mode
AT+CGPSFTM Start GPS test mode
Test Command
Response
AT+CGPSFTM=?
OK
Read Command
Response
AT+CGPSFTM?
+CGPSFTM: <on/off>
Write Command AT+CGPSFTM=<on/off>
OK Response OK or ERROR
www.simcom.com
340 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Defined Values
<on/off>
<CNo> URC format
0 Close test mode 1 Start test mode Satellite CNo value. Floating value.
$GPGSV[,<SV>,<CNo>][...] $GLGSV[,<SV>,<CNo>][...] $BDGSV[,<SV>,<CNo>][...] $GAGSV[,<SV>,<CNo>][...] $PQGSV[,<SV>,<CNo>][...]
Example
AT+CGPSFTM=1 OK $GLGSV,78,20.6,66,25.6,77,21.6,79,21.9,67,26.2,68,23.6
$GPGSV,10,36.3,12,33.5,14,26.5,15,27.0,18,30.6,20,29.4,21,14.9, 24,32.8,25,30.6,31,29.1,32,27.0
$BDGSV,201,28.7,204,29.0,206,27.3,207,25.9,209,25.0,210,18.5
NOTE If test mode starts, the URC will report on AT port, Modem port and UART port. If testing on actual signal, <SV> should be ignored, and GPS must be started by AT+CGPS,
AT+CGPSCOLD or AT+CGPSHOT. If testing on GPS signal simulate equipment, <SV> must be choiced, and GPS will start
automatically. URC sentence will report every 1 second.
17.2.12 AT+CGPSDEL Delete the GPS information
AT+CGPSDEL Delete the GPS infomation
Test Command
Response
AT+CGPSDEL=?
OK
Execution Command
Response
AT+CGPSDEL
OK
Example
www.simcom.com
341 / 460
AT+CGPSDEL=? OK AT+CGPSDEL OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
NOTE This command must be executed after GPS stopped
17.2.13 AT+CGPSXE Enable/Disable GPS XTRA function
AT+CGPSXE Enable/Disable GPS XTRA function
Test Command
Response
AT+CGPSXE=?
+CGPSXE: (list of supported<on/off>s)
Read Command AT+CGPSXE?
OK Response +CGPSXE: <on/off>
Write Command AT+CGPSXE=<on/off>
OK Response OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<on/off>
0 Disable GPS XTRA 1 Enable GPS XTRA
Example
AT+CGPSXE=? +CGPSXE: (0-1)
OK AT+CGPSXE=0 OK
NOTE
www.simcom.com
342 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
XTRA function must download the assistant file from network by HTTP, so the APN must be set by AT+CGDCONT command.
17.2.14 AT+CGPSXD Download XTRA assistant file
AT+CGPSXD Download XTRA assistant file
Test Command
Response
AT+CGPSXD=?
+CGPSXD: (list of supported<server>)
Read Command AT+CGPSXD?
OK Response +CGPSXD: <server>
Write Command AT+CGPSXD=<server>
OK Response OK +CGPSXD : <resp> or +CGPSXD : <resp> ERROR
Defined Values
<server> <resp>
0 XTRA primary server (precedence) 1 XTRA secondary server 2 XTRA tertiary server refer to Unsolicited XTRA download Codes
Example
AT+CGPSXD=? +CGPSXD: (0-2)
OK AT+CGPSXD=0 OK +CGPSXD: 0
www.simcom.com
343 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
17.2.15 AT+CGPSXDAUTO Download XTRA assistant file automatically
AT+CGPSXDAUTO Download XTRA assistant file automatically
Test Command AT+CGPSXDAUTO=?
Response +CGPSXDAUTO: (list of supported<on/off>)
Read Command AT+CGPSXDAUTO?
OK Response +CGPSXDAUTO: <on/off>
Write Command AT+CGPSXDAUTO=<on/off>
OK Response OK Or ERROR
Defined Values
<on/off>
0 disable download automatically 1 enable download automatically
Example
AT+CGPSXDAUTO=? +CGPSXD: (0,1)
OK AT+CGPSXDAUTO=0 OK
NOTE Some URCs will report when downloading, it's same as AT+CGPSXD command.
17.2.16 AT+CGPSINFOCFG Download Report GPS NMEA-0183 sentence
AT+CGPSINFOCFG Download Report GPS NMEA-0183 sentence
Test Command
Response
AT+CGPSINFOCFG=?
+CGPSINFOCFG: (scope of <time>),(scope of <config>)
www.simcom.com
344 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Read Command AT+CGPSINFOCFG?
OK Response +CGPSINFOCFG: <time>,<config>
Write Command AT+CGPSINFOCFG=<time>[ ,<config>]
OK Response OK (NMEA-0183 Sentence) ...... OK(if<time>=0>)
Defined Values
<time> <config>
The range is 0-255, unit is second, after set <time> will report the GPS NMEA sentence every the seconds. If <time>=0, module stop reporting the NMEA sentence. Range 0 to 262143 Each bit enables an NMEA sentence output as follows:
Bit 0 GPGGA (global positioning system fix data) Bit 1 GPRMC (recommended minimum specific GPS/TRANSIT data) Bit 2 GPGSV (GPS satellites in view) Bit 3 GPGSA (GPS DOP and active satellites) Bit 4 GPVTG (track made good and ground speed) Bit 5 PQXFI (Global Positioning System Extended Fix Data.) Bit 6 GLGSV (GLONASS satellites in view GLONASS fixes only) Bit 7 GNGSA (1. GPS/2. Glonass/3. GALILE DOP and Active Satellites.) Bit 8 GNGNS (fix data for GNSS receivers;output for GPS,GLONASS,GALILEO) Bit 9 Reserved Bit 10 GAGSV (GALILEO satellites in view) Bit 11 Reserved Bit 12 Reserved Bit 13 Reserved Bit 14 Reserved Bit 15 Reserved, Bit 16 BDGSA/PQGSA (BEIDOU/QZSS DOP and active satellites) Bit 17 BDGSV/PQGSV (BEIDOUQZSS satellites in view) Set the desired NMEA sentence bit(s). If multiple NMEA sentence formats are desired, "OR" the desired bits together. Reserved default 0, set invalid.
Example
www.simcom.com
345 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+CGPSINFOCFG=? +CGPSINFO: (0-255),(0-262143)
OK AT+CGPSINFOCFG=10,31 OK $GPGSV,4,1,16,04,53,057,44,02,55,334,44,10,61,023,44,05,45,253 ,43*7D $GPGSV,4,2,16,25,10,300,40,17,25,147,40,12,22,271,38,13,28,053 ,38*77 $GPGSV,4,3,16,26,09,187,35,23,06,036,34,24,,,,27,,,*7A $GPGSV,4,4,16,09,,,,31,,,,30,,,,29,,,*7D $GPGGA,051147.0,3113.320991,N,12121.248076,E,1,10,0.8,47.5, M,0,M,,*45 $GPVTG,NaN,T,,M,0.0,N,0.0,K,A*42 $GPRMC,051147.0,A,3113.320991,N,12121.248076,E,0.0,0.0,2112 11,,,A*66 $GPGSA,A,3,02,04,05,10,12,13,17,23,25,26,,,1.4,0.8,1.2*3B
17.2.17 AT+CGPSPMD Configure positioning mode
AT+CGPSPMD Configure positioning mode
Test Command
Response
AT+CGPSPMD=?
+CGPSPMD: (scope of <mode>)
Read Command AT+CGPSPMD?
OK Response +CGPSPMD: <mode>
Write Command AT+CGPSPMD =<mode>
OK Response OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<mode>
Default - 65407 Range - 1 to 65407 Each bit enables a supported positioning mode as follows: Bit 0 Standalone Bit 1 UP MS-based
www.simcom.com
346 / 460
Example
AT+CGPSPMD=127 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Bit 2 UP MS-assisted Bit 3 CP MS-based (2G) Bit 4 CP MS-assisted (2G) Bit 5 CP UE-based (3G) Bit 6 CP UE-assisted (3G) Bit 7 NOT USED Bit 8 UP MS-based (4G) Bit 9 UP MS-assisted(4G) Bit 10 CP MS-based (4G) Bit 11 CP MS-assisted (4G) Set the desired mode sentence bit(s). If multiple modes are desired, "OR" the desired bits together. Example, support standalone, UP MS-based and UP MS-assisted, set Binary value 0000 0111, is 7.
NOTE Need to restart the module after setting the mode.
17.2.18 AT+CGPSMSB Configure based mode switch to standalone
AT+CGPSMSB Configure based mode switch to standalone
Test Command AT+CGPSMSB=?
Response +CGPSMSB: (scope of <mode>)
Read Command AT+CGPSMSB?
OK Response +CGPSMSB: <mode>
Write Command AT+CGPSMSB =<mode>
OK Response OK or ERROR
Defined Values
www.simcom.com
347 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<mode>
Example
AT+CGPSMSB=0 OK
0 Don't switch to standalone mode automatically 1 Switch to standalone mode automatically
NOTE This command must be executed after GPS stopped.
17.2.19 AT+CGPSHOR Configure positioning desired accuracy
AT+CGPSHOR Configure positioning desired accuracy
Test Command
Response
AT+CGPSHOR=?
+CGPSHOR: (scope of <acc>),( scope of <acc_f>)
Read Command AT+CGPSHOR?
Write Command AT+CGPSHOR=<acc>,[,<ac c_f>]
OK +CGPSHOR: <acc>,<acc_f>
OK OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<acc> <acc_f>
Range 0 to 1800000 Default value is 50 Reserved
Example
AT+CGPSHOR=50 OK
NOTE This command must be executed after GPS stopped.
www.simcom.com
348 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
17.2.20 AT+CGPSNOTIFY LCS respond positioning request
AT+CGPSNOTIFY LCS respond positioning request
Test Command
Response
AT+CGPSNOTIFY=?
+CGPSNOTIFY: (list of supported <resp>s)
Write Command AT+CGPSNOTIFY=<resp>
OK Response OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<resp>
0 LCS notify verify accept 1 LCS notify verify deny 2 LCS notify verify no response
Example
AT+CGPSNOTIFY=? +CGPSNOTIFY: (0-2)
OK AT+CGPSNOTIFY=0 OK
17.2.21 AT+CGNSSINFO LCS Get GNSS fixed position information
AT+CGNSSINFO Get GNSS fixed position information
Test Command
Response
AT+CGNSSINFO=?
+CGNSSINFO: (scope of <time>)
Read Command AT+CGNSSINFO?
OK Response +CGNSSINFO: <time>
www.simcom.com
349 / 460
Write Command AT+CGNSSINFO=<time>
Execution Command AT+CGNSSINFO
Defined Values
<mode> <GPS-SVs> <GLONASS-SVs> <BEIDOU-SVs> <lat> <N/S> <log> <E/W> <date> <UTC-time> <alt> <speed> <course> <PDOP> <HDOP> <VDOP>
Example
AT+CGNSSINFO=? +CGNSSINFO: (0-255)
OK AT+CGNSSINFO? +CGNSSINFO: 0
www.simcom.com
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
OK Response OK +CGNSSINFO: [<mode>],[<GPS-SVs>],[<GLONASS-SVs>],[<BEIDOU-SVs>], [<lat>],[<N/S>],[<log>],[<E/W>],[<date>],[<UTC-time>],[<alt>], [<speed>],[<course>],[<PDOP>],[HDOP],[VDOP] OK (if <time>>=0) Response
+CGNSSINFO: [<mode>],[<GPS-SVs>],[<GLONASS-SVs>],[<BEIDOU-SVs>], [<lat>],[<N/S>],[<log>],[<E/W>],[<date>],[<UTC-time>],[<alt>], [<speed>],[<course>],[<PDOP>],[<HDOP>],[<VDOP>]
OK
Fix mode 2=2D fix 3=3D fix
GPS satellite valid numbers
scope: 00-12
GLONASS satellite valid numbers scope: 00-12
BEIDOU satellite valid numbers
scope: 00-12
Latitude of current position. Output format is ddmm.mmmmmm
N/S Indicator, N=north or S=south
Longitude of current position. Output format is dddmm.mmmmmm
E/W Indicator, E=east or W=west
Date. Output format is ddmmyy
UTC Time. Output format is hhmmss.s
MSL Altitude. Unit is meters.
Speed Over Ground. Unit is knots.
Course. Degrees.
Position Dilution Of Precision.
Horizontal Dilution Of Precision.
Vertical Dilution Of Precision.
350 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
OK AT+CGNSSINFO +CGNSSINFO: 2,09,05,00,3113.330650,N,12121.262554,E,131117,091918.0,32.9, 0.0,255.0,1.1,0.8,0.7 OK AT+CGNSSINFO (if not fix,will report null) +CGNSSINFO: ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, OK
17.2.22 AT+CGNSSMODE LCS Configure GNSS support mode
AT+CGNSSMODE Configure GNSS support mode
Test Command AT+CGNSSMODE=?
Response +CGNSSMODE: (scope of <gnss_mode>),(scope of <dpo_mode>)
Read Command AT+CGNSSMODE?
OK Response +CGNSSMODE: <gnss_mode>,<dpo_mode>
Write Command AT+CGNSSMODE=<gnss_m ode>[,<dpo_mode>]
OK Response OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<gnss_mode> <dpo_mode>
Range 0 to 15 Bit0: GLONASS Bit1: BEIDOU Bit2: GALILEO Bit3: QZSS 1: enable 0:disable GPS always support 1: enable DPO 0: disable DPO
Example
AT+CGNSSMODE=15,1
www.simcom.com
351 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00 OK
NOTE Module should reboot to take effective.
17.2.23 AT+CGPSIPV6 Set AGPS IPV6 Addr&Port
AT+CGPSIPV6 Set AGPS IPV6 Addr&Port
Test Command
Response
AT+CGPSIPV6=?
OK
Read Command
Response
AT+CGPSIPV6?
+CGPSIPV6: <ipv6_addr>,<port> OK
Write Command
Response
AT+CGPSIPV6=<ipv6_addr> ,<port>
OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<ipv6_addr> <port>
AGPS IPV6 addr. It needs double quotation marks. AGPS IPV6 port.
Example
AT+CGPSIPV6="2001:0268:1AFF:0000:0000:0000:B6F8:A5D2",7 275 OK
AT+CGPSIPV6? +CGPSIPV6: "2001:0268:1AFF:0000:0000:0000:B6F8:A5D2",727 5
OK
NOTE It will take effect only after restarting.
www.simcom.com
352 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
17.2.24 AT+CGPSXTRADATA Query the validity of the current gpsOne XTRA Data
AT+CGPSXTRADATA Query the validity of the current gpsOne XTRA Data
Test Command AT+CGPSXTRADATA=? Read Command
Response OK Response
AT+CGPSXTRADATA?
+CGPSXTRADATA: <xtradatadurtime>,<injecteddatatime>
OK
Defined Values
<xtradatadurtime> <injecteddatatime>
Valid time of injected gpsOneXTRA data,unit:minute
0
No gpsOneXTRA file or gpsOneXTRA file is overdue
1-10080
Valid time of gpsOneXTRA file
Starting time of the valid time of XTRA data, format:
"YYYY/MM/DD,hh:mm:ss",e.g. "2019/09/26,15:31:20"
Example
AT+CGPSXTRADATA=? OK
AT+CGPSXTRADATA? +CGPSXTRADATA: 168,"2019/09/25,05:00:00"
OK
NOTE It needs to execute AT+CGPSXE to enable before execute the AT+CGPSXTRADATA read.
www.simcom.com
353 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
18. AT Commands for LBS
18.1 Overview of AT Commands for LBS
Command AT+CLBS AT+CLBSCFG
Description Base station Location Base station Location configure
18.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for LBS
18.3 AT Commands for Open/Close Network
18.3.1 Overview of AT Commands for Open/Close Network
Command AT+CNETSTART AT+CNETSTOP AT+CNETIPADDR
Description Open network Close network Inquire PDP address
18.3.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for Open/Close Network
www.simcom.com
354 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
18.3.2.1 AT+CNETSTART Open network
AT+CNETSTART Open network
Read Command AT+CNETSTART?
Response +CNETSTART: <net_stat>
Execution Command AT+CNETSTART
OK or ERROR Response OK
+CNETSTART: <err> or
+CNETSTART: <err>
OK or +CNETSTART: <err>
ERROR or ERROR
Defined Values
<net_state> <err>
a numeric parameter that indicates the state of PDP context activation: 0 network close (deactivated) 1 network is opening 2 network open(activated) 3 network is closing The result of operation, 0 is success, other value is failure.
Example
AT+CNETSTART? +CNETSTART: 0
OK AT+CNETSTART OK
+CNETSTART: 0
www.simcom.com
355 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
18.3.2.2 AT+CNETSTOP Close network
AT+CNETSTOP Close network
Execution Command AT+CNETSOP
Response OK
+CNETSTOP: <err> or +CNETSTOP: <err>
OK or +CNETSTOP: <err>
ERROR or ERROR
Defined Values
<err>
The result of operation, 0 is success, other value is failure.
Example
AT+CNETSTOP +CNETSTOP: 0
OK
18.3.2.3 AT+CNETIPADDR Inquire PDP address
AT+CNETIPADDR Inquire PDP address
Read Command
Response
AT+CNETIPADDR?
+CNETIPADDR: <ip_address>
OK or +CNETIPADDR: <err_info>
www.simcom.com
356 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
ERROR or ERROR
Defined Values
<ip_address> <err_info>
A string parameter that identifies the IP address of current active socket PDP. A string parameter that displays the cause of occurring error.
Example
AT+CNETIPADDR? +CNETIPADDR: 10.71.155.118
OK
18.3.3 Unsolicited Open/Close network command <err> Codes
Code of <err> 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Description Operation succeeded Unknown error Open network failed Close network failed Network not opened Operation not support Busy Network has been opened Network is also in use
18.3.3.1 AT+CLBS Base station Location
AT+CLBS Base station Location
Test Command
Response
AT+CLBS=?
+CLBS: (list of supported <type>s),(range of supported <cid>s),(range of supported <longitude>s),(range of supported <latitude>s),(list of supported <lon_type>s)
www.simcom.com
357 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Write Command AT+CLBS=<type>,<cid>,[[<l ongitude>,<latitude>],[<lon_ type>]]
OK Response 1)<type>=1,get longitude and latitude +CLBS: <locationcode>[,<longitude>,<latitude>,<acc>]
OK 2)<type>=4,get longitude latitude and date time +CLBS: <locationcode>[,<longitude>,<latitude>,<acc>,<date>,<time>]
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
OK If error is related to ME functionality: +CME ERROR: <err> -
-
Defined Values
<type> <cid> <locationcode>
<longitude> <latitude> <acc> <lon_type> <times> <date>
1 Use 3 cell's information 4 Get longitude latitude and date time Bearer profile identifier, refer to <pdpidx> of AT+CNACT
0 Success If the operation failed, the location code is not 0, such as:
1 Location Failed 2 Time Out 3 NET Error 4 DNS Error 5 Service Overdue 6 Authenticate Failed 7 Other Error 80 Report LBS to server success 81 Report LBS to server parameter error 82 Report LBS to server failed Current longitude in degrees. -180.000000-180.000000 Current latitude in degrees
-90.000000-90.000000 Positioning accuracy
The type of longitude and latitude 0 WGS84 1 GCJ02 Access service times
Service date
www.simcom.com
358 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<time>
Service time
Example
AT+CLBS=? +CLBS: (1,3,4,9),(0-3),(-180.000000-180.000000),(-90.0 00000-90.000000),(0,1)
OK
NOTE
If customers feel that the positioning error is too large, <type>=9 can be used to report this information. The error can be improved by this information.
18.3.3.2 AT+CLBSCFG Base station Location configure
AT+CLBSCFG Base station Location configure
Test Command
Response
AT+CLBSCFG=?
+CLBSCFG: (list of supported <operate>s),(range of supported
<para>s),<len_value>
Write Command AT+CLBSCFG=<operate>,< para>[,<value>]
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
OK Response +CLBSCFG: 0,<para>,<value>
OK or OK If error is related to ME functionality: +CME ERROR: <err> -
Defined Values
<operate>
0 Read operator 1 Set operator
www.simcom.com
359 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<para>
<value> <len_value>
1 Customer ID 2 Times have used positioning command 3 Server's address
lbs-simcom.com:3001 lbs-simcom.com:3000 lbs-simcom.com:3002 (Default) String type. The value of parameter If <operate> is 1 and <para> is 3, <value> can be set. Max length of <value>
Example
AT+CLBSCFG? +CLBSCFG: (0-1),3,"Param Value"
OK
NOTE
Server's address of"lbs-simcom.com:3002" is free. The other two servers are charged. If you want to use the charged address, the IMEI, customer information and software version must
be provided to SIMCom.
www.simcom.com
360 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
19. AT Commands for Hardware
19.1 Overview of AT Commands for Hardware Related
Command AT+CVALARM AT+CVAUXS AT+CVAUXV AT+CADC AT+CADC2 AT+CMTE
AT+CPMVT AT+CDELTA AT+CRIIC AT+CWIIC AT+CBC AT+CPMUTEMP AT+CFDISK
Description Low and high voltage Alarm Set state of the pin named VREG_AUX1 Set voltage value of the pin named VREG_AUX1 Read ADC value Read ADC2 value Control the module whether power shutdown when the module's temperature upon the critical temperature Low and high voltage Power Off Set the module go to recovery mode Read values from register of IIC device Write values to register of IIC device Read the voltage value of the power supply Read the temperature of the module SD Card/EMMC Flash
19.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for Hardware Related
Command AT+CVALARM AT+CVAUXS AT+CVAUXV AT+CADC AT+CADC2 AT+CMTE
AT+CPMVT AT+CDELTA AT+CRIIC
www.simcom.com
Description Low and high voltage Alarm Set state of the pin named VREG_AUX1 Set voltage value of the pin named VREG_AUX1 Read ADC value Read ADC2 value Control the module whether power shutdown when the module's temperature upon the critical temperature Low and high voltage Power Off Set the module go to recovery mode Read values from register of IIC device
361 / 460
AT+CWIIC AT+CBC AT+CPMUTEMP AT+CFDISK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Write values to register of IIC device Read the voltage value of the power supply Read the temperature of the module SD Card/EMMC Flash
19.2.1 AT+CVALARM Low and high voltage Alarm
AT+CVALARM Low and high voltage Alarm
Test Command
Response
AT+CVALARM=?
+CVALARM: (list of supported <enable>s), (list of supported <low
voltage>s), (list of supported high <high voltage>s)
Read Command AT+CVALARM?
OK Response +CVALARM: <enable>,<low voltage>,<high voltage>
Write Command
AT+CVALARM=<enable>[,<l
ow
voltage>],[<high
voltage>]
OK Response OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<enable>
<low voltage> <high voltage>
0: Close 1: Open. If voltage < <low voltage>, it will report "UNDER-VOLTAGE WARNNING" every 10s. If voltage > <high voltage>, it will report "OVER-VOLTAGE WARNNING" every 10s. Between 3300mV and 4000mV. Default value is 3300.
Between 4000mV and 4300mV. Default value is 4300.
Example
AT+CVALARM? +CVALARM: 1,3400,4300 OK
AT+CVALARM=? +CVALARM: (0,1),(3300-4000),(4000-4300) OK
AT+CVALARM=1,3400,4300
www.simcom.com
362 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00 OK
19.2.2 AT+CVAUXS Set state of the pin named VREG_AUX1
AT+CVAUXS Set state of the pin named VREG_AUX1
Test Command
Response
AT+CVAUXS=?
+CVAUXS: (list of supported <state>s)
Read Command AT+CVAUXS?
OK Response +CVAUXS: <state>
Write Command AT+CVAUXS=<state>
OK Response OK Or ERROR
Defined Values
<state>
0: the pin is closed. 1: the pin is opend(namely, open the pin).
Example
AT+CVAUXS? +CVAUXS: 1 OK
AT+CVAUXS =1 OK
NOTE For SIM7600E-H-M2/SIM7600SA-H-M2/SIM7600A-H-M2, the default value is 0.
19.2.3 AT+CVAUXV Set voltage value of the pin named VREG_AUX1
www.simcom.com
363 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+CVAUXV Set voltage value of the pin named VREG_AUX1
Test Command
Response
AT+CVAUXV=?
+CVAUXV: (list of supported <voltage>s)
Read Command AT+CVAUXV?
OK Response +CVAUXV: <voltage>
Write Command AT+CVAUXV=<voltage>
OK Response OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<voltage>
Voltage value of the pin which is named VREG_AUX1. The unit is in mV. And the value must the multiple of 50mv.
Example
AT+CVAUXV =? +CVAUXV: (1700-3050) OK
AT+CVAUXV =2800 OK
AT+CVAUXV? +CVAUXV: 2800 OK
19.2.4 AT+CADC Read ADC value
AT+CADC Read ADC value Test Command AT+CADC=?
Response +CADC: (range of supported <adc>s)
Write Command AT+CADC=<adc>
OK Response +CADC: <value>
www.simcom.com
364 / 460
Defined Values
<adc>
<value>
Example
AT+CADC=? +CADC: (0,2) OK
AT+CADC =0 +CADC: 187 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
OK or ERROR
ADC type: 0 raw type. 2 voltage type(mv) Integer type value of the ADC.
19.2.5 AT+CADC2 Read ADC2 value
AT+CADC2 Read ADC2 value
Test Command
Response
AT+CADC2=?
+CADC2: (range of supported <adc>s)
Write Command AT+CADC2=<adc>
OK Response +CADC2: <value> OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<adc> <value>
ADC2 type: 0 raw type. 2 voltage type(mv) Integer type value of the ADC2.
www.simcom.com
365 / 460
Example
AT+CADC2=? +CADC2: (0,2) OK
AT+CADC2=0 +CADC2: 187 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
19.2.6 AT+CMTE Control the module whether power shutdown when the module's temperature upon the critical temperature
AT+CMTE Control the module whether power shutdown when the module's temperature upon
the critical temperature
Test Command
Response
AT+CMTE=?
+CMTE: (list of supported<on/off>s)
Read Command AT+CMTE?
OK Response +CMTE: <on/off >
Write Command AT+CMTE=<on/off >
OK Response OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<on/off>
0 Disable temperature detection 1 Enable temperature detection
Example
AT+CMTE? +CMTE: 1 OK
AT+CMTE =1 OK
www.simcom.com
366 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+CMTE=? +CMTE: (0/1) OK
NOTE When temperature is extreme high or low, product will power off. URCs indicating the alert level "+CMTE:-1" or "+CMTE:1" are intended to enable the user to take
appropriate precaution, such as protect the module from exposure to extreme conditions, or save or back up data etc Level "+CMTE:-2"or "+CMTE:2" URCs are followed by immediate shutdown.
19.2.7 AT+CPMVT Low and high voltage Power Off
AT+CPMVT Low and high voltage Power Off
Test Command
Response
AT+CPMVT=?
+CPMVT: (list of supported <enable>s), (list of supported <low voltage>s), (list of supported <high voltage>s)
Read Command AT+CPMVT?
OK Response +CPMVT: <enable>,<low voltage>, <high voltage>
Write Command AT+CPMVT=<enable>[,<low voltage>],[<high voltage>]
OK Response OK Or ERROR
Defined Values
<enable>
<low voltage> <high voltage>
0: Close 1: Open. If voltage < <low voltage>, it will report "UNDER-VOLTAGE WARNNING POWER DOWN" and power off the module. If voltage > <high voltage>, it will report "OVER-VOLTAGE WARNNING POWER DOWN" and power off the module Between 3200mV and 4000mV. Default value is 3200.
Between 4000mV and 4300mV. Default value is 4300.
Example
www.simcom.com
367 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+CPMVT=1,3400,4300 OK
AT+CPMVT? +CVALARM: 1,3400,4300 OK
AT+CPMVT=? +CVALARM: (0,1),(3300-4000),(4000-4300) OK
19.2.8 AT+CDELTA Set the module go to recovery mode
AT+CDELTA Set the module go to recovery mode
Write Command
Response
AT+CDELTA
OK
or
ERROR
Example
AT+CDELTA OK
NOTE the command will write flag to the module and reboot the module, then the module will reboot and
read the flag and enter recovery mode to update the firmware.
19.2.9 AT+CRIIC Read values from register of IIC device
AT+CRIIC Read values from register of IIC device
Test Command
Response
AT+CRIIC=?
OK
Write Command
Response
AT+CRIIC=<addr>,<reg>,<le +CRIIC: <data>
n>
OK
www.simcom.com
368 / 460
Defined Values
<addr> <reg> <len> <data>
Example
AT+CRIIC=0x34, 0x02, 2 +CRIIC: 0x01,0x5d OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
or ERROR
Device address. Input format must be hex, such as 0xFF. Register address. Input format must be hex, such as 0xFF. Read length. Range:1-4; unit:byte. Data read. Input format must be hex, such as 0xFF.
19.2.10 AT+CWIIC Write values to register of IIC device
AT+CWIIC Write values to register of IIC device
Test Command
Response
AT+CWIIC=?
OK
Write Command
Response
AT+CWIIC=<addr>,<reg>,<d OK
ata>,<len>
or
ERROR
Defined Values
<addr> <reg> <len> <data>
Device address. Input format must be hex, such as 0xFF. Register address. Input format must be hex, such as 0xFF. Read length. Range: 1-4; unit: byte. Data written. Input format must be hex, such as 0xFF 0xFFFFFFFF.
Example
AT+CWIIC=0x34, 0x03, 0x5d, 1 OK
www.simcom.com
369 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
19.2.11 AT+CBC Read the voltage value of the power supply
AT+CBC Read the voltage value of the power supply
Read Command AT+CBC
Response +CBC: <vol> OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<vol>
The voltage value, such as 3.8.
Example
AT+CBC +CBC: 3.591V OK
19.2.12 AT+CPMUTEMP Read the temperature of the module
AT+CPMUTEMP Read the temperature of the module
Read Command
Response
AT+CPMUTEMP
+CPMUTEMP: <temp>
OK
or
ERROR
Defined Values
<temp>
The Temperature value, such as 29.
Example
AT+CPMUTEMP +CPMUTEMP: 29 OK
www.simcom.com
370 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
19.2.13 AT+CFDISK SD Card/EMMC Flash
AT+CFDISK SD Card/EMMC Flash
Test Command AT+CFDISK=?
Read Command AT+CFDISK?
Write Command AT+CFDISK=<num>[,<size >,...] Write Command (Formatting all partitions) AT+CFDISK
Response +CFDISK: (1-4)[...] OK or ERROR Response +CFDISK: <num>,<size> OK or ERROR Response OK or ERROR Response OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<num>
Partition size.The unit is KB
Example
AT+CFDISK=? +CFDISK: (1-4)[...] OK
AT+CFDISK=4,50000,50000,50000 OK
AT+CFDISK OK
AT+CFDISK? +CFDISK: 1,50040 +CFDISK: 2,50048 +CFDISK: 3,50048 +CFDISK: 4,3708288
www.simcom.com
371 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
OK
NOTE The last partition size does not need to be set. The size of the last partition is the size of the disk
remaining.
www.simcom.com
372 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
20. AT Commands for File System
The file system is used to store files in a hierarchical (tree) structure, and there are some definitions and conventions to use the Module.
Local storage space is mapped to "C:", "D:" for TF card, "E:" for multimedia, "F:" for cache.
NOTE
General rules for naming (both directories and files): The length of actual fully qualified names of directories and files can not exceed 254. Directory and file names can not include the following characters: \ : * ? " < > | , ; Between directory name and file/directory name, use character "/" as list separator, so it can not
appear in directory name or file name. The first character of names must be a letter or a numeral or underline, and the last character can
not be period "." and oblique "/". 7600M1+1 can not support "D:"and "E:", if all the following AT are executed, "ERROR" will be
returned.
20.1 Overview of AT Commands for File System
Command AT+FSCD AT+FSMKDIR AT+FSRMDIR AT+FSLS AT+FSDEL AT+FSRENAME AT+FSATTRI AT+FSMEM AT+FSLOCA AT+FSCOPY AT+CFTRANRX AT+CFTRANTX
Description Select directory as current directory Make new directory in current directory Delete directory in current directory List directories/files in current directory Delete file in current directory Rename file in current directory Request file attributes Check the size of available memory Select storage place Copy an appointed file Transfer a file to EFS Transfer a file from EFS to host
www.simcom.com
373 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
20.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for File System
20.2.1 AT+FSCD Select directory as current directory
This command is used to select a directory. The Module supports absolute path and relative path. Read Command will return current directory without double quotation marks. Support "C:", "D:", "E:", "F:".
AT+FSCD Select directory as current directory
Test Command
Response
AT+FSCD=? Read Command AT+FSCD?
OK Response +FSCD: <curr_path>
Write Command AT+FSCD=<path>
OK Response +FSCD: <curr_path>
OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<path> <curr_path>
String without double quotes, directory for selection. String without double quotes, current directory.
NOTE If <path> is "..", it will go back to previous level of directory.
Example
AT+FSCD=C: +FSCD: C:/ OK AT+FSCD=C:/ +FSCD: C:/
www.simcom.com
374 / 460
OK AT+FSCD? +FSCD: C:/
OK AT+FSCD=.. +FSCD: C:/
OK AT+FSCD=D: +FSCD: D:/
OK AT+FSCD? +FSCD: D:/
OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
20.2.2 AT+FSMKDIR Make new directory in current directory
This command is used to create a new directory in current directory. Support "C:", "D:", "E:", "F:".
AT+FSMKDIR Make new directory in current directory
Test Command
Response
AT+FSMKDIR=?
OK
Write Command
Response
AT+FSMKDIR=<dir>
OK
or
ERROR
Defined Values
<dir>
String without double quotes, directory name which does not already exist in current directory.
Example
AT+FSMKDIR=SIMTech OK AT+FSCD? +FSCD: E:/
www.simcom.com
375 / 460
OK AT+FSLS +FSLS: SUBDIRECTORIES Audio SIMTech
OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
20.2.3 AT+FSRMDIR Delete directory in current directory
This command is used to delete existing directory in current directory. Support "C:", "D:", "E:", "F:".
AT+FSRMDIR Delete directory in current directory
Test Command
Response
AT+FSRMDIR=?
OK
Write Command
Response
AT+FSRMDIR=<dir>
OK
or
ERROR
Defined Values
<dir>
String without double quotes.
Example
AT+FSRMDIR=SIMTech OK AT+FSCD? +FSCD: E:/
OK AT+FSLS +FSLS: SUBDIRECTORIES Audio
OK
www.simcom.com
376 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
20.2.4 AT+FSLS List directories/files in current directory
This command is used to list information of directories and/or files in current directory. Support "C:", "D:", "E:", "F:".
AT+FSLS List directories/files in current directory
Test Command
Response
AT+FSLS=?
+FSLS: (list of supported <type>)
Read Command AT+FSLS?
OK Response +FSLS: SUBDIRECTORIES<dir_num>,FILES:<file_num>
Write Command AT+ FSLS=<type>
Execution Command AT+ FSLS
OK Response [+FSLS: SUBDIRECTORIES: <list of subdirectories> <CR><LF>] [+FSLS: FILES: <list of files> <CR><LF>] OK Response [+FSLS: SUBDIRECTORIES: <list of subdirectories> <CR><LF>] [+FSLS: FILES: <list of files> <CR><LF>] OK
Defined Values
<dir_num> <file_num> <type>
Integer type, the number of subdirectories in current directory. Integer type, the number of files in current directory.
0 list both subdirectories and files 1 list subdirectories only 2 list files only
Example
AT+FSLS? +FSLS: SUBDIRECTORIES:2,FILES:2
www.simcom.com
377 / 460
OK AT+FSLS +FSLS: SUBDIRECTORIES: FirstDir SecondDir
+FSLS: FILES: image_0.jpg image_1.jpg
OK AT+FSLS=2 +FSLS: FILES: image_0.jpg image_1.jpg
OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
20.2.5 AT+FSDEL Delete file in current directory
This command is used to delete a file in current directory. Before do that, it needs to use AT+FSCD select the father directory as current directory. Support "C:", "D:", "E:", "F:".
AT+FSDEL Delete file in current directory
Test Command
Response
AT+FSDEL=? Write Command
OK Response
AT+FSDEL=<filename>
OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<filename>
String with or without double quotes, file name which is relative and already existing. If <filename> is *.*, it means delete all files in current directory. If the file path contains non-ASCII characters, the filename parameter should contain a prefix of {non-ascii} and the quotation mark.
Example
www.simcom.com
378 / 460
AT+FSDEL=image_0.jpg OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
20.2.6 AT+FSRENAME Rename file in current directory
This command is used to rename a file in current directory. Support "C:", "D:", "E:", "F:".
AT+FSRENAME Rename file in current directory
Test Command
Response
AT+FSRENAME=?
OK
Write Command
Response
AT+FSRENAME=<old_name OK
>,<new_name>
or
ERROR
Defined Values
<old_name> <new_name>
String with or without double quotes, file name which is existed in current directory. If the file path contains non-ASCII characters, the file path parameter should contain a prefix of {non-ascii} and the quotation mark. New name of specified file, string with or without double quotes. If the file path contains non-ASCII characters, the file path parameter should contain a prefix of {non-ascii} and the quotation mark.
Example
AT+FSRENAME=image_0.jpg, image_1.jpg OK AT+FSRENAME="my {non-ascii}"E6B58BE8AF95E99984E4BBB62E6A7067" OK
test.jpg",
20.2.7 AT+FSATTRI Request file attributes
This command is used to request the attributes of file which exists in current directory. Support "C:", "D:", "E:", "F:".
AT+FSATTRI Request file attributes
www.simcom.com
379 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Test Command AT+FSATTRI=? Write Command AT+FSATTRI=<dir>
Response OK Response +FSATTRI: <file_size>,<create_date>
OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<filename>
<file_size> <create_date>
String with or without double quotes, file name which is in current directory. If the file path contains non-ASCII characters, the file path parameter should contain a prefix of {non-ascii} and the quotation mark. The size of specified file, and the unit is in Byte.
Create date and time of specified file, the format is YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS Week. Week Mon, Tue, Wed, Thu, Fri, Sat, Sun
Example
AT+FSATTRI=image_0.jpg +FSATTRI: 8604, 2008/04/28 10:24:46 Tue
OK AT+FSATTRI={non-ascii}"E6B58BE8AF95E99984E4BBB62E6A7067" +FSATTRI: 6296, 2012/01/06 00:00:00 Sun
OK
20.2.8 AT+FSMEM Check the size of available memory
This command is used to check the size of available memory. The response will list total size and used size of local storage space if present and mounted. Support "C:", "D:", "E:", "F:".
AT+FSMEM Check the size of available memory
Test Command
Response
AT+FSMEM=?
OK
Write Command
Response
AT+FSMEM
+FSMEM: <loctype>:(<total>, <used>)
www.simcom.com
380 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
OK
Defined Values
<loctype> <total>
<used>
Support "C:", "D:", "E:", "F:". The total size of local storage space.The unit of storage space size is in Byte. The used size of local storage space.The unit of storage space size is in Byte.
Example
AT+FSMEM +FSMEM: C:(11348480, 2201600)
OK
20.2.9 AT+FSLOCA Select storage place
This command is used to set the storage place for media files. Support "C:".
AT+FSLOCA Select storage place
Test Command
Response
AT+FSLOCA=?
+FSLOCA: (list of supported <loca>s)
Read Command AT+FSLOCA?
Write Command AT+FSLOCA=<loca>
OK +FSLOCA: <loca>
OK Response OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<loca>
0 store media files to local storage space (namely "C:/")
Example
AT+FSLOCA=0 OK
www.simcom.com
381 / 460
AT+FSLOCA? +FSLOCA: 0
OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
20.2.10 AT+FSCOPY Copy an appointed file
This command is used to copy an appointed file on C:/ to an appointed directory on C:/, the new file name should give in parameter. Support "C:","D:", "E:", "F:", but copying from "C:" to "D:", "E:", "F:" or from "D:", "E:", "F:" to "C:" is not supported.
AT+FSCOPY Copy an appointed file
Test Command
Response
AT+FSCOPY=?
OK
Write Command
Response
AT+FSCOPY=<file1>,<file2> Sync mode
[,<sync_mode>]
+FSCOPY: <percent><CR><LF>
[+FSCOPY: <percent><CR><LF>] OK
Async mode OK +FSCOPY: <percent><CR><LF> [+FSCOPY: <percent><CR><LF>] +FSCOPY: END<CR><LF> Or When error, shows one of the following errors and ERROR SD CARD NOT PLUGGED IN FILE IS EXISTING FILE NOT EXISTING DIRECTORY IS EXISTED DIRECTORY NOT EXISTED FORBID CREATE DIRECTORY UNDER \"C:/\" FORBID DELETE DIRECTORY INVALID PATH NAME INVALID FILE NAME SD CARD HAVE NO ENOUGH MEMORY EFS HAVE NO ENOUGH MEMORY FILE CREATE ERROR READ FILE ERROR WRITE FILE ERROR
www.simcom.com
382 / 460
Defined Values
<file1>
<file2>
<percent> <sync_mode>
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
ERROR
The sources file name or the whole path name with sources file name. If the file path contains non-ASCII characters, the file path parameter should contain a prefix of {non-ascii} and the quotation mark. The destination file name or the whole path name with destination file name. If the file path contains non-ASCII characters, the file path parameter should contain a prefix of {non-ascii} and the quotation mark. The percent of copy done. The range is 0.0 to 100.0 The execution mode of the command: 0 synchronous mode 1 asynchronous mode
NOTE
1. The <file1> and <file2> should give the whole path and name, if only given file name, it will refer to current path (AT+FSCD) and check the file's validity. 2. If <file2> is a whole path and name, make sure the directory exists, make sure that the file name does not exist or the file name is not the same name as the sub folder name, otherwise return error. 3. <percent> report refer to the copy file size. The big file maybe report many times, and little file report less. 4. If <sync_mode> is 1, the command will return OK immediately, and report final result with +FSCOPY: END.
Example
AT+FSCD? +FSCD: C:/
OK AT+FSCOPY= C:/TESTFILE,COPYFILE +FSCOPY: 1.0
(Copy file TESTFILE on C:/ to C:/COPYFILE)
+FSCOPY: 100.0
OK AT+FSCOPY= "my test.jpg", {non-ascii}"E6B58BE8AF95E99984E4BBB62E6A7067" +FSCOPY:1.0
www.simcom.com
383 / 460
+FSCOPY:100.0 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
20.2.11 AT+CFTRANRX Transfer a file to EFS
This command is used to transfer a file to EFS.Support SDcard.
AT+CFTRANRX Transfer a file to EFS
Test Command
Response
AT+CFTRANRX=?
+CFTRANRX: [{non-ascii}]"FILEPATH"
Write Command AT+CFTRANRX="<filepath> ",<len>
OK Response > OK or > ERROR or ERROR
Defined Values
<filepath> <len>
The path of the file on EFS. The length of the file data to send. The range is from 0 to 2147483647.
NOTE The <filepath> must be a full path with the directory path.
Example
AT+CFTRANRX="c:/MyDir/t1.txt",10 ><input data here>
OK AT+CFTRANRX="d:/MyDir/t1.txt",10 ><input data here>
www.simcom.com
384 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00 OK
20.2.12 AT+CFTRANTX Transfer a file from EFS to host
This command is used to transfer a file from EFS to host. Before using this command, the AT+CATR must be used to set the correct port used. Support SDcard.
AT+CFTRANTX Transfer a file from EFS to host
Test Command
Response
AT+CFTRANTX=?
+CFTRANTX: [{non-ascii}]"FILEPATH"
Write Command AT+CFTRANTX ="<filepath>"[,<location>,<s ize>]
OK Response [+CFTRANTX: DATA,<len> ... +CFTRANTX: DATA,<len>]
+CFTRANTX: 0
OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<filepath> <len> <location> <size>
The path of the file on EFS. The length of the following file data to output. The beginning of the file data to output. The length of the file data to output.
NOTE The <filepath> must be a full path with the directory path.
Example
AT+CFTRANTX="c:/MyDir/t1.txt" OK +CFTRANTX: DATA, 11
www.simcom.com
385 / 460
Testcontent
+CFTRANTX: 0
OK AT+CFTRANTX="d:/MyDir/t1.txt",1,4 +CFTRANTX: DATA, 4 estc
+CFTRANTX: 0
OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
www.simcom.com
386 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
21. AT Commands for AUDIO
21.1 Overview of AT Commands for AUDIO
Command AT+CREC AT+CRECAMR AT+CCMXPLAYWAV AT+CCMXSTOPWAV AT+CCMXPLAY AT+CCMXSTOP
Description Record wav audio file Record amr audio file Play wav audio file Stop playing wav audio file Play audio file Stop playing audio file
21.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for AUDIO
21.2.1 AT+CREC Record wav audio file
AT+CREC Record wav audio file
Read Command
Response
AT+CREC?
+ CREC: <status>
OK
Write Command AT+CREC=<record_path>,<f ilename>
Write Command AT+CREC=<mode>
Parameter Saving Mode
Response +CREC:1 OK or ERROR Response +CREC:0 OK +RECSTATE: crec stop -
Maximum Response Time
-
www.simcom.com
387 / 460
Reference
Defined Values
<status>
<record_path>
<filename> <mode>
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
-
Indicate whether the recording is going on. 0 free, not recording 1 busy, recording Source of recorded sound 1 local path 2 remote path 3 local and remote sound mixing The location and name of wav file. Stop recording wav audio file 0 stop
NOTE
<filename>,The file should be put into the "E:/". Maximum filename length is 240 bytes. (including "")
<record_path>,Only during the call, <record_path> can be set to 2 or 3
Example
AT+CREC=1,"e:/rec.wav" +CREC:1
OK AT+CREC=0 +CREC:0
OK
+RECSTATE: crec stop
21.2.2 AT+CRECAMR Record amr audio file
AT+CRECAMR Record amr audio file
www.simcom.com
388 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Read Command AT+CRECAMR?
Response + CRECAMR: <status>
OK
Write Command AT+CRECAMR=<record_pat h>,<filename>
Write Command AT+CRECAMR=<mode>
Parameter Saving Mode
Response +CRECAMR:<status> OK or ERROR Response +CRECAMR:<status> OK +RECSTATE: crecamr stop -
Maximum Response Time
-
Reference
-
Defined Values
<status>
<record_path>
<filename> <mode>
Indicate whether the recording is going on. 0 free, not recording 1 busy, recording Source of recorded sound 1 local path 2 remote path The location and name of amr file.
Stop recording wav audio file 0 stop
NOTE
<filename>,The file should be put into the "E:/". Maximum filename length is 240 bytes. (including "")
<record_path>,Only during the call, <record_path> can be set to 2
Example
AT+CRECAMR=1,"e:/rec.amr" +CRECAMR:1
OK AT+CRECAMR=0 +CRECAMR:0
www.simcom.com
389 / 460
OK +RECSTATE: crecamr stop
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
21.2.3 AT+CCMXPLAYWAV Play wav audio file
AT+CCMXPLAYWAV Play wav audio file
Read Command
Response
AT+CCMXPLAYWAV?
+CCMXPLAYWAV:<play_path>,<repeat>
OK
Write Command AT+CCMXPLAYWAV=<filena me>,<play_path>[,<repeat>]
Response +WAVSTATE: wav play
OK
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
+WAVSTATE: wav play stop or ERROR -
-
Defined Values
<play_path>
<repeat> <filename>
Play to local or to remote. 1 remote 2 local How much times can be played. Default 0 The location and name of wav file.
NOTE <filename>,The wav audio file should be located at "E:/". Maximum filename length is 240 bytes. (including "")
<play_path>,Only during the call, <play_path> can be set to 1 successfully.Only 8k 16bit wav audio can be played to remote successful at present.
<repeat>,This parameter is reserved, not used at present, you can input this parameter or not. (0--255)
Example
www.simcom.com
390 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+CCMXPLAYWAV=? +CCMXPLAYWAV: (1-2),(0-255) OK AT+CCMXPLAYWAV="E:/rec.wav",2 +WAVSTATE: wav play OK +WAVSTATE: wav play stop
21.2.4 AT+CCMXSTOPWAV Stop playing wav audio file
AT+CCMXSTOPWAV Stop playing wav audio file
Read Command
Response
AT+CCMXSTOPWAV=?
OK
Write Command AT+CCMXSTOPWAV
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
Response +CCMXSTOPWAV: OK +WAVSTATE: wav play stop -
-
Defined Values
-
-
Example
AT+CCMXSTOPWAV +CCMXSTOPWAV:
OK
+WAayVSTATE: wav pl stop
www.simcom.com
391 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
21.2.5 AT+CCMXPLAY Play audio file
AT+CCMXPLAY Play audio file
Read Command
Response
AT+CCMXPLAY?
+CCMXPLAY:<play_path>,<repeat>
Write Command AT+CCMXPLAY=<filename> [,<play_path>][,<repeat>]
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
OK
Response +CCMXPLAY: OK +AUDIOSTATE: audio play +AUDIOSTATE: audio play stop or ERROR or +CCMXPLAY: OK +AUDIOSTATE: audio play +AUDIOSTATE: audio play error -
-
-
Defined Values
<play_path>
<repeat> <filename>
Play to local or to remote. Default 0 0 local 1 remote How much times can be played. Default 0 The location and name of wav file.
NOTE
<filename>,The wav audio file should be located at "E:/". Maximum filename length is 240 bytes. (including ""). Support audio file format mp3, aac, amr, wav.
<play_path>,Only during the call, <play_path> can be set to 1 successfully.Only 8k 16bit wav audio and amr audio can be played to remote at present.
<repeat>,This parameter is reserved, not used at present, you can input this parameter or not. (0--255)
Example
www.simcom.com
392 / 460
AT+CCMXPLAY=? +CCMXPLAY: (0-1),(0-255)
OK AT+CCMXPLAY="E:/rec.mp3",0,0 +CCMXPLAY:
OK
+AUDIOSTATE: audio play
+AUDIOSTATE: audio play stop
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
21.2.6 AT+CCMXSTOP Stop playing audio file
AT+CCMXSTOP Stop playing audio file
Read Command
Response
AT+CCMXSTOP=?
OK
Write Command AT+CCMXSTOP
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
Response +CCMXSTOP: OK +AUDIOSTATE: audio play stop -
-
Defined Values
-
-
Example
AT+CCMXSTOP +CCMXSTOP:
OK
+AUDIOSTATE: audio play stop
www.simcom.com
393 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
22. AT Commands for TTS
22.1 Overview of AT Commands for TTS
Command AT+CDTAM AT+CTTS AT+CTTSPARAM
Description TTS play path, local or remote TTS operation, play or stop TTS parameters, set or get
22.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for TTS
22.2.1 AT+CDTAM TTS play path, local or remote
AT+CDTAM TTS play path, local or remote
Test Command
Response
AT+CDTAM=?
+CDTAM: (0-1)
Read Command AT+CDTAM?
OK Response + CDTAM: <status>
Write Command AT+CDTAM=<mode>
OK
Response +CDTAM:
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
OK or ERROR -
-
www.simcom.com
394 / 460
Defined Values
<status>
<mode>
Example
AT+CDTAM=1 +CDTAM: OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Indicate play path, play TTS to local or play to remote. 0 Local path 1 Remote path Set TTS play path, local or remote. Default value is 0. 0 Local path 1 Remote path
22.2.2 AT+CTTS TTS operation, play or stop
AT+CTTS TTS operation, play or stop
Test Command
Response
AT+CTTS=?
OK
Read Command
Response
AT+CTTS?
+CTTS: <status>
Write Command AT+CTTS=<mode>[,<text>]
OK
Response If <mode>is 0 then <text> is not required. When TTS is playing, return +CTTS:0 OK
If <mode>is 0then <text> is not required. When TTS is not playing, return OK
Write Command
If <mode>is 1 or 2then <text> is must be required. return: OK +CTTS:0 or ERROR Response
www.simcom.com
395 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+CTTS=<mode>[,<text>][, <filename>]
If <mode>is 3 or 4then <text> and <filename> are must be required. return OK
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
+CTTS:0 or ERROR -
-
Defined Values
<status> <mode> <filename>
Indicate playing thread status. Default value is 0 0 NO_WORKING 1 PLAY_WAV_WORKING 2 AMR_WORKING 3 MP3_WORKING 4 AAC_WORKING 5 WAV_WORKING 6 TTS_WORKING 8 CREC_WORKING Stop or play TTS. 0 Stop TTS 1 <text> is in UCS2 coding format, Start to synth and play 2 <text> is in ASCII coding format for English,Chinese text is in GBK coding format. Start to synth and play 3 <text> is in ASCII coding format for English,Chinese text is in GBK coding format. Start to synth and play, and save pcm data as wav file. 4 <text> is in UCSII coding format . Start to synth and play, and save pcm data as wav file. Location and filename for wav file
NOTE
<text>, which is synthetized to speed to be played, maximum data length is 512 bytes. (including "")
<filename>,The file should be put into the "E:/filename.wav". Maximum filename length is 240 bytes. (including "")
Example
AT+CTTS=1,"6B228FCE4F7F75288BED97F3540862107CFB7EDF" www.simcom.com
396 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
OK +CTTS:0 AT+CTTS=3,"","E:/tts.wav" OK +CTTS:0 AT+CTTS=0 OK +CTTS:0
22.2.3 AT+CTTSPARAM TTS Parameters, set or get
AT+CTTSPARAM TTS Parameters, set or get
Test Command
Response
AT+CTTSPARAM=?
+CTTSPARAM: (0-2), (0-3),(0-3),(0-2),(0-2)
Read Command AT+CTTSPARAM?
OK Response +CTTS: <volume>,<sysvolume>,<digitmode>,<pitch>,<speed>
OK
Write Command AT+CTTSPARAM=<volume> [,<sysvolume>[,<digitmode >[,<pitch>[,<speed>]]]
Parameter Saving Mode
Response
OK or ERROR -
Maximum Response Time
-
Reference
-
Defined Values
<volume> <sysvolume>
TTS Speech Volume, default2. 0 The mix volume 1 The normal volume 2 The max volume The module system volume, default3. 0 The mix system volume
www.simcom.com
397 / 460
<digitmode> <pitch> <speed>
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
1 The small system volume 2 The normal system volume 3 The max system volume The digit read mode, default0 0 Auto read digit based on number rule first. 1 Auto read digit bases on telegram rule first. 2 Read digit based on telegram rule. 3 Read digit based on number rule. The voice tone, default1 0 The mix voice tone. 1 The normal voice tone. 2 The max voice tone. The voice speed, default1 0 The mix speed 1 The normal speed 2 The max speed
NOTE <sysvolume>, It takes no effect to set <sysvolume>,reserved at present
Example
AT+CTTSPARAM=1,3,0,1,1 OK
www.simcom.com
398 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
23. AT Commands for FOTA
23.1 Overview of AT Commands for FOTA
Command AT+CAPFOTA AT+CSCFOTA
Description Start/Close FOTA Service Configure parameters and download upgrade package
23.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for FOTA
23.2.1 AT+CAPFOTA Start/Close FOTA Service
AT+CAPFOTA Start/Close FOTA Service
Test Command
Response
AT+CAPFOTA=?
+CAPFOTA: (list of supported <on/off>s)
Read Command AT+CAPFOTA?
OK Response +CAPFOTA: 1
Write Command AT+CAPFOTA=<on/off>
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
OK Response OK or ERROR -
-
Defined Values
<on/off>
The service status on/off, the default value is 0. 0 Close FOTA program
www.simcom.com
399 / 460
Example
AT+CAPFOTA? +CAPFOTA: 1
OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
1 Active FOTA program The function will take effect immediately.
23.2.2 AT+CSCFOTA Configure parameters and download upgrade package
AT+CSCFOTA Configure parameters and download upgrade package
Write Command AT+CSCFOTA=<OEM>,<mo dels>,<productID>,<product Secret>,<target version>
Parameter Saving Mode
Response If successfully: OK +CSCFOTA: <err> b)If failed: ERROR -
Maximum Response Time
-
Reference
Defined Values
<OEM>
<models>
<productID> <productSecret>
<target version>
<ERR> 1 2
The name of project design company. This name must be the same as the OEM created on the cloud platform. Otherwise, it will cause upgrade failed. The name of the device model. This name must be the same as the device model created on the cloud platform. Otherwise, it will cause upgrade failed. The product ID that must be the same as the product ID generated on the cloud platform. The product secret is used to confirm the identity and usage rights of the user. It must be the same as the product secret generated on the cloud platform. The version that needs to be upgraded to. This version is published by the cloud platform.
unknown error Check version is finished
www.simcom.com
400 / 460
3 4 5 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 401 402 403 404 405 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514
Example
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Download is finished Download partial finished No matched version No enough memory Invalid parameter Invalid operation IO failed IO timeout Download file verification failed got canceled Interface nesting error Invalid device information Invalid platform information Missing device information Version number is not configured Internal error (contact supplier) Invalid URL Unable to resolve domain name cannot connect to the server Invalid request, server returned error Not in range HTTP POST request error Re-download start error Operation is aborted Operation not completed Too many retargeting times Unable to get data from SOCKET Error sending data via SOCKET Error receiving data via SOCKET Invalid SOCKET connection
AT+CSCFOTA="SIMCOM","7600M21","15409 07004","f9bbb0d76f894da090b6b6925361656 1","SIM7600M21_LE11_181025_V2.00"
OK +CSCFOTA: 2 +CSCFOTA: 3
www.simcom.com
401 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
24. AT Commands for UIM hotswap
24.1 Overview of AT Commands for UIM hotswap
Command AT+UIMHOTSWAPON AT+UIMHOTSWAPLEVEL
Description Set UIM hotswap function on Set UIM card detection level
24.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for UIM hotswap
24.2.1 AT+UIMHOTSWAPON Set UIM hotswap function on
AT+UIMHOTSWAPON Set UIM hotswap function on
Read Command
Response
AT+UIMHOTSWAPON?
+UIMHOTSWAPON: <onoff>
Write Command AT+UIMHOTSWAPON=<ono ff>
OK Response OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<onoff>
0 The UIM hotswap function is disabled 1 The UIM hotswap function is enabled
Example
AT+UIMHOTSWAPON? +UIMHOTSWAPON: 0
OK
www.simcom.com
402 / 460
AT+UIMHOTSWAPON=1 OK
NOTE Module reset to take effect
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
24.2.2 AT+UIMHOTSWAPLEVEL Set UIM card detection level
AT+UIMHOTSWAPLEVEL Set UIM card detection level
Read Command
Response
AT+UIMHOTSWAPLEVEL? +UIMHOTSWAPLEVEL: <level>
Write Command AT+UIMHOTSWAPLEVEL=<l evel>
OK Response OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<level>
0 ACTIVE LOW 1 ACTIVE HIGH
Example
AT+UIMHOTSWAPLEVEL? +UIMHOTSWAPLEVEL: 0
OK AT+UIMHOTSWAPLEVEL=1 OK
NOTE
Module reset to take effect Set UIM card detection level to active low. //Refer to the used SIM card holder, usually it's a
"normal open kind" one. The default value 1
www.simcom.com
403 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
www.simcom.com
404 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
25. AT Commands for HSIC_LAN
25.1 Overview of AT Commands for HAIC_LAN
Command AT+CENABLELAN AT+CLANMODE AT+CLANCTRL AT+CHSICSLEEP
Description Enable LAN function Set LAN mode Set LAN configure Allow Hsic Device Go to AutoSleep
25.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for HSIC_LAN
25.2.1 AT+CENABLELAN Enable LAN function
AT+CENABLELAN Enable LAN function
Response
Write Command
OK
AT+CENABLELAN=<onoff> or
ERROR
Parameter Saving Mode
-
Maximum Response Time
-
Reference
Defined Values
<onoff>
0 Close the LAN9730 1 Open the LAN9730
Example
AT+CENABLELAN=1 OK
www.simcom.com
405 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
NOTE
LAN9730 is not opened in default, if want to open the LAN9730, you can run AT+CENABLELAN=1. After run this command, the module will restart automatically, then the LAN9730 will be opened.
If want to close the LAN9730, you can run AT+CENABLELAN=0. After run this command, the module will restart automatically, then the LAN9730 will be closed.
WIFI firmware doesn't care this AT command.
25.2.2 AT+CLANMODE Set LAN mode
AT+CLANMODE Set LAN mode
Test Command AT+CLANMODE=?
Read Command AT+CLANMODE?
Write Command AT+CLANMODE=<mode>
Parameter Saving Mode
Response +CLANMODE: (list of supported <mode>s) OK Response +CLANMODE: <mode> OK Response OK or OK -
Maximum Response Time
-
Reference
Defined Values
<mode>
0 lan mode 1 wan mode 2 static ip mode
Example
AT+CLANMODE? +CLANMODE: (0,1)
OK AT+CLANMODE=1
www.simcom.com
406 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
OK
NOTE Module works in lan mode in default. If want to use another mode, need to run
at+clanmode=<mode>, after run this command, module will restart automatically, then the module will work in target mode.
25.2.3 AT+CLANCTRL Set LAN configure
AT+CLANCTRL Set LAN configure
Test Command AT+CLANCTRL=?
Response +CLANCTRL: (list of supported <option>s)
Write Command AT+CLANCTRL=<option>,[[t ype/ip],[netmask]]
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
OK Response
OK or ERROR -
Defined Values
<option>
<type> <ip> <netmask >
0 uninstall driver 1 install driver 2 set mac address 3 set ip address 4 bring up eth0 5 bring down eth0 1 bcm898xx 2 at803x LAN ip address (Range: 192.168.*.*).
Range: 255.255.*.* if the parameter is not set, will use the default value:255.255.255.0
Example
www.simcom.com
407 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+CLANCTRL=3,"192.168.1.1"
OK AT+CLCANCTRL=3,"192.168.1.1","255.255.2 55.0"
OK
Set ip. The netmask is use default value 255.255.255.0
Set ip and netmask. The netmask is 255.255.255.0
NOTE
Uninstall driver (option=0). Not support for HSIC LAN, Only Support SGMII LAN. Please don't run this command on HSIC LAN module
Install driver (option=1). Not support for HSIC LAN, Only Support SGMII LAN. Set mac address (option=2). Support for HSIC LAN, But the module will auto set the Mac address.
So there is no need to run the command. Set ip address (option=3). When module work in static ip mode. Use this command set ip and
netmask. Bring up eth0 bring up eth0 (option=4). equal to "ifconfig eth0 up" Bring down eth0 (option=5). equal to "ifconfig eth0 down"
25.2.4 AT+CHSICSLEEP Allow HSIC Device Go to AutoSleep
AT+CHSICSLEEP Allow HSIC Device Go to AutoSleep
Test Command
Response
AT+CHSICSLEEP=?
+CHSICSLEEP: (list of supported <state>s)
Read Command AT+CHSICSLEEP?
OK Response +CHSICSLEEP: <state>
Write Command AT+CHSICSLEEP=<state>
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
OK Response OK or ERROR -
-
Defined Values
www.simcom.com
408 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<state>
Example
AT+CHSICSLEEP =1 OK AT+CHSICSLEEP? +CHSICSLEEP: 1 OK
0 Don't allow the hsic device go to autosleep 1 Allow the hsic device go to autosleep
NOTE
If the module needs to go to sleep, user needs to execute following steps: 1. AT+CHSICSLEEP=1 2. AT+CLANCTRL=5
www.simcom.com
409 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
26. AT Commands for Ecall
26.1 Overview of AT Commands for Ecall
Command AT+CECALLS AT+CECALLE AT+CECALLCFG AT+CECALLPOS AT+CECALLTIME AT+CMSDVERSION AT+CECALLTOUT AT+CMSDMESSAGEID AT+CMSDOIDDATA AT+CMSD AT+CMSDCONTROL
Description Make e-call Hang up e-call Configure e-call MSD information Set position information Set timestamp Set MSD serialize version Set T5,T6,T7 timeout value Set the initiatory message identifier of msd data Description Set the optional additional data Input hex Minimum set of data(MSD) Set the control data in Minimum set of data
26.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for Ecall
26.2.1 AT+CECALLS Make e-call
The command is used to make an e-call.
AT+CECALLS Make an e-call
Test Command
Response
AT+CECALLS=?
+CECALLS: (scope of <cannedMSD>)
Write Command AT+CECALLS=<num>,<can nedMSD>
OK Response OK
www.simcom.com
410 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
ERROR
Defined Values
<num> <cannedMSD>
Dialing number. Use the canned GPS information or real GPS information.
0 -- Send real MSD 1 -- Send canned MSD
Example
AT+CECALLS=15865451120,1 OK
26.2.2 AT+CECALLE Hang up e-call
The command is used to hang up the e-call.
AT+CECALLE Hang up an e-call
Test Command
Response
AT+CECALLE=?
+CECALLS: (0-1)
Read Command AT+CECALLE?
OK Response +CECALLE: <n>
Write Command AT+CECALLE=<n>
Defined Values
<n>
www.simcom.com
OK Response OK VOICE CALL: END: <time>
No call: OK
0 Stop an active eCall, change the state into "ECALL_APP_ECALL_INACTIVE" and clear callbackTimer. When set to 0, module cannot receive a MT ECALL from PSAP.
1 End an active ecall, but keep state "ECALL_APP_IDLE_ALLOW_MT_ECALL", not clear callbackTimer. When set to 1, module can receive a MT ECALL from PSAP.
411 / 460
<time>
Example
AT+CECALLE=0 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Voice call connection time. Format HHMMSS (HH: hour, MM: minute, SS: second)
26.2.3 AT+CECALLCFG Configure e-call MSD information
The command is used to configure the MSD information.
AT+CECALLCFG Configure e-call MSD information
Test Command
Response
AT+CECALLCFG=?
OK
Write Command
AT+CECALLCFG=<vehiclet ype>,<storage>,<num>,<vin >,<vehicledirection>,<delta1 _lon>,<delta1_lat>,<delta2_l
Response OK
ERROR
on>,<delta2_lat>
Defined Values
<vehicletype> <storage>
1 -- Passenger vehicle class M1 2 -- Buses and coaches class M2 3 -- Buses and coaches class M3 4 -- Light commercial vehicles class N1 5 -- Heavy duty vehicles class N2 6 -- Heavy duty vehicles class N3 7 -- Motorcycles class L1e 8 -- Motorcycles class L2e 9 -- Motorcycles class L3e 10 -- Motorcycles class L4e 11 -- Motorcycles class L5e 12 -- Motorcycles class L6e 13 -- Motorcycles class L7e Propulsion storage: It should choice multi-storage. decimal number NOTE Example: Choice "Electric energy storage" and "Diesel tank present", the <storage> must be set by 18. i.e. 2 or 16 equal 18
0 -- Unknown or other type of energy storage 1 -- Hydrogen storage
www.simcom.com
412 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<num> <vin>
<vehicledirection> <delta1_lon> <delta1_lat> <delta2_lon> <delta2_lat>
2 -- Electric energy storage 4 -- Liquid propane gas 8 -- Compressed natural gas 16 -- Diesel tank present 32 -- Gas online tank present Range is 0~63. Number of passenger. Range is 0~255. Vehicle id number. Length of <vin> must be 17. VIN number according to ISO 3779. including: 1.World Manufacturer Index (WMI) 2.Vehicle Type Descriptor (VDS) 3.Vehicle Identification Sequence (VIS) The character in VIN must be the member of this table: ("A".."H"|"J".."N"|"P"|"R".."Z"|"0".."9") The direction of travel in 2°-degrees steps from magnetic north (0 358, clockwise). Only values from 0 to 179 are valid. If direction of travel is invalid or unknown, the value 0xFF shall be used. Unit is 2 degree. Range of <vehicledirection> is 0~179. Description of recent vehicle longitude location before the incident. 1 Unit = 100 miliarcseconds, which is approximately 3m. Coded value range (-512..511) representing -51200 to +51100 miliarcseconds, or from 51,2''S to 51,1''N from the reference position. Description of recent vehicle latitude location before the incident. 1 Unit = 100 miliarcseconds, which is approximately 3m. Coded value range (-512..511) representing -51200 to +51100 miliarcseconds, or from 51,2''S to 51,1''N from the reference position. Description of recent vehicle latitude location before the incident. 1 Unit = 100 miliarcseconds, which is approximately 3m. Description of recent vehicle latitude location before the incident. 1 Unit = 100 miliarcseconds, which is approximately 3m. Coded value range (-512..511) representing -51200 to +51100 miliarcseconds, or from 51,2''S to 51,1''N from the reference position.
Example
AT+CECALLCFG=5,18,8,"WMJVDSVDSYA123456",14,10,-10,20,-20 OK
26.2.4 AT+CECALLPOS Set position information
The command is used to set position information. www.simcom.com
413 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+CECALLPOS Set position information
Test Command
Response
AT+CECALLPOS=?
Write Command AT+CECALLPOS=<lon>,<lat
OK Response OK
>
ERROR
Defined Values
<lon> <lat>
Longitude of current position, format is ddd.dddddd. Unit is degree. Range is -180~180. Latitude of current position, format is dd.dddddd. Unit is degree. Range is -90~90.
Example
AT+CECALLPOS="121.354138","31.221938" OK
26.2.5 AT+CECALLTIME Set timestamp
The command is used to set timestamp.
AT+CECALLTIME Set timestamp
Test Command
Response
AT+CECALLPOS=? Write Command
OK Response
AT+CECALLTIME=<flag>[,< OK
year>,<month>,<day>,<hour
>,<minute>,<second>]
ERROR
Defined Values
<flag> <year> <month>
0 - use system time, not need to set <year>, <month>, <day>, <hour>, <minute>,<second>
1 - must set <year>,<month>,<day>,<hour>,<minute>,<second> Year :integer Range is 1970~2100 Month : integer Range is 1~12
www.simcom.com
414 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<day>
<hour> <minute> <second>
Day : integer Input range : Jan \ Mar \ May \ Jul \ Aug \ Oct \ Dec: 1~31 Feb: 1~28 (1~29 if leap year) Apr \ Jun \ Sep \ Nov: 1~30 Hour : integer Range is 0~23 Minute : integer Range is 0~59 Second : integer Rang is 0~59
Example
AT+CECALLTIME=1,2011,10,20,15,30,30 OK
26.2.6 AT+CECALLVERSION Set MSD serialize version
The command is used to set MSD pack format.
AT+CECALLVERSION Set MSD serialize version
Test Command
Response
AT+CECALLVERSION=?
+CMSDVERSION:1-2
Read Command AT+CECALLVERSION?
OK Response +CMSDVERSION: <ver>
Write Command AT+CMSDVERSION=<ver>
OK Response OK
ERROR
Defined Values
<ver>
1 - set MSD serialize version 1 (qualcomm default version,other European country) 2 - set MSD serialize version 2 (just for Russia ecall)
Example
www.simcom.com
415 / 460
AT+CMSDVERSION=1 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
26.2.7 AT+CECALLTOUT Set T5,T6,T7 timeout value
The command is used to set T5,T6,T7 timeout value.
AT+CECALLTOUT Set T5,T6,T7 timeout value
Read Command
Response
AT+CECALLVERSION?
+CECALLTOUT: T5=<timeoutvalue>, T7=<timeoutvalue>
T6=<timeoutvalue>,
Write Command AT+CECALLTOUT=<TX>,<ti meoutvalue>
OK Response OK
ERROR
Defined Values
T5 - The timer of IVS waiting for START, default timeout value is 2 seconds. The timeout value will not be saved to NV. You should set the timeout value before organizing the eCall. For further information about this timer, please refer to EN 16062. Range is 2000-255000 ms. Default value 2000 ms
<TX>
T6 - The timer of IVS waiting for HACK, default timeout value is 5 seconds. The timeout value will not be saved to NV. You should set the timeout value before organizing the eCall. For further information about this timer, please refer to EN 16062. Range is 5000-255000 ms. Default value 5000 ms.
Example
T7 - The timer for MSD transmission, default timeout value is 20 seconds. The timeout value will not be saved to NV. You should set the timeout value before organizing the eCall. For further information about this timer, please refer to EN 16062. Range is 20000-255000 ms. Default value 20000 ms
AT+CECALLTOUT="T5",4000
www.simcom.com
416 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00 OK
26.2.8 AT+CMSDMESSAGEID Description
Set the initiatory message identifier of msd data
The command is used to set the initiatory message identifier of msd data.
AT+CMSDMESSAGEID Set the initiatory message identifier of msd data Description
Test Command
Response
AT+CMSDMESSAGEID=?
+CMSDMESSAGEID: (list of supported <messageid>)
Read Command AT+CMSDMESSAGEID?
OK Response +CMSDMESSAGEID: <messageid>
Write Command AT+CMSDMESSAGEID=<me ssageid>
OK Response OK
ERROR
Defined Values
<messageid>
starting with 1 for each new eCall session and to be incremented with every application layer MSD retransmission following a new `Send MSD' request after the incident event .(1-255)
Example
AT+CMSDMESSAGEID=1 OK
26.2.9 AT+CMSDOIDDATA Set the optional additional data
The command is used to set the optional additional data. AT+CMSDOIDDATA Set the optional additional data
www.simcom.com
417 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Test Command AT+CMSDOIDDATA=? Write Command AT+CMSDOIDDATA=<oid>,< odata>
Response OK Response OK
ERROR
Defined Values
<oid> <odata>
Object identifier which uniquely identifies the format and meaning of the data which follows. (oid is decimal string x.x.xxx), the length must be 7. Transparent optional additional data. (odata is hex string) which maximum size is 100 bytes.
Example
AT+CMSDOIDDATA="1.2.125","30304646" OK
26.2.10 AT+CMSD Input hex Minimum set of data
The command is used to input hex Minimum set of data.
AT+CMSD Input hex Minimum set of data
Test Command
Response
AT+CMSD=?
OK
Write Command
Response
AT+CMSDOIDDATA=<MSD> ,<activationType>,<eCallTyp e>
OK ERROR
Defined Values
<msd> <activation> <eCallType>
Example
the hex msd data generated by user which maximum size is 140 bytes. 0 - Manual activation 1 - Automatic activation 0 - Emergency call 1 - Test call
www.simcom.com
418 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+CMSD="015C0681508204420014264000420D101404E80DA4C89A3B2F09905B6440E829F682 9EC020301027D04303046460",0,1 OK
26.2.11 AT+CMSDCONTROL Set the control data in Minimum set of data
The command is used to set the control data in Minimun set of data(MSD).
AT+CMSDCONTROL Set the control data in Minimum set of data
Test Command
Response
AT+CMSDCONTROL=? Write Command
OK Response
AT+CMSDCONTROL=<activ OK
ationType>,<callType>,<pos
itionCanBeTrusted>
ERROR
Defined Values
<activationType> <callType> <positionCanBeTrusted>
Manual activation(by pushing the emergency button) or automatic activation(by hitting sensors).
0 -- Manual activation 1 -- Automatic activation e-call type: 0 -- Test call 1 -- Emergency call 0 -- low confidence in position 1 -- Position can be trusted
Example
AT+CMSDCONTROL=0,0,1 OK
www.simcom.com
419 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
27. AT Commands for MIFI
27.1 Overview of AT Commands for MIFI W58
Command AT+CWMAP AT+CWSSID AT+CWBCAST AT+CWAUTH AT+CWMOCH AT+CWISO AT+CWDHCP AT+CWNAT AT+CWCLICNT AT+CWRSTD AT+CWMAPCFG AT+CWLANSRV AT+CWLANMSG AT+CWMACADDR AT+CWNETCNCT AT+CWSTAIP AT+CWSTASCAN AT+CWSTACFG AT+CWUSRINFO
Description Open/Close WIFI SSID setting Broadcast setting Authentication type, encrypt mode and password setting 80211 mode and channel setting Client isolation setting Get the current DHCP configuration NAT type setting Get client number connected to the WIFI Restore to default setting WIFI configuration setting LAN SERVER setting Send message Get MAC address Query the connection to the network Get STA mode IP address Scan WIFI network STA mode configuration setting Auth info of wifi data call setting
27.2 Overview of AT Commands for MIFI W58L(RTL)
Command AT+CWMAP AT+CWSSID AT+CWBCAST AT+CWAUTH
www.simcom.com
Description Open/Close WIFI SSID setting Broadcast setting Authentication type, encrypt mode and password setting
420 / 460
AT+CWMOCH AT+CWDHCP AT+CWCLICNT AT+CWRSTD AT+CWLANSRV AT+CWLANMSG AT+CWMACADDR AT+CWNETCNCT AT+CWSTAIP AT+CWSTASCAN AT+CWSTACFG AT+CWSTAINIT AT+CWUSRINFO
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
80211 mode and channel setting Get the current DHCP configuration Get client number connected to the WIFI Restore to default setting LAN SERVER setting Send message Get MAC address Query the connection to the network Get STA mode IP address Scan WIFI network STA mode configuration setting STA mode setting Auth info of wifi data call setting
27.3 Detailed Description of AT Commands for MIFI
27.3.1 AT+CWMAP Open/Close WIFI
AT+CWMAP Open/Close WIFI
Test Command
Response
AT+CWMAP=?
+CWMAP: (0-1)
Read Command AT+CWMAP?
OK Response +CWMAP: <flag>
Write Command AT+CWMAP=<flag> Parameter Saving Mode
Maximum Response Time Reference
OK Response OK -
-
Defined Values
<flag>
0 Close 1 Open
www.simcom.com
421 / 460
Example
AT+CWMAP? +CWMAP: 1
OK AT+CWMAP=0 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
27.3.2 AT+CWSSID SSID setting
AT+CWSSID SSID setting Read Command AT+CWSSID?
Response +CWSSID: <ssid>
Write Command AT+CWSSID=<ssid> Parameter Saving Mode
Maximum Response Time Reference
OK Response OK -
-
Defined Values
<ssid>
new ssid string 1. The max length of <ssid> is 32 bytes when the <ssid> include only ASCII characters. 2. The max length of <ssid> is 20 bytes when <ssid> include only Chinese (One Chinese characters is 2 bytes, so the max Chinese count is 10). 3. The max length of <ssid> is 22 bytes when <ssid> include ASCII and Chinese characters (One Chinese character is 2 bytes, one ASCII character is 1 byte). The default value is SIM7600MIFI.
Example
AT+CWSSID? +CWSSID: "SIM7600MIFI"
OK
www.simcom.com
422 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
27.3.3 AT+CWBCAST Broadcast setting
AT+CWBCAST Broadcast setting
Test Command
Response
AT+CWBCAST=?
+CWBCAST: (0-1)
Read Command AT+CWBCAST?
OK Response +CWBCAST: <broadcast>
Write Command AT+CWBCAST=<broadcast >
OK Response OK
Parameter Saving Mode
-
Maximum Response Time
-
Reference
Defined Values
<broadcast>
0 disabled 1 enabled
Example
AT+CWBCAST? +CWBCAST: 1
OK AT+CWBCAST=0 OK
27.3.4 AT+CWAUTH Authentication setting
AT+CWAUTH Authentication type, encrypt mode and password setting
Read Command
Response
AT+CWAUTH?
+CWAUTH:<auth>,<encrypt>[,<password>]
www.simcom.com
423 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Write Command AT+CWAUTH=<auth>,<encr ypt> [,<password>] Parameter Saving Mode
Maximum Response Time Reference
OK Response OK
-
Defined Values
<auth> <encrypt> <password>
0 open/share 1 open 2 share 3 wpa 4 wpa2 5 wpa/wpa2 0 null 1 WEP 2 TKIP 3 AES 4 TKIP-AES password string, the length is 5 or betwwen 8 to 64. The char in the password is only allow the ASCII `s decimal code betwwen 32 to 126.
NOTE
The parameter need to meet the following conditions: 1. If (auth = 0 or auth = 1) then (encrypt = 0 or encrypt = 1) 2. If (auth =2) then (encrypt = 1) 3. If (auth >=3) then (encrypt >=2) 4. If(encrypt = 0) then (password is null) 5. If(encrypt = 1) then
{ 1) password can't be set null 2) password format: (5 ASCII character) or (10 hexadecimal number) or(13 ASCII character) or(26 hexadecimal number)
} 6. if(encrypt >= 2) then
{ 1) password can't be set null 2) password format: ( 8~63 ASCII character or 64 hexadecimal number)
}
www.simcom.com
424 / 460
Example
AT+CWAUTH? +CWAUTH: 0,1, "11111"
OK AT+CWAUTH? +CWAUTH: 5,4, "12345678"
OK AT+CWAUTH=0,0 OK AT+CWAUTH=0,1,"11111" OK AT+CWAUTH=2,1,"12345" OK
AT+CWAUTH=2,1,"3132333435" OK
AT+CWAUTH=5,4,"abcd1234" OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
//Auth:open/share encrypt:null
//Auth:open/share encrypt:WEP
//Auth:share
encrypt:WEP
(ASCII character password:12345)
//Auth:share
encrypt :WEP
(sixteen hexadecimal number:password
12345)
//Auth:WPA/WPA2 encrypt:TIKP-AES
27.3.5 AT+CWMOCH 80211 mode and channel setting
AT+CWMOCH 80211 mode and channel setting
Read Command
Response
AT+CWMOCH?
+CWMOCH: <mode>,<channel>
Write Command AT+CWMOCH=<mode>,<ch annel>
OK Response OK
Parameter Saving Mode
-
Maximum Response Time
-
Reference
Defined Values
<mode>
2b 3 b/g 4 b/g/n
2.4G mode 2.4G mode 2.4G mode
www.simcom.com
425 / 460
<channel>
Example
AT+CWMOCH? + CWMOCH: 4,0
OK AT+CWMOCH=3,1 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
0
auto select
1~11 2.4Gmode channel number
27.3.6 AT+CWISO Client isolation setting
AT+CWISO Client isolation setting
Test Command
Response
AT+CWISO=?
+CWISO: (0-1)
Read Command AT+CWISO?
OK Response +CWISO: <isolation>
Write Command AT+CWISO=<isolation>
OK Response OK
Parameter Saving Mode
-
Maximum Response Time
-
Reference
Defined Values
<isolation>
0 close 1 open
Example
AT+CWISO? +CWISO: 1
OK AT+CWISO=0
www.simcom.com
426 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00 OK
27.3.7 AT+CWDHCP Get the current DHCP configuration
AT+CWDHCP Get the current DHCP configuration
Read Command
Response
AT+CWDHCP?
+CWDHCP:<host_ip>,<range_start_ip>,<range_end_ip>,<leaseti
me>
OK
Parameter Saving Mode
-
Maximum Response Time
-
Reference
Defined Values
<host_ip> <range_start_ip> <range_end_ip> <leasetime>
the AP IP the start IP of the IP range that assigned to the client the end IP of the IP range that assigned to the client the lease time
Example
AT+CWDHCP? +CWDHCP: "192.168.1.250","192.168.1.128","192.168.1.249",240h
OK
27.3.8 AT+CWNAT NAT type setting
AT+CWNAT NAT type setting
Test Command
Response
AT+CWNAT=?
+CWNAT: (0-1)
Read Command AT+CWNAT?
OK Response +CWNAT: <type>
OK
www.simcom.com
427 / 460
Write Command AT+CWNAT=<type> Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
Defined Values
<type>
Example
AT+CWNAT? +CWNAT: 1
OK AT+CWNAT=0 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00 Response OK -
0 Symmetric 1 Cone
27.3.9 AT+CWCLICNT Get client number connected to the WIFI
AT+CWCLICNT Get the client number connected to the WIFI
Read Command
Response
AT+CWCLICNT?
+CWCLICNT: <cnt>
OK
Parameter Saving Mode
-
Maximum Response Time
-
Reference
Defined Values
<cnt>
the connected client count, range is from 0 to 31.
Example
AT+CWCLICNT? +CWCLICNT: 1
OK
www.simcom.com
428 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
27.3.10 AT+CWRSTD Restore to default setting
AT+CWRSTD Restore all MIFI setting to default
Write Command AT+CWRSTD
Response OK
Parameter Saving Mode
-
Maximum Response Time
-
Reference
Example
AT+CWRSTD OK
27.3.11 AT+CWMAPCFG WIFI configuration setting
AT+CWMAPCFG WIFI mode, configuration AP ID setting
Test Command
Response
AT+CWMAPCFG=?
+CWMAPCFG: ("enablessid2","configselect"),(0-2)
Read Command AT+CWMAPCFG?
OK Response +CWMAPCFG: <enablessid2_value>,<configselect_value>
Write Command AT+CWMAPCFG=<option>, <value>
OK Response OK
Parameter Saving Mode
-
Maximum Response Time
-
Reference
Defined Values
<enablessid2_value> <configselect_value>
0 AP mode 1 AP-AP mode 2 STA-AP mode Current AP ID (0 or 1 or 2)
www.simcom.com
429 / 460
<option> <value>
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
"enablessid2" set WIFI mode "configselect" set the current AP ID the value of the options.
NOTE
If (option="enablessid2") 0 AP mode 1 AP-AP mode 2 STA-AP mode
If (option="configselect") Current AP ID (0 or 1 or 2) to be set.
When current AP ID is 0, the AT+CWSSID/AT+CWBCAST/AT+CWAUTH/AT+CWMOCH/AT+CWISO/AT+CWDHCP/AT+CWCLICN T/AT+CWMACADDR will modify the first AP's settings; When current AP ID is 1, the AT+CWSSID/AT+CWBCAST/AT+CWAUTH/AT+CWMOCH/AT+CWISO/ AT+CWDHCP/AT+CWCLICNT/AT+CWMACADDR will modify the second AP's settings; When current AP ID is 2, the AT+CWSSID/AT+CWBCAST/AT+CWAUTH/AT+CWMOCH/AT+CWISO/ AT+CWDHCP/AT+CWCLICNT/AT+CWMACADDR will modify the third AP's settings, the AT+CWSTAIP/AT+CWSTASCAN/AT+CWSTACFG will modify the STA's settings.
NOTE
1. It can't set the configselect value to 1 when enablessid2 is 0.
2. The configselect value will be changed due to enablessid2.
enablessid2 configselect
0
0
1
0 or 1
2
2
Example
AT+CWMAPCFG=? +CWMAPCFG: ("enablessid2","configselect"),(0-2)
OK AT+CWMAPCFG? +CWMAPCFG: 0,0
OK AT+CWMAPCFG="enablessid2",1 OK AT+CWMAPCFG="configselect",0
// Set enablessid2 // Set configselect
www.simcom.com
430 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00 OK
27.3.12 AT+CWLANSRV LAN SERVER setting
AT+CWLANSRV LAN server setting
Read Command
Response
AT+CWLANSRV?
+CWLANSRV: <server_ip >,<server_port>,<recv_mode>
Write Command AT+CWLANSRV=<value> Write Command AT+CWLANSRV=0,<server_ port>[,<recv_mode>] Parameter Saving Mode
Maximum Response Time Reference
OK Response OK Response OK
-
Defined Values
<server_ip> <server_port> <recv_mode>
<value>
Default 192.168.225.1
Default 5555
The range of permitted values is 1024 to 65535.
0
Report messages directly with URC(+CWLANMSG)
1
Report cached bytes when new messages are received
(+CWLANMSG: <cached_len>).And use AT+CWLANMGET
to get cached bytes.
0
close the server
1
open the server
Example
AT+CWLANSRV? +CWLANSRV: 192.168.225.1,5555,0
OK AT+CWLANSRV=1 OK
+CWLANMSG: 123456789
www.simcom.com
431 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+CWLANSRV=0,44444,1 OK AT+CWLANSRV? +CWLANSRV: 192.168.225.1,44444,1
OK AT+CWLANSRV=1 OK
+CWLANMSG: 10
+CWLANMSG: 20
+CWLANMSG: 30
+CWLANMSG: 40
+CWLANMSG: 50
AT+CWLANMGET=30 +CWLANMGET: 030,123456789012345678901234567890
OK AT+CWLANMGET=30 +CWLANMGET: 020,12345678901234567890
OK
27.3.13 AT+CWLANMSG Send message
Must open the lan server first (AT+CWLANSRV=1).
AT+CWLANMSG Send message
Write Command
Response
AT+CWLANMSG=<tx_msg> OK
Received urc message
+CWLANMSG:
<rx_msg><tail>
Received urc message
+CWLANMSG:
<cached_len>
Parameter Saving Mode
-
www.simcom.com
432 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Maximum Response Time
-
Reference
Defined Values
<tx_msg> <rx_msg>
<tail> <cached_len>
Hexadecimal string.The max length of message is 512.
ASCII string.
(1)The message must end with 0x0A from the client. (2)The max length of <message> is 1024,and ignore others.
0x0D0A0D0D0A Normal tail.
0x0D0D0A
The message has 0x00.
Cached bytes.
The max length is 10*1024.
Example
AT+CWLANSRV=1 OK AT+CWLANMSG="31323434" OK
+CWLANMSG: 1234\r\n\r\r\n
27.3.14 AT+CWLANMGET Manual get cached bytes
Must open the lan server first (AT+CWLANSRV=1).
AT+CWLANMGET Manual get cached bytes
Read Command
Response
AT+CWLANMGET?
+CWLANMGET: <cached_len>
Write Command AT+CWLANMGET=<len>
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
OK Response +CWLANMGET: <len> <msg>
OK -
Defined Values
www.simcom.com
433 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<len> <msg> <cached_len>
The length customer want to get.Max length is 100. Received message. Cached bytes. The max length is 10*1024.
Example
AT+CWLANSRV=1 OK
+CWLANMSG: 110
AT+CWLANMGET=100 +CWLANMGET: 100 123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901 2345678901234567890
OK AT+CWLANMGET? +CWLANMGET: 10
OK
27.3.15 AT+CWMACADDR Get MAC address
AT+CWMACADDR Get MAC address
Read Command
Response
AT+CWMACADDR?
[<number>,<mac_addr> [... ...]]
OK
Parameter Saving Mode
-
Maximum Response Time
-
Reference
Defined Values
<number> <mac_addr>
0 host mac addr 1 client mac addr ... client mac addr Device mac address
www.simcom.com
434 / 460
Example
AT+CWMACADDR? 0,00:0A:F5:88:88:8F 1,74:23:44:8f:64:fd
OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
27.3.16 AT+CWNETCNCT Query the connection to the network
AT+CWNETCNCT Query the connection to the network
Read Command
Response
AT+CWNETCNCT?
+CWNETCNCT: <flag>
OK
Parameter Saving Mode
-
Maximum Response Time
-
Reference
Defined Values
<flag>
0 disconnect 1 connect
Example
AT+CWNETCNCT? +CWNETCNCT: 1
OK
27.3.17 AT+CWSTAIP Get STA mode IP address
AT+CWSTAIP Get STA mode IP address
Read Command
Response
AT+CWSTAIP?
[+CWSTAIP: <ip address>]
OK
Parameter Saving Mode
-
www.simcom.com
435 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Maximum Response Time
-
Reference
Defined Values
<ip address>
the station IP address
Example
AT+CWSTAIP? +CWSTAIP: 192.168.11.27
OK
27.3.18 AT+CWSTASCAN Scan WIFI network
AT+CWSTASCAN Scan WIFI network
Read Command
Response
AT+CWSTASCAN?
+CWSTASCAN: <flag_show_signal>
Write Command AT+CWSTASCAN=<flag_sh ow_signal > Read Command AT+CWSTASCAN
OK Response OK
Response [+CWSTASCAN: <bssid>,<ssid>[,signal] [... ...]]
OK
Parameter Saving Mode
-
Maximum Response Time
-
Reference
Defined Values
<flag_show_signal>
<bssid> <ssid> <signal>
0 Don't show the signal level. It's the default value. 1 Show the signal level. The MAC address of external wireless network. The SSID name of external wireless network. The signal level of external wireless network.
www.simcom.com
436 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Example
AT+CWSTASCAN +CWSTASCAN: 4c:e6:76:49:2a:48, simtest
OK AT+CWSTASCAN=1 OK AT+CWSTASCAN? +CWSTASCAN: 1
OK AT+CWSTASCAN +CWSTASCAN: f4:83:cd:d8:24:c8,TP-LINK_24C8,-52 80:89:17:10:e6:23,TP-LINK_SW2,-58 14:2d:27:24:98:61,Public,-58 bc:46:99:38:e2:ca,TP-LINK_E2CA,-64 0c:72:d9:49:25:8b,nubia-WD670-258B,-92 50:2b:73:c0:aa:d9,Tenda_C0AAD9,-68
OK
27.3.19 AT+CWSTACFG STA mode configuration setting
AT+CWSTACFG STA mode configuration setting
Read Command
Response
AT+CWSTACFG?
+CWSTACFG: <ssid>[,<security>,<proto>,<psk>]
Write Command AT+CWSTACFG=<ssid>[,<s ecurity>,<proto>,<psk>] Parameter Saving Mode
Maximum Response Time Reference
OK Response OK
-
Defined Values
<ssid> <security>
The SSID name of external wireless network. Reserved value.
www.simcom.com
437 / 460
<proto> <psk>
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Reserved value. The password of external wireless network.
NOTE 1. The configselect value must set to 2; 2. The <security> and <proto> are reserved value which is in ort to compatible with previous versions.
These 2 parameters can be entered NULL or any combination.
Example
AT+CWSTACFG= "simtest",2,1,"1234567890" OK AT+CWSTACFG? +CWSTACFG: "simtest",,,"1234567890"
OK AT+CWSTACFG= "simtest",,,"1234567890" OK AT+CWSTACFG? +CWSTACFG: "simtest",,,"1234567890"
OK AT+CWSTACFG= "simtest",,,"" OK AT+CWSTACFG? +CWSTACFG: "simtest"
OK AT+CWSTACFG= "simtest" OK AT+CWSTACFG? +CWSTACFG: "simtest"
OK
27.3.20 AT+CWSTAINIT STA mode setting
AT+CWSTAINIT STA mode setting
Test Command
Response
AT+CWSTAINIT=?
+CWSTAINIT: (0-1)
www.simcom.com
438 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Read Command AT+CWSTAINIT?
Write Command AT+CWSTAINIT=<type>
Parameter Saving Mode Maximum Response Time Reference
Defined Values
<type>
Example
AT+CWSTAINIT=? +CWSTAINIT: (0-1)
OK AT+CWSTAINIT=0 OK AT+CWSTAINIT? +CWSTAINIT: 0
OK
OK Response +CWSTAINIT: <type>
OK Response OK
-
0 close station mode 1 open station mode
27.3.21 AT+CWUSRINFO Auth info of wifi data call setting
The username and password are only for CDMA/EVDO network mode.
AT+CWUSRINFO Auth information of wifi data call setting
Test Command
Response
AT+CWUSRINFO=?
+CWUSRINFO: (1-127),(1-127)
Read Command AT+CWUSRINFO?
OK Response +CWUSRINFO: <usrname>,<password>
www.simcom.com
439 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Write Command AT+CWUSRINFO=<usrname >,<password> Parameter Saving Mode
Maximum Response Time Reference
OK Response OK
-
Defined Values
<usrname> <password>
username string. The length is from 1 to 127. password string. The length is from 1 to 127.
NOTE 1. It need to reset when set the username and password. 2. If not set the username and password, the default value is "ctnet@mycdma.cn" and "vnet.mobi".
Example
AT+CWUSRINFO=? +CWUSRINFO: (1-127),(1-127)
OK AT+CWUSRINFO? +CWUSRINFO: "ctnet@mycdma.cn","vnet.mobi"
OK AT+CWUSRINFO="username","pwd" OK
www.simcom.com
440 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
28. AT Commands for BT
28.1 Overview of AT Commands for BT
Command AT+BTPOWER AT+BTHOST AT+BTSCAN AT+BTIOCAP AT+BTPAIR AT+BTUNPAIR AT+BTPAIRED AT+BTSPPSRV AT+BTSPPPROF AT+BTSPPCONN AT+BTSPPSEND AT+BTGATTREG AT+BTGATTACT AT+BTGATTCREDB AT+BTGATTCRESRV AT+BTGATTCRECHAR AT+BTGATTCRECHARDES AT+BTGATTSRVADD AT+BTGATTREADCFM AT+BTGATTWRCFM AT+BTGATTNOTIFY AT+BTGATTSENDIND +BTSPPRECV +BTGATTCONN +BTGATTREADIND +BTGATTWRIND
Description Open/Close BT Get/Set host name Scan BT devices IOCAP Mode Setting Pair with the paired BT devices Unpair with the paired BT devices Get Paired BT devices Active/Deactive spp server Get remote device spp status SPP connect/disconnect SPP send data GATT Register GATT Active GATT Create DB GATT Create Service Create Service characteristic Create Service characteristic description DB Add To GATT Server Response to BTGATTREADIND Response to BVTGATTWRIND Send Notification to client Send Indication to client SPP receive data Client connect status Receive client read request Receive client write request
www.simcom.com
441 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
28.2 Detailed Description of AT Commands for BT
Command AT+BTPOWER AT+BTHOST AT+BTSCAN AT+BTIOCAP AT+BTPAIR AT+BTUNPAIR AT+BTPAIRED AT+BTSPPSRV AT+BTSPPPROF AT+BTSPPCONN AT+BTSPPSEND AT+BTGATTREG AT+BTGATTACT AT+BTGATTCREDB AT+BTGATTCRESRV AT+BTGATTCRECHAR AT+BTGATTCRECHARDES AT+BTGATTSRVADD AT+BTGATTREADCFM AT+BTGATTWRCFM AT+BTGATTNOTIFY AT+BTGATTSENDIND +BTSPPRECV +BTGATTCONN +BTGATTREADIND +BTGATTWRIND
Description Open/Close BT Get/Set host name Scan BT devices IOCAP Mode Setting Pair with the paired BT devices Unpair with the paired BT devices Get Paired BT devices Active/Deactive spp server Get remote device spp status SPP connect/disconnect SPP send data GATT Register GATT Active GATT Create DB GATT Create Service Create Service characteristic Create Service characteristic description DB Add To GATT Server Response to BTGATTREADIND Response to BVTGATTWRIND Send Notification to client Send Indication to client SPP receive data Client connect status Receive client read request Receive client write request
28.2.1 AT+BTPOWER Open/Close BT
AT+BTPOWER Open/Close BT
Test Command
Response
AT+BTPOWER=?
+BTPOWER: (0-1)
Read Command
OK +BTPOWER: <flag>
www.simcom.com
442 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+BTPOWER?
Write Command AT+BTPOWER=<flag>[,<de bug_switch>]
OK Response OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<flag > <debug_switch >
0: Stop bt csr app 1: Start bt csr app Only allowed set to 1, means to save bt log file after csr app is start.
Example
AT+BTPOWER? +BTPOWER: 1 OK AT+BTPOWER=0 OK AT+BTPOWER=1,1 OK
NOTE When <flag> set to 0, <debug_switch> can not be set.
28.2.2 AT+BTHOST Get/Set host name
AT+BTHOST Get/Set host name
Read Command
Response
AT+BTHOST?
+BTHOST: <host_name>,<host mac addr>
Write Command AT+BTHOST=<"btname">
OK Response OK or ERROR
Defined Values
www.simcom.com
443 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<btname> <host mac addr>
new Bluetooth name string. Support Chinese characters. Max length 64 Bluetooth mac address format(xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx), x(0-9,A-F) The default value is SIM7600_BT_xxxxxx(mac addr 3 lower bytes).
Example
AT+BTHOST? +BTHOST: SIM7600_BT_AC8DD9, 00:02:5B:AC:8D:D9
OK AT+BTHOST ="abc" OK
28.2.3 AT+BTSCAN Scan BT devices
AT+BTSCAN Scan BT devices Test Command AT+BTSCAN=?
Response +BTSCAN: (0-1),(0-1),(6-60)
Write Command AT+BTSCAN=<"doscan">[,<mo de>[,<timeout>]]
OK Response OK +BTSCAN: <scan status>, <index1>, <BT name>, <Mac Addr>, <RSSI level> +BTSCAN: <scan status>, <index2>, <BT name>, <Mac Addr>, <RSSI level> [...]] +BTSCAN: 1 //scan end flag
or
ERROR
Defined Values
<doscan> <mode> <timeout>
0:stop scan 1:scan 0:don't hide paired devices 1:hide paired devices Timeout seconds. Default value is 10
www.simcom.com
444 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<scan status>
<index> <BT name> <Mac Addr> <RSSI level>
0:scanning 1:scan ended The index of remote bluetooth device, the value start with 1. The bluetooth name of remote device. The bluetooth mac address of the remote device. the rssi level of the device
Example
AT+BTSCAN=1,0,10 OK +BTSCAN: 0, 1, MKRJ2B-GONGYONG, B8:86:87:43:4B:6A, 186 +BTSCAN: 0, 2, MK-JUMPING, 00:19:86:00:08:60, 184 +BTSCAN: 0, 3, OPPO A57, 4C:18:9A:89:88:7E, 174 +BTSCAN: 0, 4, ww, C4:0B:CB:3E:68:62, 173 +BTSCAN: 0, 5, ofo, F7:51:3B:1F:AF:B5, 165 +BTSCAN: 1 AT+BTSCAN=0,0,10 OK
28.2.4 AT+BTIOCAP IOCAP Mode Setting
AT+BTIOCAP IOCAP Mode Setting
Test Command AT+BTIOCAP=?
Response +BTIOCAP: (0-3)
Write Command AT+BTIOCAP=<mode>
OK Response +BTIOCAP: 1
OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<mode>
0:Display Only Device 1:Display and Yes and No Capable 2:Keyboard Only 3:No Display or Input Device
www.simcom.com
445 / 460
Example
AT+BTIOCAP=3 +BTIOCAP: 1
OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
28.2.5 AT+BTPAIR Pair with other BT device
AT+BTPAIR Pair with other BT device
Test Command
Response
AT+BTPAIR=?
+BTPAIR: (index)
Pair Command AT+BTPAIR=0,<scan index>
Accept Command AT+BTPAIR=<mode>,<acce pt>[,<pakey>]
OK Response OK +BTPAIRING: <mode>, <device name>,<device mac>,[<passkey>] or ERROR Response OK +BTPAIR: <pair result>[,<device name>,<device mac>] or ERROR
Defined Values
<mode>
<passkey> <scan index> <device name> <device mac> <pair result>
1:Compare mode need user send accept command
2:Passkey mode
need user send accept command and
passkey
3:Rebond mode need user send accept command
4:Notify mode
just notify user pairing status, user do nothing
5:Just work mode will not receive this mode, user do nothing
6:Pin code mode
need user send accept command and pin
code
Random generate 6 numberic code
BTSCAN response index
The bluetooth name of connected device
The bluetooth mac address of the connected device
0:fail
www.simcom.com
446 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<accept>
1:success 0:reject 1:accept
Example
AT+BTSCAN=1,0,10 +BTSCAN: 0, 1, OPPO R7Plusm, 2C:5B:B8:1A:33:3C, 189 +BTSCAN: 0, 2, MK-JUMPING, 00:19:86:00:08:60, 183 +BTSCAN: 0, 3, MI Band 2, C8:EB:37:B3:56:57, 179 +BTSCAN: 0, 4, BU3-ZHANGWEI, 00:1A:7D:DA:71:11, 178 +BTSCAN: 0, 5, ww, C4:0B:CB:3E:68:62, 174 +BTSCAN:1
OK
AT+BTPAIR=0,5 OK +BTPAIRING: 1, ww, C4:0B:CB:3E:68:62, 623850
AT+BTPAIR=1,1 OK +BTPAIR: 1, ww, C4:0B:CB:3E:68:62
NOTE The time out of pairing is about 30 seconds Whether the pairing is initiative or passive, "AT+BTPAIR" Accept command must be execute after
"+BTPAIRING: <mode>, <device name>, <device mac>, [<passkey>]" urc was reported.
28.2.6 AT+BTUNPAIR Unpair with other BT device
AT+BTUNPAIR Unpair with other BT device
Test Command
Response
AT+BTUNPAIR=?
+BTUNPAIR: (index)
Write Command AT+BTUNPAIR=<paired index>
OK Response OK +BTUNPAIR: <status> or ERROR
www.simcom.com
447 / 460
Defined Values
<index> <status>
Example
AT+BTUNPAIR=1 +BTUNPAIR: 1 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Interger, the response of AT+BTPAIRED. 0:fail 1:success
28.2.7 AT+BTPAIRED Get paired with BT device
AT+BTPAIRED Get paired with BT device
Read Command
Response
AT+BTPAIRED?
OK
+BTPAERED: <paired devices num>,<index>,<BT name>,<MAC
addr>
Defined Values
<paired devices num> <index> <BT name> <MAC addr>
The total number of bonded devices The index of current bond device refer to AT+BTSCAN refer to AT+BTSCAN
Example
AT+BTPAIRED? OK +BTPAIRED: 2, 1, Honor V8, 60:83:34:82:CC:A3 +BTPAIRED: 2, 2, ww C4:0B:CB:3E:68:62
28.2.8 AT+BTSPPSRV Active/Deactive spp server
www.simcom.com
448 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
AT+BTSPPSRV Active/Deactive spp server
Test Command
Response
AT+BTSPPSRV=?
+BTSPPSRV: (0-1)
Read Command AT+BTSPPSRV?
OK Response +BTSPPSRV: <status>
Write Command AT+BTSPPSRV=<flag>
OK Response OK +BTSPPSRV: <status> or ERROR
Defined Values
<flag> <status>
0:deactive 1:active 0:deactived 1:actived
Example
AT+BTSPPSRV? +BTSERVER: 0 OK AT+BTSPPSRV=1 OK +BTSPPSRV: 1
28.2.9 AT+BTSPPPROF Get remote device spp status
AT+BTSPPPROF Get remote device spp status
Read Command
Read Command
AT+BTSPPPROF=<index> +BTSPPPROF: <status>
OK or ERROR
www.simcom.com
449 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Defined Values
<index> <status>
the index of response list of AT+BTPAIRED command 0:device SPP service is not active 1:device SPP service is active
Example
AT+BTPAIRED?
OK +BTPAIRED: 2, 1, Honor V8, 60:83:34:82:CC:A3 +BTPAIRED: 2, 2, ww C4:0B:CB:3E:68:62 AT+BTSPPPROF=2 OK +BTSPPPROF:1
28.2.10 AT+BTSPPCONN SPP connect/disconnect
AT+BTSPPCONN SPP connect/disconnect
Test Command
Response
AT+BTSPPCONN=?
+BTSPPCONN: (0-1)
Read Command AT+BTSPPCONN?
OK Response +BTSPPCONN: <status>
Write Command AT+BTSPPCONN=<action>[ ,<paired index>]
OK Response OK +BTSPPCONN: <status>[,<max frame size>][,<device mac>] or ERROR
Defined Values
<action>
<paired index> <status>
0:disconect 1:connect The response of AT+BTPAIRED. The max value is 64. 0:disconnected 1:connected
www.simcom.com
450 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Example
AT+BTSPPCONN? +BTSPPCONN: 0 OK AT+BTSPPCONN=1,1 OK +BTSPPCONN: 1, 990, C4:07:2F:C5:D1:8A
NOTE The device may receive +BTSPPCONN:<status>[,<max frame size>] [,<device mac>] when
other device connected successfully.
28.2.11 AT+BTSPPSEND SPP send data
AT+BTSPPSEND SPP send data
Write Command
Response
AT+BTSPPSEND=<data>
OK
+BTSPPSEND: <result>
or ERROR
Defined Values
<data> <result>
Format : ucs2 "ucs2": 16-bit universal multiple-octet coded character set; UCS2 character strings are converted to hexadecimal number from 0000 to FFFF. For examples : If we want to send a string "123abc" The data is : 003100320033006100620063 0:send fail 1:send success
Example
AT+BTSPPSEND=003100320033006100620063 OK AT+BTSPPSEND: 1
www.simcom.com
451 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
28.2.12 AT+BTGATTREG GATT Register
AT+BTGATTREG GATT Register
Write Command
Response
AT+BTGATTREG=<status> +BTGATTREG: <status>
OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<status>
1: register 0: unregister
Example
AT+BTGATTREG=1 +BTGATTREG: 1
OK
28.2.13 AT+BTGATTACT GATT Active
AT+BTGATTACT GATT Active
Execution Command
Response
AT+BTGATTACT
+BTGATTACT: <status>
Write Command AT+BTGATTACT=<auto_bro adcast>[,<perferedMTU>]
OK or ERROR Response OK or ERROR
Defined Values
www.simcom.com
452 / 460
<status> <auto_brodcast> <perferedMTU>
Example
AT+BTGATTACT +BTGATTACT: 1 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
1:active 0:not avtive 0 - disable auto activate GATT after a connection was closed 1 - enable auto activate GATT after a connection was closed A integer value from 24 to 512, means to the maximum size of any packet sent between a client and a server. If not set, default packet size is 23bytes. The details refer to Note.
28.2.14 AT+BTGATTCREDB GATT Create DB
AT+BTGATTCREDB GATT Create DB
Execution Command AT+BTGATTCREDB
Response +BTGATTCREDB: <status>
OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<status>
1:sucess 0:fail
Example
AT+BTGATTCREDB +BTGATTCREDB: 1
OK
www.simcom.com
453 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
28.2.15 AT+BTGATTCRESRV GATT Create Service
AT+BTGATTCRESRV GATT Create Service
Write Command AT+BTGATTCRESRV=<uuid >
Response +BTGATTCRESRV: <status>
OK or
ERROR
Defined Values
<uuid> <status>
Service id,4 Hex character or 32 Hex character 1:sucess 0:fail
Example
AT+BTGATTCRESRV=34A3 +BTGATTCRESRV: 1
OK
28.2.16 AT+BTGATTCRECHAR Create Service characteristic
AT+BTGATTCRECHAR Create Service characteristic
Write Command
Response
AT+BTGATTCRECHAR=<uu +BTGATTCRECHAR: <status>,<0Xuuid>,<handle>
id>,<property>,<permission
>
OK
or
ERROR
Defined Values
<uuid>
<property> <permission>
UUID of this characteristic. A string with hex value. The only can be set 4 or 32. Properties of this characteristic. Permission of this characteristic.
length of it
www.simcom.com
454 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
<status> <handle>
1:sucess 0:fail Int, Characteristic handle
Example
AT+BTGATTCRECHAR=34567,2,16 +BTGATTCRECHAR: 1,0X4567,13
OK
28.2.17 AT+BTGATTCRECHARDES Create Service characteristic description
AT+BTGATTCRECHARDES Create Service characteristic description
Excution Command
Response
AT+BTGATTCRECHARDES +BTGATTCRECHARDES: <status>
OK or ERROR
Defined Values
<status>
1:sucess 0:fail
Example
AT+BTGATTCRECHARDES +BTGATTCRECHARDES: 1
OK
28.2.18 AT+BTGATTSRVADD DB Add To GATT Server
AT+BTGATTSRVADD DB Add To GATT Server
Excution Command
Response
AT+BTGATTSRVADD
+BTGATTSRVADD: <status>
www.simcom.com
455 / 460
Defined Values
<status>
Example
AT+BTGATTSRVADD +BTGATTSRVADD: 1 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
OK or ERROR
1:sucess 0:fail
28.2.19 AT+BTGATTREADCFM Response to BTGATTREADIND
AT+BTGATTREADCFM Response to BTGATTREADIND
Write Command
Response
AT+BTGATTREADCFM=<re +BTGATTREADCFM: 1
spCode>,<data> OK or
ERROR
Defined Values
<respCode> <data>
Response result for client request. The range is 0-255. 0: sucess Othersnot support, invalid parameter character, Response data to BTGATTREADIND,if data length less than maxlen(BTGATTREADIND return), data will be send immediately to client if data length equal to maxlen the module will receive BTGATTREADIND again till data length less than maxlen.
Example
+BTGATTREADIND: 13,22
AT+BTGATTREADCFM=0,123456
www.simcom.com
456 / 460
+BTGATTREADCFM:1 OK
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
28.2.20 AT+BTGATTWRCFM Response to BTGATTWRIND
AT+BTGATTWRCFM Response to BTGATTWRIND
Write Command
Response
AT+BTGATTWRCFM=<resul +BTGATTWRCFM: <status>
t>
OK
or
ERROR
Defined Values
<result> <status>
0: sucess 1: sucess
Example
+BTGATTWRIND: 15,DB12C8
AT+BTGATTWRCFM=0 +BTGATTWRCFM: 1
OK
28.2.21 AT+BTGATTNOTIFY Send Notification to client
AT+BTGATTNOTIFY Send Notification to client
Write Command
Response
AT+BTGATTNOTIFY=<handl +BTGATTNOTIFY: <status> e>,<data>
OK
or
ERROR
www.simcom.com
457 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
Defined Values
<handle>
<data> <status>
Int, Characteristic handle, (2.17 response returns, nd the characteristic's property is indication) character, Data to be send, (max length is 20) 1:sucess 0:fail
Example
AT+BTGATTNOTIFY=17,34567 +BTGATTNOTIFY:1
OK
28.2.22 AT+BTGATTSENDIND Send Indication to client
AT+BTGATTSENDIND Send Indication to client
Write Command
Response
AT+BTGATTSENDIND=<han +BTGATTSENDIND: <status>
dle>,<data>
OK
or
ERROR
Defined Values
<handle>
<data> <status>
Int, Characteristic handle, (2.17 response returns, nd the characteristic's property is indication) character, Data to be send, (max length is 20) 1:sucess 0:fail
Example
AT+BTGATTSENDIND=19,34567 +BTGATTSENDIND: 1
OK
www.simcom.com
458 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
28.2.23 +BTSPPRECV SPP receive data
+BTSPPRECV SPP receive data Response +BTSPPRECV: <data len>,<data>
Defined Values
<data len> <data>
Integer type0 - 100 Format : ucs2 For examples : If we have received a string 003100320033006100620063 Means receive a string "123abc"
Example
+BTSPPRECV=12, 003100320033006100620063 +BTGATTSENDIND: 1
28.2.24 +BTGATTCONN Client connect status
+BTGATTCONN Client connect status Response +BTGATTCONN: <status>,<device mac>
Defined Values
<status>
1:connected 0:disconnected
Example
+BTGATTCONN: 1, 68:68:79:6D:75:26
28.2.25 +BTGATTREADIND Receive client read request
www.simcom.com
459 / 460
SIM7500_SIM7600 Series_AT Command Manual_V2.00
+BTGATTREADIND
Receive client read request Response +BTGATTREADIND: <handle>,<maxlen>
Defined Values
<handle> <maxlen>
Int, Characteristic handle The maximum length that the value of the attribute must have.
Example
+BTGATTREADIND: 13,22
28.2.26 +BTGATTWRIND Receive client write request
+BTGATTWRIND Receive client write request Response +BTGATTWRIND: <handle>,<data>
Defined Values
<handle> <data>
Int, Characteristic handle Data to be writed (Hex charcters)
Example
+BTGATTWRIND: 15,DB12C8
www.simcom.com
460 / 460
WPS 文字